nit songraa Deaton Meee Co ab . He Vuebetheteee™ . ; P . . . oer . : 7 ve cept oe ‘ thalft ollie bah ni oles sie aig cine . 2 Pee un oni nee =i te be Gatien Nie Se “ te Aha intent RAR SANS aes rer erie wr ee = ene ee se hii re : Sek e oat ‘ : . - > Ne tha pstinn tae : ; : , | 3 | ? ‘ — ; Se % vs Got I e a the six opritsdies at et wag nite a j . stint fin tts ed er ah foie RARE Fae gate Sate Se bm pore i Rit Ne tnt thea cs - oett Seat Oe ee ey ing e yh Nay {eg AT ee oa <. 7 é A . c PY TRANSACTIONS | GUERNSEY SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCE LOCAL RESEARCH. ; —oWwS- = VOLUME IT: 12590-15904. Guernsey : PRINTED BY THOMAS MAUGER BICHARD, BORDAGE STREET. £0¢. *7>- EN Dix. eo ee ee 347 ee ee 8, 30 Aculeata (Bees, Wasps and Ants) of Guernsey Ages of Channel Island rocks Alderney, land shells of .. - : mc oo. Seo oe oe Lio - rocks of . ae mc ae Sic 56 50 ne .. 236 Algz of Guernsey . os 66 Sr ae O0 ae oe OTL Alternation of generations | a : ee 50 An 2. 256 Antenne of insects.. oe are : oe Sc oo Oc os Lil Ants, the language —— << ne 5c 169 Archeological notes : ne Se — 117, 168, 169, 253, 255, 257 ¥ Report, annual .. és ie = ae ns .. ddd Bats, colony of (Rhinolphus) .. 56 ae ee 56 .. 253 Bee, ‘Leaf-cutting, and its Honey Barrels ae 56 cc 50 ». 320 Bee, evolution of the ar : == So 50 60 eLOd Bees, Wasps and Ants of Guemsey ee Sc Sc 50 oc .. 347 Beetles of Guernsey Bs ats oe Be .. 295, 326 Bifurcated worm (Glycera alba) .. of a Se peas Bb. ae ole Biographical Index of Scientists = oe 56 50 ac .. 252 Birds, notes on =F : : “ie = a6 Ao ». 251, 319 5, our winter visitors . at = Se i 50 oe Pan a) Botanical notes and records ae a 56 Se ae 109, 320, 321 os Report, annual .. ei ws “i ae bic 176, 258, 323 Botany in Guernsey in 1788 aes a oc ot oe ee .. 344 Breathing apparatus of Insects .. ae oy: ne ae ae oo 8 Butterflies, sexual scales of ‘ ts ae ae a a on LS Butterfly, Hisperia lineola, in J ersey = oe Ao 56 8 eS Butterfly, early appearance oy o ae ae “6 ae .. 316 Caddis flies (Trichoptera) of oeeecy ae i ae oe ae .. 160 Cave in Jersey explored .. os as bc bic ate 2. 204 Cicade of Guernsey ar es oe Sc 50 50 .. 205 Clay in pentagonal blocks o- ae ee Be oe oe Bo aa ,, deposits (Geol. —— es ss SA a ey ep) UI Due Clays of Guernsey . a ce oF i oe 212, 234, 254 Cliff heads .. ie hs bie e he Sy me 127, 174, 219 Coccid new to science 5 “ie ae a He oe be .. 320 Coleoptera of Guernsey .. es a3 i a ee ». 295, 326 Conchological notes oe bis ic as 65 oO ste Ly Coral anemone (Caryophyllia) ae RPA es at Oe ar .. 254 Correlation of Channel Island rocks .. fe se as ‘fs 8, 30 Council of the Society .. ae te oe as 1, 105, 165, 249, 313 Creux Mahié cave .. me 23 Ar Be ie ate “o ol) Crevichon, flora of .. a2 Ce me oe es a0 ae a OO Crustacea, exuviation of .. ae bx oa or Be ey AUG Cuckoo, notes and observations .. a ee oe a att TA 7, Customs, ancient, still surviving. . He sis ae ae a 20 Desmids of Guernsey di M4 He a2 Bie Pe a eH | Diatoms of Guernsey e We ae * a2 ne oe aeoO Divining Rod e 33 se Ad te ES xe ae DLO ot Dragon flies of Guernsey . i! ue 7 s “} oo oi ee Dredging excursion +4 ‘7% eo. oe es ve os oF Droughts, periods of prolonged rs - 0 ifs es er oo aon iv. INDEX. Kchinus, or Sea Urchin .. ; aa ae os a a 12, 61 Echinoderms of Channel Islands is F- ee ei s% .. 64 Effects of severe frost : 317 Entomological notes 9, 11, "tb, 107, 108, ‘110, 111, 113, 115, 117, 168, 169 (17: 72, 174, 254, 256, "O57, "258, 316, 319, 320 Entomological Report, annual .. Sis 178, 261, 324 Evolution of the Bee oe ee vie v6 oe os Te ” of Insects’ Wings 35 ie ae iy “* x - +6 Fauna and Flora of Guernsey, synopsis of .. se BY = -. 341 Ferns, list of indigenous .. 3 a ae is «. Lod Fertilisation of Birthwort (Aristolochia) % ae ae oa «« 168 Flora of Guernsey compared with Cornwall .. a os a m >: Flowering plants of Crevichon .. 56 A ats a 5 Guernsey .. oie ae ave 118, 129, 177, 260, 393 ~ - Jethou as me ee ys 80 a Sark . 5% ae - +. ne o- | 251 Flowers and their origin: .. ae of ae ne ats 167 Folklore Report, annual .. se Mi 2 oe ia 181, 270, 332 Foot of a Fly : 50 se “6 ° | ac Se 18-6 Do | = | ic te | 08.1 Ww 2 = | eG ats 80-T [ 2, oe =e | 66-1 = —— [s ral a ue ae 9L-T LE: —_—_—————————— | 2 I aE ale i 60-6 i 2 ag a= Sei Sao >So HE | E ; = aie | FO-T > 5 : : =e ME aeerctg i O8- : eae —_ =e ae = oLT 2 o has! am ’ aE =e TET ARTEL : 60.1 Ww oa : : =e | 6-1 a } oe) ERE : | 3 Ales zat O8-T [= Big ede ai oe Sule OLT SEE er ‘lalele SEs cee eS Plgl ge. a UMass: L _ 3 | 8 ay il 8 ies a A [Ale 5 = : e z = -- 2 2 ails <= ? iain} —s | | DEN. o~ 7 « — y _— OT yet Z —T ao oe OU etts eke pe THE RAINFALL OF OCTOBER _ (THE WETTEST MONTH OF THE YEAR). BY MED A. COLLENETTE, F.C.S., FR. MET. SOC. — oo Ir is not generally known that October is, in Guernsey, the wettest month of the year. The object of the paper is to place before the Society the figures on which the statement is grounded. In commencing I draw attention to the fact that this enquiry, extending over the period of forty-seven years, would have been impossible except for the records accumulated by the late Dr. Hoskins. These records give us the details of forty years, and my own records complete the forty-seven year period. Dr. Hoskins’ records are complete as far as they go, but to use them they have to be analysed, averaged and classified. In this paper the work is undertaken as far as the rainfall of October is concerned. I first draw your attention to the year just passed, and ending with the 31st of October. The table here given will show that this month has, this year, been the wettest of the twelve. Tase 1. THE YEAR 1888-1889. Inches. | Rain- | | Rain- || Rain- [ Rain- Month. | fall. | Month. fall. Month. fall. Month. fall. November..| 6°56 | February..| 3°43 || May...... 2°41 || August....| 2°70 December..| 2°32 March..... 2°08 || June.....; 1°76 || September.) 0°92 January ...| 1°30 | April ...... | 1°80 || July.....| 2°39 || October ...| 8°75 26 THE RAINFALL OF OCTOBER. October, this year, has given a quarter of the year’s rainfall. During the same year there were 223 wet days—of this number October contributed 30. That is, this month gave 13 per cent. of the wet days instead of 8 per cent. The average rainfall for each month has been worked out for the whole period of forty-seven years, and I now give this in a tabular ores with the highest and lowest falls in each month. This table will be useful for future reference and is worth preserving. COMPUTED FROM 47 YEARS OBSERVATIONS. TABLE 2. 1843-1889 Inclusive. Highest. Lowest. Average. Months. : peewee tn Days|Inches| Year ||Days|Inches| Year ||Days|Inches January .....00 meiosis 26 | 7:90 | 1866]; 6 | 0°99 | 1858] 18 | 3:97 Bebru ary. sicccerecesss se 27 | 5°78 | 1866} 6 | 0°49 | 1857 || 16 | 2°70 VEATCH” Veiasiecseeeedsnodins 30 | 6°44 | 1867], 4 | 0°36 | 1854 ]) 15 | 2°53 PANDETD aie cictoaicleGliaisiois niasat 24 | 513 | 1877 || 1 | 0°23 | 1854) Sree Vay. me. Saou00000000 22 | 4°62 | 1869} 1 | 0°02 | 1880 || 12 | 2°23 June ..... sobugbo0dRR640oC 23 | 5°03 | 1860 |} 2 | 0°43 | 1868 || 11 | 2°07 SURE Bisson dati tter 21 | 4°53 | 1872 || 3 | O12) 1869]| 11 | 2:27 AUIOUSE ei iins calensisasise 23 | 6°01 | 1860 || 4 | 0°47 | 1849 |) 12 | 2°35 September ........ secseeeil 28 | 9°39 | 1866 |) 2 | O25 | 1865 || 4 aes October wese.resceosaneres 30 {11°04 | 1872 || 8 | 1:29 | 1866 || 19 | 4°86 November ........ oh0000 30 | 9°08 | 1870 |; 8 | 0°88 | 1867 || 19 | 4°66 December %...000.s0a0es 29 |11°47 | 1876 || 9 | 0°80 | 1844 || 19 | 4:08 The driest month is June and the wettest October. The average number of wet days in each month show that October, November and December are equal, but that October has the highest number in common with the others. The table, however, shows an exceptional instance in which the month of December in the year 1876 gave a higher record than that of any month of October, the figures being: October, 1872—11:04 in.; December, 1876—11°47 in. October’s position comes out strongly in the minimum falls, its driest year giving 1:29 (1866) against 0:99 the next (January, 1858). THE MONTHS IN ORDER OF AVERAGE RAINFALL. TABLE 3. Inches. 1 | e207 |) June: 5 | 2°35 | August. 9 | 3°97 | January. 2 | 2:23 | May. 6 | 2°53 | March. 10 | 4°08 | December. 3 | 227 | July. 7 | 2°70 | February. | 11 | 4°66 | November. 4 | 2°30 | April. 8 | 3115 | September.| 12 | 4°86 | October. Order [Inches| Months || Order |Inches} Months || Order |Inches| Months * TABLE 4. YEAR. | JAN. ae 21, 2.03 Avge, | 1.35 THE RAINFALL OF OCTOBER. FALLS OF 1 INCH AND OVER IN 47 YEARS. | FEB. | MAR. | APRIL 3, 1.41 | 10, 1.36 24, 1.96 | 6,109) | | | | | | | 4, 1.09 | | | | | ! 16, 1.51 14, 1.03 8, 1.03 | 65 ak Cae | | 1.35 1.07 1.30 MAY. | JUNE. 6, 1.11 16, 1.11 14, 1.01 19, 1.09 | 30, 2.10. 28, 1.32) 3, 1.00 | JULY. 12, 1.66 9, 1.61 11, 1.10 27, 1.07 | 25, 1.40 14, 1.12 | 26, 1.10 28, 1.14 | 1,25 AUG. 8, 1.33 ot SEPT. 28, 1.03 bo YO HOO ~ . ete ee mt OD OU et ose EE O-mX bobo Oo ~~ 18, 1.16 21, 1.12 (23, 1.04 \24, 1.20 28, 1.25 31, 1.02 8, 1.10, 15, 1.18 10 n_eor ao 28, 1.13 /23, 1.26 \28, 1.11 3, 1.16 1.22 1.24 14, 1.40 ( OcT. 27 Nov. | Dec. 23, 1.44 3, 1.53 15, 1.00 | 26, 1,11 6, 1.19 15, 1.02] 5, 1.47 30, 1.16 23, 1.11 8, 1.16 ~ Sone SalmaE . iS) Nore Ooc ee 15 1,24 28 THE RAINFALL OF OCTOBER. I next take the whole of the falls of one inch and above which have occurred in the forty-seven years during any single day. These falls are 120 in number, of which October yields 29 or just under a fourth of the whole. The average of these heavy falls are shown on Table 4 and it will be seen that the average of October is not the greatest by three months ; hence October gains its wetness not so much by the heaviness of its rain as by the number of heavy falls. There are five falls of over two inches in a day—of this October contributes three. The heavier days’ fall in the whole period was that of the 11th October, 1865, viz., 287 in. During this period there has been no month without rain. The average for October has been given in Table 2 as 4°86 inches. It will no doubt interest the Society to see the variations in this month. The average was exceeded in twenty-two years, viz. :— TABLE 5, Year.| Amt. | Exc’ss Amt. 6°14 6'94 8°59 5°59 7°45 521 The above table shows three years only, the falls of which have exceeded 1889, viz., 1865, 1872 and 1880. The average was not reached in twenty-five years, viz. :— TABLE 6. Year. Exc’ss|| Year. | Amt. | Exc’ss|| Year.| Amt. | Exc’ss 7:00 5°99 5°68 6°21 6°88 6°00 10°45 | 5°59 7°20| 2°34 6°21} 1°35 6°72| 1°86 8°75 | 3°89 9°05 5°35 5°09 11°04 6°85 1880 1882 1885 1886 1889 1'28 2°08 3°75 0°73 2°59 0°35 1865 1870 1871 1872 1874 4°19 0°49 0°69 6°18 1°99 2°14 113 0°82 1°35 2°02 114 1854 1855 1857 1859 1862 1875 1843 1846 1848 1849 1852 1863 Year. | Amt. Deficit|| Year. | Amt. Deficit|| Year. | Amt. Deficit —_— Amt. | Deficit Year. —_ 1844 1845 1847 1850 1851 3°76 2°02 3°73 4°67 4°76 1853 | 4°24 1.10 2°84 113 0°09 0°10 0°42 1856 1857 1860 1861 1864 1866 2°66 1579 3°25 19 1.50 1°29 2°20 3°07 161 3°67 3°36 3°57 1867 1868 1869 1873 1876 1877 1878 4°29 4:27 2°74 2°51 3°42 3°66 3°94 0°57 0°59 2°12 2°35 1°44 1°20 0°92 1879 1881 1883 1884 1887 1888 1°98 3°12 3°03 2°19 2°58 4°00 2°98 1°74 1°33 2°67 2°38 0°86 The average of wet years is 7:03 in., that of the dry years 3°08 in., the difference being 3:95. As a matter of interest I append a table showing the amounts of rain and days of rain for the whole period in each month. This will bring out the difference in a marked way. THE RAINFALL OF OCTOBER. 29 TABLE 7. Total Rain- | Total wet Total Rain- | Total wet Month. fall for the 47| days for Month. fall for the 47| days for years. 47 years. years. 47 years. January ...... 186°50 872 diutliy; feces: 106°87 539 February.....| 126°97 746 August....... 110°62 571 Se lee. EESO3 721 September..| 148°30 680 J ae 108°43 644 October...... 223°51 840 _ eee 104°78 545 November...| 217°08 901* . 2 97°18 514 December...| 191°25 876* * These figures have been completed to the end of the year since the reading of the paper. This table shows that though October is the wettest month as regards quantity of rain, it has not given so many wet days as January, November or December. Hence the inference is that the average wet day in October gives more rain than that of any other month. I conclude with a table showing this fact. TABLE 8. Average Rainfall Average Rainfall Month. per wet day. Month. per eet day. eee 0°214 aU Vee oeeamtcacask 0°189 2 0°170 ARUGUSDR cain cesecees es 0°187 Lee 0°180 September .......... 07119 ee 0°164 EOCHONERS . .actids oak? 0°254 i ee 0°189 | November..... eee 0°245 ae | 0°188 December: sss deo. 0°219 (All rights reserved by the Author.) ON THE CORRELATION AND RELATIVE AGES OF — THE ROCKS OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. BY MR. C. G. DE LA MARE. —_0——_ THE Channel Islands, as is generally known, are entirely composed of igneous and unfossiliferous sedimentary rocks. The dispersion of these islands over a wide stretch of sea, and the smallness of their area are not favourable for obtaining a general view of their geological structure, notwithstanding that the rocks are well exposed in the coast lines and rocky beaches of the various islands as well as in quarries and road cuttings in the interior. Owing to these circumstances it is not easy to fix the ages of the various rocks to be found in these islands, and in the absence of fossils we have to trust to lithological resemblances and analogies which may prove ea lendin' so that the conclusions arrived at cannot be accepted as certain, and must only be looked upon as offering a certain degree of probability. As might be expected from the geographical position of the Channel Islands, their geological structure is more intimately related to that of north-western France than to that of England. It is there- fore in that direction, where a large area of the more ancient rocks is exposed, that we should look for the key to unlock the problem involved in our rocks. But the structure of that part of the Continent had not been accurately determined until recently. It 1s therefore not to be wondered at that most of the geologists who have examined and written on the subject of the “Geology of the Channel Islands,” have contented themselves with describing the various rocks and indicating their localities, and have but lightly touched on their relationship to each other, or to the rocks of better known districts. Of late years, however, great advances have been made both in England and on the Continent in the study of the more ancient rocks, and of the problems involved in their intricate relations and the metamorphoses to which they have been subjected. I have not had the advantage of ROCKS OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. sh seeing a full account of the structure of north-western France as at present known, but Rev. E. Hill, F.G.S., has recently read before the Geological Society of England, various papers on the Channel Islands, in which he refers to the correspond- ing rocks in France, and mainly on the strength of these and of a treatise on the “Geology of Jersey,’ by M. Noury, which shows a careful examination of the structure of that island. I have ventured to put together a few remarks on the subject I have chosen for this paper. My conclusions in the main agree with those of Rev. Hill, but my point of view may be somewhat different. Jersey contains by far the largest variety of rocks, which are evidently of various ages, and although their ages cannot be absolutely fixed, their relation to each other may at least be ascertained, so that this island may serve as a standard with which the others can be compared. The oldest rocks in the islands have, I consider, been proved to belong to the Archean period. The term “Archean” was introduced by Dana, an American geologist, in 1874, and is now generally applied to rocks older than the Cambrian formation in which sense it is synonymous with the term “Pre-Cambrian” also often used. These terms, however, must not be considered synonymous or co-extensive with “Metamorphic,” as all Metamorphic rocks are not necessarily Archean, nor all Archean rocks Metamorphic. The Archean period, it is evident from its definition, must include an enormous lapse of time, exceeding perhaps all the other periods put together. The greater part of the rocks in the Channel Islands belong to the Archean formation, although Jersey has but a small area of them. To begin, however, with that island, a considerable portion of the reefs of rock known as “Bane du Violet,” consists of diorite which is seen to be penetrated by masses and veins of red granite clearly of later date. Other patches of diorite are found at Grouville and near Sorel (St. John’s), also penetrated in the same manner by the granite. No gneiss occurs, although a slight trace of gneissic structure in the rocks near St. Clement’s is noticed by M. Noury. Near Vicard Harbour is found a rock to which M. Noury directs attention as being first noticed by him, and which he styles “Chloritoschiste.” It is bordered by the quartz felsites or rhyolites which blend with it to a certain extent. I think this Chloritoschiste is also Archean. The diorite above referred to does not penetrate other rocks, and therefore appears to be the oldest rock in Jersey. There is, however, at Anne Port, a vein of diorite intrusive in quartz felsite, and 32 | ROCKS OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. two or three dykes of a dioritic nature cut the conglomerate. These, however, are quite different in appearance to the Archean diorites above referred to, and are the newest rocks in Jersey. Almost the whole of Guernsey, in my opinion, belongs to the Archzean system. The northern part of the island consists of diorite sometimes approaching trornblewed rock with syenitic and granitic veins. The southern part consists chiefly of gneiss, but diorite occurs in various parts. Many, probably the greater number of geologists, consider eneiss to be a metamorphosed sedimentary rock, but several of late years are inclined to regard it rather as a rock of igneous origin like granite, which has been deformed and acquired a fluxion structure under enormous pressure. Whatever may be the case in other districts, the appearances in Guernsey seem to me to favour the latter view. The diorite appears to me to be associated with the gneiss in the form of inclusions rather than of intrusions, and I am inclined to consider the gneiss asa modification of the syenites and granites (such as the coarse granite near L’Islet) of the northern part of the island. Some of the gneiss towards the west of the island, as at Richmond, is highly granitoid, while some of the syenite, as at Baubigny, has a gneissic structure. There is a considerable patch of rather fine-grained granite east of L’Ancresse clearly intrusive in the diorite, which also shows a gneissic structure, apparently the result of compres- sion, and veins of similar granite intrude in the gneiss, which show the same structure though to a much less extent than the surrounding gneiss, and not always in the same direction. This granite, though of later date than the diorite and gneiss, may perhaps be put down as Archean. The rocks of Sark consist chiefly of gneiss and hornblende schist, the latter much resembling in composition the Guernsey “ Birds Eye” diorite. The gneiss appears to be intercalated in some places with the schist, and resembles that of Richmond previously referred to. The schist, as well as the gneiss, is in my opinion a modified igneous rock. However this may be, both the eneiss and schist probably belong to the Archzean system, to which Rev. Hill also refers the granite of Herm and Jethou, and the syenite or granite of Alderney. The Ecréhos are said to be composed of gneiss, probably also Archeean. Next in succession to the rocks above described, I would place the “ Argillite,” found in Jersey, also called “ Argillaceous Schist” and shale, and by M. Noury “ Gres feldspathique.” It is an unquestionable sedimentary rock. The bedding is generally very distinct, and it consists of alternating light ROCKS OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. 33 and dark grey layers, the latter being of a coarser texture than the others. No fossils have been found in it, but ripple marks are seen on the surface of some of the beds. This rock has been identified with the “Schistes de Saint Lé6,” which cover considerable areas in Normandy and _ brittany. These “Schistes” are considered by French geologists to be the basement beds of the Cambrian system, but as they have hitherto proved unfossiliferous, they have been thought by some to be Pre-Cambrian or Archean. In France they are said to rest on gneiss or other unquestionably Archzean rocks with which, however, they have nothing in common. In Jersey, the Argillite cannot, I think, be seen to rest on the Archean diorite previously referred to, as in every locality I have examined granite intervenes, which granite is intrusive both in the diorite and Argillite. M. Noury, it is true, who considers the diorite to be of Cambrian age, believes it to be intrusive in the Argillite, but does not point out any positive proofs. That the Argillite is of more recent date than the diorite appears to me almost certain, but it is unquestionably older than all the remaining rocks of Jersey. The Argillite is hardened and altered in colour at its contact with the granite, but nothing resembling mica schist occurs. The rock called Claystone or Felspar porphyry occurs in various localities in Jersey, and is considered by several geologists to be an altered form of the Argillite. Such is also my opinion, and the probable cause, I think, is the eruption of the quartz felsite or rhyolite, although some portions of the (presumably) altered Argillite are at a considerable distance from the visible portions of the quartz felsite. There is no Argillite in Guernsey. M. Noury is mistaken in referring the Schistose Rock, near Plemmont, to this formation. It is an intrusive dyke of very considerable width, and has a Schistose struc- ture agreeing in direction with the foliation of the adjacent gneiss. The next younger rock in Jersey is the granite already mentioned as intruding in the diorite and Argillite.* It also occasionally contains inclusions of these rocks. This rock has been referred to by Ansted and others as syenite, but as this term is now restricted to rocks in which quartz is either _* T have followed M. Noury on making the granite anterior to the Rhyolites but I an not sure this is correct. The absence from the Rhyolites of diabase veins, so numerous in the granite, is in favour of this view, but on the west of Fremont Point the granite is seen to intrude into a quartz felsite, which I con- sider belongs to the Rhyolite series, and if so the granite must be posterior to the older Rhyolites at least. M. Noury, without referring to the intrusion, mentions the rock in which it occurs and styles it a curite. He does not include it among the rhyolites, and considers it a modified argillite. 34. ROCKS OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. absent or only accidentally present, it is not applicable to the rock now under consideration. This granite es other similar rocks varies in colour, composition, and grain, but is generally of a pink colour due to the orthoclase felspar, which is abundant, and contains both mica and hornblende, though. occasionally these minerals are almost absent. This granite is cut by numerous veins of a finer-grained granite or granu- lite, which may be of somewhat later date, or may consist simply of fluid off-shoots from the main mass penetrating the already solidified portions. There are also numerous intrusive dykes of greenish rock which M. Noury calls diabase. In Guernsey, the Cobo granite resembles in a general way the Jersey granite above referred to, and I think may be of the same age. It is intrusive both in the gneiss and diorite, and is certainly much more recent than these rocks, as the very numerous dykes of dark blue fine-grained rock which pene- trate them are cut off by the Cobo granite. This granite is indeed remarkably free from intrusive dykes, the few that are found in it being chiefly, if not all, mica-traps. The next rock in order of age is again mostly typically found in Jersey. I allude to the quartz felsites or rhyolites. They vary very considerably in appearance, indicating dif- ference in the original mode of formation or subsequent alteration. In some places they consist of porphyritic and euritic rocks, in other aloes they present a remarkable banded structure, doubtless due to the flowing of the rock when in a molten condition. Intermixed with the banded rhyolites are breccias, and large masses of altered Argillite. These latter rocks are cpecialig conspicuous at Havre Giffard, in Trinity Parish. These structures are indicative of a volcanic origin, but the whole of the rocks appear to have undergone con- siderable subsequent alteration. Possibly the more compact and crystalline portions may represent the eruption of the rock through the Argillites, while the banded rocks and breccias may be due to the flowing of the molten rock on the surface, carrying along with it fragments and masses of the disrupted Argillites and of the already solidified portions of the erupted rock itself. These quartz felsites have attracted considerable attention from the spherulites occurring in many of the bands, some of them of considerable size. This appears to confirm the view that these rocks were formed at the surface. Dykes of quartz felsite are abundant in Guernsey, and still more so in Alderney, but rare or absent in Sark. These dykes are intrusive in the Archean rocks, and may be connected with the Jersey rock above described, or they may ROCKS OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS, 35 be modifications of granitic rocks. The banded rocks and breccias are confined to Jersey. I now come to the remaining sedimentary rocks of the Channel Islands, viz, the Jersey conglomerate and the Alderney grits. I group them together, because though very different in appearance and composition, there 1s some reason for supposing they may be approximately of the same age if not contemporaneous. The Alderney grits consist of quartz with a large proportion of felspar grams, and are evidently derived from the disintegration of granitic rocks. Pebbles of - quartz, granite, and quartz felsite occur in them. In one spot these grits are seen to rest on the quartz felsites intrusive in the granite, thus proving them to be younger. Rocks absolutely similar to these grits have been identified near Cape La Hague and also east of Cherbourg, by Rev. Hill and M. Bigot. Near Cape La Hague they rest directly on gneiss, in other places they overlie uncomformably the Schistes de St. Ld. This position corresponds with that of the “ Conglo- merat pourpré” in other localities, and notwithstanding some difference in different localities, it is doubtless the same rock. Rey. Hill considers the Alderney rock to be contempora- neous with the upper Cambrian of Lapworth, that is to say the Tremadoc Slates and Lingula Flags of Wales. The Jersey conglomerate rests on the quartz felsites or rhyolites, and contains pebbles derived therefrom, also granite ones; but by far the greater portion consists of Argillite pebbles derived from rocks similar to the Schistes de St. Lé I have previously described. The pebbles are of all sizes up to boulders of a yard in diameter. These boulders are found chiefly at the base, where curiously enough they are underlaid by or alter- nate with fine-grained pink sand-stones or sandy shales. Ansted suggested that this conglomerate, as well as the Alderney grits, may be triassic, while M. Noury considers it not older than the Permian period, but in Messrs. Le Vasseur et Carez’s Geological Map, recently published, it is marked as Upper Cambrian Conglomerat Pourpré. I have noticed a large area of a very similar conglomerate between Granville and Coutances. There now only remain to be considered some few dykes which cut both the Alderney grits and the Jersey conglo- merates, and are therefore of more recent date. The chief part of these consist of what Rev. Hill refers to in his papers as mica traps. Examples of these are found in Jersey, Guernsey, Alderney, Sark and Jethou. They are composed chiefly of mica and felspar, and from their colour and rough- 36 ROCKS OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. ness, and the glitter of the particles of mica have probably given rise to the statement found in the old treatises on the Channel Islands that emery was one of the products of these islands. One of these dykes, which occurs near the mouth of St. Sampson’s Harbour, has been mistaken for a sandstone, although it occurs as a nearly vertical dyke. These mica traps are referred by Rev. Hill to the Kersantite group, which are assigned by Dr. Barrois to the close of the Carboniferous period. A few other dykes also cut the Jersey conglomerate; these are stated by M. Noury to be dioritie, although their state of disintegration renders it difficult to determine what their composition is. A large vein at Mannez, in Alderney, cuts the grits, which is considered by Rev. Hill to be a fine-grained diabase, but is styled an andesite by M. Bigot. Whether these last mentioned dykes are more or less recent than the mica traps, I see no evidence to determine. If the above facts and inferences are accepted, it would appear that the gneiss, the hornblende schists, the chlorite schist, the diorite, the granites of Alderney, Herm and Jethou, and some of the Guernsey granites, also a large proportion of the dark blue veins, and, perhaps, some of the Guernsey and Alderney pink felsites, are Archzean—the Jersey Argillites, the Jersey and Cobo granites, the diabase dykes, the Jersey quartz felsites and rhyolites, and probably the quartz felsites of Alderney and Guernsey, the Jersey conglomerate and the Alderney grits are comprised within the limits of the Cambrian system, and the mica trap dykes belong to the Carboniferous period. With the exception of some superficial pleistocene deposits, no newer rocks are found in the Channel Islands. P.S.—Since the above paper was read, a paragraph has appeared in the Revue Scientifique of October 18th, 1890, stating that M. de Lapparent on a recent visit to Jersey has determined that the quartz felsites or rhyolites belong to the Cambrian period, and not to the Permian as he had concluded on a former visit, and that these rocks are traversed by granulitic veins. Possibly, therefore, the granulite mentioned as cutting the granite may be of a later date also than the quartz felsites. A note of a communication on the same — subject by M. De Lapparent to the (English) Geological Society in Natwre, November 27th, 1890, says that M. De Lapparent assigns the conglomerate, which clearly overlies the quartz felsites to the very base of the Silurian formation. A DREDGING EXCURSION OFF GUERNSEY. BY MR. R. L. SPENCER. —_——_0-=——- To a naturalist the sea presents a very different aspect than to an ordinary uninterested individual. To the naturalist it is a friend—a companion—presenting itself in everchanging shapes, and furnishing an infinity of lessons and amusements ; and in order to enjoy ourselves for a short time I propose we go for a little dredging. The tools we require are a dredge made specially for picking up minute objects, a line of ordinary strength, a pair of forceps for detaching small speci- mens from stones so as to avoid handling, two or three open-mouthed bottles, and a small box or basket. Now we are all aboard and under sail, say from the Harbour across almost to the Ferriere rocks, we put over the dredge, paying out some twenty-five fathoms of rope; and as the wind, tide and circumstances in our case are made to order, everything goes favourably, no one is qualmish, but all are enjoying the summer breeze and the view of the Islands. We are close to Jethou, behind which les Herm, and midway between Sark and Guernsey. We stand on our tack say for half an hour, then haul up the dredge, emptying the contents on to the floor of the boat, over which a piece of canvas has been put so as to prevent small creatures going through the chinks of the bottom boards. The dredge is emptied, and if we are not too far south over it goes again for a fresh batch. As soon as the rope is clear all hands are busy looking up the spoil; all creeping things small go at once into the basket for future identification. Zoophytes and tender articles are stowed carefully in our box, whilst soft- bodied animals are quickly popped into the bottle. I see we have a brittle star; he is a splendid subject, if you can get him whole—and we have a bottle specially prepared for him, a bottle of sea water in which a little chloral has been put with the charitable idea of sending him to sleep very quietly. c 38 A DREDGING EXCURSION. All is ready, the cork out, and the forceps pick him up. Before you can ejaculate “Oh!” he is in fifty pieces; you cannot find his legs, only a small black patch that you throw overboard in disgust ; but he is not dead—only gone to grow fresh legs. Peseas a little disappointed you go on sorting out and getting rid of the stones, sand and débris by sending them overboard, only before they go you look into every cranny—for animals at the bottom of the sea seek every possible shelter they can. An old shell or root of seaweed may be a veritable treasure-house, but you have to hunt well for the treasure. As long as the tide serves this let-down and pick-up dredge process is repeated with varied success; now and then a blank occurs. The spoils vary in accordance with the state of the bottom, because amongst small rocks and stones you get shells and small fish with now and then good specimens of Zoophytes. In sand we get burrowing animals and shells such as Cockles, Pectens, Quins, Dentalium, &c.; also soft- bodied worms as Nereis, the tube worms, burrowing shrimps, and a host of others. In broken ground, that is patches of rock, stones, sand, or clayey substances, we find many speci- mens of crustacea, and in accordance with our general want we should seek such spots. To enable us to do this we must engage a practical fisherman who knows the bottom as if he had been there all his life, and he can take us from spot to spot as we desire. I don’t mean to say you are going to get the exact animal you want right off, but you must try for it and if not successful the first time you must have another try. Once you know his locality you are bound to have him, and it only requires perseverance to attain your object. Now, if we consider our heap is big enough for all hands we will return to harbour a little wetter and perhaps a deal dirtier than when we started; but anyhow, we have had a fair day’s catch and enjoyed the outing. We are landed and our catch is brought home and put out a little at a time on the table, oid by our various professors divided into groups as they please or fancy. We will put our spoils into our several professors’ hands and sort as follows :—Crustacea, Zoophytes, Molluscoidea or soft-bodied animals, Starfish and Echini, Worms, Shells, and we find that we have 1, Crustacea: Edible crab, Lady or swimming crab, slow crab, spiders of three or four sorts, one about the size of a bean remarkable for length of leg (often three inches), spider crabs with a heavy growth of weeds on the shell, small A DREDGING EXCURSION. 39 specimens of lobster, a beautiful specimen .of the cray fish four inches long, some small objects like lobsters, flattened out with long claws, with bright red nodules (Galathew strigosa ), and many forms that require us to go to the reference table to find names for. 2. Zoophytes (Ascidians), both common and compound. These are masses of jelly-like substance attached at the base to submarine objects, or united together in various ways, sometimes by a mantle, at others by a sort of common stalk. We have a lot of plant-like specimens, some flat, others like tufts or whorls of plants, but all under a live stem; they are all articulated. These are Zoophytes proper, and composed of a lot of small animals growing together on a common stalk in the same manner as the compound polypes with which they were formerly arranged. Some are soft, some horny, and some appear to feel and retract when touched; others are quite impassive. I daresay we have fifty or sixty sorts, amongst which, conspicuous by its bright colour, is the coral aru, as the fish women call it (Gorgonia verrucosa). We have also several specimens of Plumularia, Corynactis viridis, &c. Anemones, amongst which is a fine specimen of Purasitica on the back of a hermit crab, which, when open, is like the flower of an artichoke, only a_ beautiful pearly white. We have a lot of the coral insects’ work, some in leaves, some in round nodules on pieces of stone, and sponges of different sorts. I would call your attention to the cover this affords—a favourite shelter to all kinds of small crustaceans, and many prizes would be found by a careful examination. 3. Soft-bodied animals—We have Aplysia or sea-havre, both the large species and the one about 3 of an inch long ; this one takes you ten minutes to find at first, and after that you can find them by the dozen. Sea mice that shoot their spines into your fingers like a porcupine. Worms of various sorts, such as Nereis, Sabella, Serpula, and the curious Synapta that is covered all over with anchors. 4. We have in this group sea urchins—first the large one, reddish shell, with a small crop of white spines; that is Echinus esculentus or the edible echinus; a purple one with very thick spines, a light or dull green one with coarse spines ; these are from a rocky bottom, whilst from the sand we have two sorts of heart-shaped urchins, or as the fishermen call them, Monkey Faces, and as the dredge has gone over a piece of green grass, we have been lucky enough to secure one of the oval grass-green echini about % of an inch long, and 40 “A DREDGING EXCURSION. covered with minute green spines. Not very often that is found. 5. Our conchologist is in an ecstacy; he has had the sweepings of all, and he is delighted. He has specimens and duplicates of many sorts that he almost despaired of getting ; but his greatest delight will be to find a Galeoma turtoni, a small white shell, like a boat amongst the débris; and his stock includes Oyster, Pecten, Cockle, Dentalium, Limpets of various sorts, Razor, several species of Mactra, Cowries, Chiton, Scaphander liqnarius, and many others to employ him in his leisure hours to identify and classify. Amongst the lot of garbage left we find that we have several sorts of star fish from 4 inch to twenty inches across, and of different shapes, although of the same family. We have the large Asterias that is often found twenty inches across, also the commonest Uraster Rubens with five points. The fishermen desire to extirpate the large Asterias, because it always gets into their lobster pots ; with this laudable object in view they tear them limb from limb and throw them over, but they reckon without knowledge, as they simply make one star into five as each part grows, and has a separate existence, and a set of four legs grow on to the existing one. If we have been able to save a brittle star, an examination of him under the microscope will be found a very interesting study. We have also found a lot of different sponges, but as these are a ee complicated family, and require a separate study, I shall simply say hand them over to the professor who takes that branch to decide by the number of hooks and triangles in their composition to what species they belong. Having now cleared the table of specimens and swept up the débris, I retire. SOME NOTABLE ORAL EQUIPMENTS IN THE VERTEBRATA. BY MR. FREDERICK ROSE, L.D.S., B.C.S., ENG. —~io-— SECTION I. As the subject I have undertaken is rather an extensive one, and as many technicalities must necessarily require to be explained so as to make the subsequent subject-matter intelligible to those who have not made a speciality of this branch of Zoology, I have decided to divide it into three sections, which I hope I may have the privilege of deliver- ing on three separate evenings. Section I, which | propose taking for this evening will be somewhat introductory ; but I hope as well to find time to complete all the re- marks I propose to make on the teeth and jaws of the “Cold Blooded Vertebrates.” Section IT. will include “ Warm Blooded Vertebrates”; and Section III. will be devoted to “ Histological Characteristics.” One would like to make a study of this description either purely synthetic or purely analytical; and perhaps this would be the more strictly scientific method; but I think I can make my remarks more comprehensible, if I somewhat depart from this orthodox procedure. As you are all more or less familiar with a human tooth, and its mode of implantation in the jaw, it will facilitate the comprehension of other forms of seal equipments to take this as a starting point, and use it as a means of comparison of the lower organisms. I have here a human tooth sawn in two longitudinally, and to help towards a recognition of its parts, 1 have drawn it diagrammatically; and I shall assume throughout that no one present understands anything about my subject. Proceeding from within outwards we perceive a hollow box, closed at the top or crown, and open by a fine tube at the bottom orroot. This hollow box has at one time enclosed 42 ORAL EQUIPMENTS. the “ Dental Pulp,” a soft and highly vascular and sensitive body, which is the remnant of the soft Papilla from which the tooth in embryo has been elaborated by the deposition of - lime salts in a definite direction. This process of develop- ment I hope to explain and illustrate in Section IIL. The Pulp is the principal source of vitality to the tooth, and to it proceed through the canals before indicated the nerves and blood-vessels from the main trunks in the substance of the jaw-bones, carrying to the tooth the nutritive pabulum, and sensation. Next to the Pulp we perceive a hard and ivory-like substance, the “ Dentine,’ which makes up the principle bulk of most teeth in all the Vertebrates. Ivory of commerce is dentine from the teeth of the Elephant, and certain other animals. It is the tough and force-resisting portion of a tooth. External to this on the crown we see the “ Enamel,” absent in the teeth of some vertebrates; a hard stone-like substance, for resisting the wear and tear of mastications. On the root the “Cementum”; a substance which in its histological characteristics is closely homologous to bone. Into and through this ramify blood-vessels and nerves, which, derived from the same source as those of the pulp, aftord however sufficient nourishment to a tooth to retain it in the mouth in functional activity after the pulp has been destroyed by any cause. ‘These vessels and nerves run through into the cementum from the investing membrane, which holds the tooth 7m situ in the bony socket ; and which acts as a pad to resist shocks in mastication. It is called, where it covers the root, the perimentum or peridental membrane, and where it covers the bony socket, the periosteum. It is really one tissue _ differing in its different parts from the tooth toward the bone in its histological elements. ach tooth socket is divided 4 from its neighbour by lamine of bone called the Alveoli; hence the name given to the bone in which the teeth are implanted, the “Alveolar process.” Overlying this is the um. i Please bear in mind these various names, for in speaking of the different classes of animals, I shall have many interest- ing modifications of structure-to advert to. I must now name the various teeth as we find them in a normal human jaw, and then I think the ground will be pretty well cleared for understanding the real subject-matter of my paper. | In the front we have in each jaw four “incisors” or ORAL EQUIPMENTS. 43 cutting teeth, named central and lateral; next come the “canine,” vulgarly called eye teeth ; then first and second “bicuspides” or two cusped teeth, by Odontologists called Premolars; and lastly are the first, second and third molar or grinding teeth; the third molar being usually called the “Dens Sapientia” or wisdom tooth. This is the normal adult complement, thirty-two in all. The deciduous or temporary, or milk teeth as they are indiscriminately called, are only twenty in number, there being no bicuspides, which grow in the places of the temporary molars, and no wisdom teeth or third molars. Each tooth consists of a crown, neck, and root or roots. Leaving minute particulars till the section dealing with histological characters, I will now endeavour to explain some of the interesting differences in the development, calci- fication, growth and fixation of the teeth of the various classes of animals. All teeth develop from a germ of soft materials, which originates more or less deeply down in the jaw, becomes calcified or hardened by a conversion of its substance into the various tissues already alluded to, and gradually moving nearer to the surface of the jaws takes its proper position in the dental arch. We will now see how this takes place in different classes of Cold-blooded Vertebrates. Amongst the Elasmobranchi, or Fishes with a cartila- ginous Seloton. each tooth germ derives its origin from its next oldest predecessor (we might almost compare it to the growth of a plant from tubers). This method of succession also attains amongst Reptiles. But amongst the Teleostei, or Fishes with an osseous or bony skeleton, each tooth germ arises “de novo,’ developed by a modification of the epitheliwm of the jaw. Amongst all these classes there is an endless succession of teeth. The various methods of attachment of teeth in Verte- brates is very interesting. They are divisible under three main heads :— 1. Gomphosis, or implantation in a socket, more or less complete. This is the typical Mammalian attach- ment. There are a few examples amongst Fishes, e.g., the rostral teeth of the Saw-fish ; and also amongst the Reptiles, e. g., Crocodiles and Alligators. Certain extinct birds also had teeth implanted in sockets. The fact of extinct birds having teeth at all, much more teeth implanted in sockets, has a 44. ORAL EQUIPMENTS. most significant meaning to Evolutionists; as birds of recent times have no teeth. 2. Attachment by “fibrous membrane,” as _ attains amongst the Elasmobranchii, 7.e., Sharks and Rays. 3. “ Ankilosis” or Bony union; the typical method that attains in the Teleostei, and in Reptiles, 7.e., such fish as the Pike, Salmon, &e. There are many beautifully specialized modifications of these type methods of attachment to serve the peculiar end required, which I shall have to describe presently. 3 These will, however, be better comprehended when the typical methods have been fully understood. Attachment by “Gomphosis” has been sufficiently de- scribed for our present purpose in my remarks on human teeth and jaws. Taking the ordinary Skate or Ray, or Shark, we see an excellent instance of the method of attachment by “ Fibrous union,” and also are able to realise by the diagram before us the way in which the teeth arise, develope, and come into position. In this order of fish the oral epithelium to which the teeth are attached are continuous with the skin of the back and belly; and is constantly, as the creature grows, sliding over the lips, and what was once inside the mouth comes outside. This peculiarity shows well the relationship between the dermal spines and the teeth. As the skin slides outwards it carries along with it the rows of sharp teeth which, as they come into place, become erect and assume functional activity. As they wear down they fall off and the skin slides outwards, while fresh rows of teeth take their place. In cases where the teeth are attached by “ Ankilosis” there is almost always developed around it as it erupts a special porous kind of bone—a bone of attachment—which falls off or becomes absorbed when the tooth is lost. I have not a specimen to illustrate the order of coming into place of teeth of this description ; but will try and illus- trate it by the diagram. The Pike is a capital instance of this method; but it is also one of the creatures which pos- sesses aS well a special set of teeth adapted for pretensile purposes. The plate in the book I show will give an idea of the myriads of teeth this creature possesses. In fact, every available spot on the inside of the mouth fairly bristles with sharp teeth. The lower jaw is armed with a very formidable row of ORAL EQUIPMENTS. 45 teeth. The margin of the upper maxille has more, and there are but a few small ones on the premaxille; but there are three broad bands on the palate, the medium (on the vomer) looking backwards, and the two lateral (on the palate bones) looking backwards and inwards. On the tongue, the bron- chial bones, and in fact covering the whole throat are teeth. Woe betide the poor wretch of a perch or roach which is once seized by this formidable enemy; or a man who gets his finger caught. The teeth on the three bands on the palate are attached in a very special way. It is called the “ watch-spring hinge” method. I will endeavour to draw it on the black-board. The mackerel has also hinge teeth, but they do not spring into place of themselves, but lie down flat, pointing backwards, but are stopped from bending forwards by a buttress of bone. The specimen of a “ Sargus” or “ Sheep’s-head Fish” jaws I pass round will well illustrate another example of differenti- ation of organs to meet the requirements of a creature’s environments. A brief reference to the teeth of the “ Pristis” or “Saw Fish” must close my remarks on Fishes, as a still more inte- resting family, the Reptiles, awaits our attention. The oral equipment of the Pristis is the same as others of the shark and ray order; but the teeth which are fixed to the rostrum or snout, which give it its name of “Saw Fish,” are very peculiar. They are socketed and attached by “ gomp- hosis.” A very rare feature in the attachment of the teeth of cold-blooded vertebrates. Moreover they grow from persistent pulps ; another rare occurrence amongst that class. REPTILIA. Remembering at the outset that the teeth of reptiles are for the most part attached by ankylosis, and succeed one another from beneath, it will be interesting to notice a few of the most notable departures from this rule. Starting with the most familiar the “ Batrachia,” we find that toads are edentulous, being endowed with hard plates of bone round the margin of the jaws, which serve the same purpose. Frogs have no teeth in the lower jaw, and only one row in the upper jaw, which are on the maxillary bones and a few on the vomer; and their method of attachment, growth, and development follows the rule sufficiently closely, as to warrant our passing them over in a paper like the present. AG ORAL EQUIPMENTS, One point only might be noted. The teeth are attached by ankylosis, each tooth being perched on a little pedestal of bone specially formed for it. As the new tooth advances it causes absorption of the inner wall of this bone, and of the tooth, and finally takes its place actually in the pulp- chamber of its predecessor, which it pushes out on its point. Newts and Salamanders are fairly normal. Saurian reptiles, 2.e., lizards, &c., have an endless succes- sion of rounded conical teeth, for the most part confined to the margins of the jaws. Crocodiles and Alligators are remarkable for having socketed teeth, attached by “gomphosis.” They are somewhat trihedral, but single pointed teeth, with certain ones specially developed ; which varies according to the species. The teeth succeed each other vertically, each new tooth coming directly into the socket of its predecessor, which it displaces. There are never any additions numerically made, as the age of the creature advances. | But amongst the Ophidia we find some of the most remarkable differentiations of structure of the teeth in rela- tion to the function they have to perform. In fact, so remarkable do I consider the poison-fangs of the Viperine snakes, that I have honoured them with a very special des- cription, and several careful drawings, as I cannot get any specimens in the museum; and I unfortunately presented my own collection of skulls to the museum of my old College in London, about two years ago. The dentition of the Ophidians is very uniform. They may be conveniently divided into two groups—the poisonous and non-poisonous or harmless snakes. Between these groups are many forms which unite in their persons some of the attributes of both these groups, in a modified degree. Thus for instance we may say, speaking roughly, that the teeth decrease in number the more venomous the snake, and vice versa ; that the poison groove of the poison fang, which in venomous snakes forms a complete tube, becomes less and less deep amongst the more harmless species, and ceases to be differentiated at all in the typical harmless ones and is fixed immovably, and the tooth erectile; and that the “quadrate bones,” of which more anon, are longer, and con- sequently the “gape” of the jaws is larger, the nearer we approach the true Vipers. The semi-venomous snakes are called “ Colubrine” poi- sonous snakes, after the “Coluber,” a species of harmless ORAL EQUIPMENTS. 47 snakes. The “Cobra,” and most of the Australian species present these intermediate characters. Harmless snakes! save the mark—for who would call a Boa-Constrictor harmless, or pine for him as a bedfellow— have an endless succession of teeth arranged as follows: one row in the lower jaw, and two in the upper. One of these two upper rows is arranged on the maxillary bones, and the other, the internal, on the palatine and pterygoid bones. They are all anchylosed to the bone, and are strongly re- curved backwards. The lower row fits in between the two upper rows. : Now, starting with a tooth from a harmless snake, we find it pointed and recurved, with perhaps a more or less deep groove down its external surface. A Colubrine snake has the groove nearly closed into a tube, and in a true viperine snake, eg., a rattlesnake, it is closed completely with the pulp chamber, as it were wrapped round the poison tube. The tube opens on the external surface of the fang, a little way from the end; this arrangement precludes the a Y of it getting stopped up when it pierces its victim. ypodermic syringes are made on this plan. Now I mentioned a structure called a “ quadrate bone.” I wish you to take special note of this, for it 1s one of those significant links in the chain of existence, which “he who runs may read.” It is peculiar to reptiles and birds, and for these creatures which swallow their victims whole is a most useful, nay, necessary structure. You will naturally expect this bone to be enormously developed in the typical viperine snakes, when I explain that its use is to enable the creature to open its mouth wider than can be attained in the way usually found in vertebrates. A snake does not “swallow its victim, as we do,” but gets outside it “by the movements of the quadrate bone.” I think it would perhaps be going a little too deeply into the subject for a general audience like the present, to enter into the minute anatomical details; for to those unfamiliar with the technical terms, it would perhaps rather confuse than elucidate my meaning. What I do want you to carry away 1m your memories is a general idea of the mechanism of the jaws of a viperine snake. I will therefore dismiss the names of the individual bones and muscles, in my short explanation. When a venomous snake is at rest its poison-fang lies backwards in the mouth. By the movement of opening the 48 ORAL EQUIPMENTS. mouth the tooth is forced forwards by the drawing of certain ligaments on the maxillary bones which move with the teeth. This brings the poison tube in the tooth in a line with the canal in the poison-gland ; whence issues the venom directly the tooth is erected to strike, propelled by the pressure of a ligament which tightens over the gland by the movement of erection of the tooth. The victim is then swallowed whole, the “ quadrate- bone” allowing the snake to open the mouth to an enormous extent; and the “bucket-handle” movement of the joints gives the creature power to, as it were, draw itself over, or “get outside” its food. The structure here briefly referred to is well worthy of the careful study of my hearers, to whom I strongly com- mend. it. Before bidding good-bye to these interesting creatures | must mention a further beautiful provision of nature in the viperine Dental armature. At the side of each poison-fang is developed a second or supplemental tooth. If the fang in use gets broken off another immediately springs up beside it so as to take its place. SECTION I1—MAMMALTIA. In the first portion of this paper, which I had the honour of reading before you some months ago, I commenced by explaining as an introduction to my subject the relationship that teeth in man bear to one another, and the various parts of a tooth to each other and to their surrounding tissues, the jaws and gums; I then followed by a short reference to the attachment of the teeth to the jaws, and their methods of growth and development in all vertebrate creatures; and concluded by describing the oral equipments of a few speci- mens of cold-blooded vertebrates, specially differentiated to meet definite requirements: culminating in that most highly specialized structure the poison fang of a typical venomous or viperine snake. For the better understanding of the subject for this evening by those who were not present on that occasion, or others who may not quite have grasped the details, I will very briefly refer to some of the introductory matter. We saw that the teeth of man consist of two sets. The deciduous or milk teeth, twenty in number, which are lost in childhood to give place to another set, better developed, larger and ORAL EQUIPMENTS. 49 stronger, and more numerous to meet the requirements of mastication of the more solid foods which form the aliment of the adult. The latter set number thirty-two. An anato- mical preparation of a child’s jaws aged 54 years exhibiting the succession of the permanent set of teeth vm sitw was here shown. i Commencing in the front of the mouth we have on each side, in both jaws, two incisor or cutting teeth, one pointed tooth called the canine or dog tooth (erroneously called the eye tooth) then in the milk set come two molar or grinding teeth. This completes the deciduous dentition of twenty. In the adult jaws come two teeth which have replaced the temporary molars, and are called by odontologists “ premolars,” and by dentists (from the peculiar shape of the crowns of these teeth in the human jaw) bicuspids, ve. teeth with two cusps or points; and after these in order come three molar teeth, the last one called the “wisdom tooth” or “dens sapientia.” This makes up the requisite number of thirty- two. I may here remark that the typical mammalian dentition is forty-four as in the horse, but very few existing mammals possess this number. As the consideration of the numerical differences of the ~ teeth of animals would lead us into the consideration of dry detail unsuitable for the popular treatment of the subject, this brief notice of the question must suffice for this evening. We next saw that a human tooth consists of three parts, viz., the crown, the neck, and the root or roots, and that it is composed of a hard force-resistant substance called “dentine” or ivory enclosing a soft living substance called the “dental pulp” or formative and nutritive organ; and invested on the crown by a hard flinty substance called “enamel,” and on the root by a hard substance analogous to bone called the “ cementum.” We also saw that in most of the cold-blooded vertebrates there is an endless succession of teeth; that, for the most part they are of a very simple kind; and that they are generally “ankilosed” or fixed directly to a “bone of attachment,” without any socket; and that in the Mammalia they are implanted in a distinct socket, into which they are held by a fibrous and vascular membrane called the “pericementum ” or “ peridental membrane.” We now see that the number is limited to not more than forty-four generally, the dolphins and porpoises being an exception, as they frequently have as many as 200, and these 50 ORAL EQUIPMENTS. of a very simple pattern. Yet remember they are distinctly of the Mammalian character, being attached by “ gomphosis,” i.e., in a socket. : Now I propose for to-night to show that if the Mammalia lose numerically in their oral armature, this is amply made up for by a most interesting and wonderful specie ean ot structure to meet the exigencies of their environments, I have prepared a list in a tabular form to show roughly the proximity of relationship of the various species of Mam-_ mals, as at present known to Zoologists, and I have indicated with larger capitals those creatures which I consider present the most interesting and well-marked characteristics for such a brief and discursive paper as that of this evening. It not being my object to enter into the subject of the classification of Mammals, further than is necessary for the understanding of their oral structures, I will state that a description of the teeth of the Placental Mammals will suffice for the Implacental genera also, as they are difterentiated according to their modes of lite on the same lines as their Placental brethren. It is a very singular fact however, and one worthy of note here, that the Implacental Mammalia are confined almost exclusively to Australia and a small portion of South America; and where they are now, geology tells us they have existed in past geological ages, and almost to the exclusion of the Placental order of beings. In comparing the teeth and jaws of Mammals, we find that they may be roughly referred to three leading types, according to the sort of food the creature lives upon; a as the teeth are specialized to meet these requirements, so according to the great biological law of “correlation of erowth” of the parts of an animal, do we find the jaws differentiated. } By-the-bye, in passing, it 1s worthy of mention that the ereat Owen, the greatest osteologist 1 suppose that has ever lived said, according to this law of “correlation of growth” or “concomitant development,” a thoroughly proficient osteo- logist ought to be able to portray any animal and build it up bone for bone exactly as it has existed, on seeing one bone or even one portion of a bone.” _ Thus we have teeth and jaws indicating by their structure a vegetable diet, and so their owners are called Herbivora. You will not find this name on the table of animals before you, for the simple reason that a vast number, although sub- sisting on a vegetable diet, have been classified in accordance with some special feature. Thus we find Elephants though ORAL EQUIPMENTS. 51 thoroughly vegetable eaters are classed in accordance with the peculiar structure and size of the nose or proboscis, and called “ Proboscidia,” or the hoofed animals called Ungugulata, and so on with the Sirenia, Hyracoidea, &c. In this class the skull and jaws are ponderous in propor- tion to the size of the animal, and of great antero-posterior length; the glenoid cavity and condyle of the lower jaw are broad, round and flat, so as to admit of the grinding action necessary for reducing vegetable fibre to a pulp; and the molar teeth are broad, and very rough on the grinding surface caused by the uneven wearing of tissues of a different degree of hardness; the hardest substance, the enamel, standing out from above its investing tissue. If you will oblige me by looking at the diagram of a horse’s teeth, you will see typically displayed what I am endeavouring to describe. Let us take for the sake of the better comprehension of the complex pattern of the molar teeth, the incisor or front tooth represented in longitudinal section. Try to imagine what would be seen if we took the finger of a kid glove, filled it with plaster of Paris, and before it set hard pushed in the tip. We should thus have the kid which had been outside before the process, inside after it, and cut down longitudinally it would look very like our section of a tooth. We should “see, passing from without inwards, first kid, next a thick body of plaster of Paris, and next to this, kid, and then the space or tube, made by pushing the finger tip in; and so it is with the tooth before us, first enamel, next a thick body of dentine or ivory, and next enamel, bounded on the inside by a cavity. Look at the same tooth in transverse section and we see a ring of enamel, then a broad ring of dentine; and then another ring of enamel enclosing an empty space. When the tooth wears down, the “mark ” is eradicated, and we see the condi- tions as represented by the other figure on the diagram. The tube in the tooth of a young horse gets filled with débris of food, and indicates according to its depth the age of the creature. This is what is known to horse-dealers as “the mark,” and dishonest dealers often drill a hole into the teeth of an old horse and fill it with dirt; but this fraud could only deceive a novice in the trade, as there would be no ring of enamel intervening between the tube and the dentine. Multiply these conditions with the molar tooth, and fill up the interspaces between the pillars or cusps and ridges with cementum, and you can easily perceive how the complex pattern of the surface is produced. The teeth are constantly 52 ‘ORAL EQUIPMENTS. growing to make good the surface wear, but are only what are called “semi-persistent.” We will refer to this again when dealing with the teeth of Rodents. I have spent some time on this matter, because the com- plexity of pattern of the molar teeth is used as a means of classifying species and genera, and is of very great importance to odontologists. Before leaving the horse let me refer to the “ diastema” where the bit goes. The great convenience of this inter- space has led ignorant people to jump to the conclusion that the horse was specially designed for the use of man; but un- fortunately for this theory the Hipparion, which is the horses’ remote ancestor and existed ages before man, possessed the same interspace. The next great class are the Carnivora or flesh feeders, though many of them also eat vegetable food; lke some bears, and vice versa many herbivorous quadrupeds eat flesh, like the pig; and according as the creature’s habits of feeding depart from the purely carnivorous diet, so do the teeth and jaws depart from the typical carnivorous structure. As a general statement we may say that the characters that distinguish a purely flesh diet are: the small size of the incisors as compared with the canines, and their arrangement in a straight line across the jaws; the large size, deep im- plantation, and wide separation from one another of the canines, the reduction in number of the molar series, those that remain being without broad crushing surfaces, in place of which a sharp pointed form prevails. If you will please look at our diagram of the skull of a purely carnivorous creature, the tiger, it being taken as the type form, you will find a very arched and shortened head; huge zygomatic arches (very small in herbivorous creatures) for the attachment of the powerful “masseter” muscles; very deep glenoid cavities and condyles, lengthened in a lateral direction, and teeth marked by being of a highly “sectorial ” or cutting character, and much reduced in number from the typical mammalian dentition of 44. There is no play allowed by the deep glenoid cavity for mastication either forwards or backwards or from side to side, only an adaptation for the cutting and prehensile conditions observed in the teeth. Observe the strong pointed cruel canine tooth, so terribly adapted to the prehension of living prey, the deep zygomatic arch protecting the eyes from injury by branches of trees when the creature is making its fatal spring, and suitable for attach- ment of powerful muscles; and the molar teeth—what could ORAL EQUIPMENTS. 53 be better adapted for crushing a bone or lacerating flesh. Try and fancy a horse’s molar tooth in the tiger’s mouth. How useless for its peculiar mode of life. In the skeleton of the tiger we find the most marvellous and perfect combination of lightness and strength. We find in the dog-like carnivora an approach towards more omnivorous characters as in the hog, and in the bears a still nearer approach. To particular teeth in both jaws the name “ carnassial ” has been given (in the upper jaw the fourth premolar, and in the lower the first molar), characterised by its sectorial or cutting form. This is highly differentiated in the “ cat tribe ” less specialised in the dog tribe, and amongst the bears the sectorial condition has become altered into a more rounded and tubercular form. The large canine tooth of the felidae is also a sexual weapon, but I shall refer to this subject later on. The next great class I have to refer to approaches at both ends towards both the herbivora and the carnivora; it is named from the peculiarity of the incisor teeth which are adapted for gnawing. They are called Rodents or enawers, and their incisors (centrals) grow from persistent pulps, ze. pulps or formative organs which never cease elaborating fresh tooth substance throughout the creature’s life-time. The horse’s molars do not continue to grow throughout the whole life of the creature, but persist for some considerable time, and are thus called “semi-persistent” as I indicated before. The Rodent’s molars as well as the incisors grow from persistent pulps. In pattern their surfaces are very complex and highly suitable for crushing such sub- stances as woody fibres, and whatever in fact would require gnawing by the incisors, as will be seen by the diagram. Observe the transverse ridges of enamel, and see how well adapted they are for their work. The jaws of this class as would be expected from my remarks on correlation of growth, are also specialized to suit the customary aliment. We see by the diagram a strongly arched skull and jaws, but yet of a heavier build than the carnivorous, and deep glenoid cavity and condyle, whose long axis is from back to front to allow of the forward and _ back- ward movement of gnawing. In many Rodents the anterior face of enamel on the large scalpiform incisors is stained of a deep orange or salmon colour. These large gnawing incisors, which are kept constantly sharpened by wear from the direction in which they meet one another, are exceedingly D 5A ORAL EQUIPMENTS. powerful. AmonG the many marvels of animal and vegetable life which abound around our coasts, and their name is “ legion,” there is none which better deserves, or will more amply repay eareful study than the lowly creature which forms the subject of this paper, the Echinus or Sea Urchin, as it is popularly called. (In Guernsey, hérichon). Life in any of its myriad forms is wonderful, and whether we belong to the old school and believe in a “ separate creation,” or to the more modern one of “evolutionists,’ we cannot fail to behold the Great Master Mind over-ruling and guiding all, and we feel compelled to exclaim with the poet, ‘The hand that made them is Divine.”’ The marvellous structure of the Sea Urchin has always excited the warmest admiration of naturalists. “It is,’ as one says, “a piece of workmanship so exquisite, so far beyond all human art, so visibly demonstrating sovereign skill and boundless wisdom, that a sense of awe creeps over the mind as we proceed with all humility to contemplate so great a miracle.” * Let us glance for a moment at the living Urchin before we proceed to examine in detail its marvellous structure. It presents itself to our view as a globular, oval, or heart-shaped body bearing on its surface innumerable spines, generally of a eenish or purple hue, and all brightly glistening, as the ight is reflected from their ridges and furrows. These spines are seen to be capable of moving in every direction, and independently of each other, for each works on an “ universal joint.” They serve at once as a protection, and as organs of locomotion, though in this latter respect they hold quite a secondary place, for by means of its sucker feet, rather than 1. Rymer Jones. 62 THE SEA URCHIN. its spines, the creature is enabled to move from place to place. Using a pocket lens, we may also see attached to the spines and scattered over the surface of the creature, curiously- shaped appendages, which for years have been a great puzzle to naturalists. These are the pedicellariw, but of these and the sucker feet more anon. Let us now turn our attention to the “test,” or as it is inaccurately called, the shell of the creature, as we see it divested of the spines. It is in reality the limey skeleton of the animal, and not an outer coat of armour like the shell of crab or lobster. It is not made in one solid piece, but formed of numerous pentagonal plates (over 600 in a single test) composed chiefly of carbonate of lime, which the animal has the power of secreting from the sea-water where it is held in solution. These plates are fitted together with the most marvellous accuracy, and over the whole surface, and between ~ each several plate is stretched a thin film of living flesh, so fine and colourless, indeed, that the microscope alone reveals its presence. And herein is a marvel indeed! The Echinus when it reaches the last stage of its development assumes the shape it retains through life. Hence the same skeleton encloses the young as the aged urchin, for, of course, it does not shed its skeleton as the lobster does it shell. Gradually the limey particles are secreted and deposited along the edges and surface of the many plates in a determinate manner, and with the utmost regularity. They grow with the creature's growth and strengthen with its strength, and still the same shape is preserved that was first improved upon it. The whole case or shell consists of five zones or segments, in which are double rows of pentagonal plates perforated with double rows of pores, and between these five other zones of about twice the breadth. The former are generally called Ambulacra (L. ambulacrum, a walk), being fancifully considered to resemble the walks of a garden. The surface of the plates in the larger zones and also those between the perforated ones is studded with warts or tubercles of different sizes arranged in rows from pole to pole. The upper part of each tubercle looks like a highly polished billiard ball. To this polished portion the spine is attached, the base of the latter being hollowed out to receive it, and thus we have a perfect “Dall and socket” arrangement. The character of the spines varies much in different species; in some they are fine and silky, in others stout and club-like, in some straight and rigid, in others curved and flexible. The growth of the spines is curious, and may aptly be compared to that of an exogenous THE SEA URCHIN. ~ 63 tree. Sections of them form exquisitely beautiful microscopic objects. | Holding up the empty “ test” to the light, we can plainl see the numerous minute holes of which we have spoken, all arranged in a symmetrical ee ) Through these, in the living animal, are protruded those wonderful organs, the sucker feet or ambulacral feet, which | enable it to attach itself firmly to any substance, and are also its chief organs of locomotion ; and further even to right itself if placed, so to speak, on its back. Those near the mouth are also said to perform the additional function of seizing prey and dragging it to the mouth of the Echinus. No less than 3,840 of these ambulacral suckers have been counted in a single individual. And now for their mode of working. Within the “test” are certain canals passing along like meridian lines immediately below the rows of pores. At. the base of each pair of pores is a small bag filled with salt water. At the will of the animal this is forced into the suckers, and these can thus be protruded far beyond the spines. When the muscles of the bag relax, the pressure is removed, the water flows back from the tube foot, and it contracts. The end of each sucker is strengthened by a calcareous disc or rosette of the most delicate network—a = thing of beauty” under the microscope. Now, a word or two about these curious objects, the Pedicellariz, which look like parasitic polyps (as indeed they were at one time thought to be) attached to the spines. These minute organs consist of a sort of forceps, having three blades or jaws, the inner edge of which is provided with irregularly shaped teeth. These calcareous nippers are attached by a long flexible stalk to the Echinus, and they are seen constantly waving about, and the jaws opening and closing. Their power of “holding on” is amazing, and thus they are eminently fitted for seizing hold of seaweed, &c., till the sucker feet have time to attach themselves. Indeed Professor Romanes, who has experimented largely with Echini, considers this the chief function of the Pedealane Kven when separated from the living animal they continue their “grasping” habit for some time. Turning now to the mouth of the Sea Urchin, we find in the true Echini that the mouth is in the centre of the lower surface, and is armed with teeth. In the heart urchins the smouth is eccentric and edentulous. The teeth resemble those - of the Rodents in form, and continue to grow throughout the animal's life. They are five in number, and very hard. The 64 THE SEA URCHIN. whole dental apparatus, consisting of thirty pieces, forms a sort of pentagonal pyramid, and is known by the fanciful name of “ Aristotle’s Lantern.” Before leaving the Sea Urchin, we must notice the remarkable fact that in every geological epoch from the Silurian downward, remains of chine are to be found, though the species increase in number as we approach the present epoch. Now they are distributed over a very large area of the earth’s surface, and at various ocean depths. During the voyage of the Challenger specimens were dredede from a depth of over 2,000 fathoms. With a list of the urchins found in our own seas—and for which in its complete form I am indebted to Mr. J. Sinel, of Jersey—I will bring this imperfect sketch to a close, with a hope, however, that with all its faults, I may have suc- ceeded in interesting some at least in this humble but wonderful creature, on the structure of which it has been well said, the skill of the Great Architect is seen not less than in the building up of the universe. Echinus sphera (Common Egg Urchin), common throughout the Channel Isles, both the type and varieties. Var., EH. melo, E. ventriculosus. A. milvaris (Purple-tipped Egg Urchin), common throughout Channel and Channel Isles. Ei. flemingit, rare in Channel, Herm, Jethou and Jersey. E. lividus, or E. purpureus, Herm, Guernsey and Sark (not Jersey). EL. brevispinosus, or E. esculentus, or Sperechinus granularts, rare in Channel, frequent in Sark, and not very rare in Jersey. Spatangids :— Echinocyamus pusillus, Herm, and Guernsey. Not very common. Spatangus purpureus, fine at Herm, and in Great Russell, Guernsey, and rare in Jersey. Echinocardium, Herm, off Sark. Not common. THE EVOLUTION OF THE HONEY BEE. HONEY BEES is. Agile, &c. Xylocopa, &c. Humble Bees. Cuckoo Bees. Ne ee Soft! hain Thin black hair. viMairy. Pollen brushes. No Pollen brushes, =e, 1 j I ial j I Le a 5 —S= ona. Smooth Hairy Bees. Mandible Irregularly hairy. Single eyes in a triangle. eae | [a : | Wasps. True Bees. Three single eyes. a, —. Sala | Bee-like Flies | __(Hypothetical). Ruby, Ichnenmon and Saw Flies. Ants. L i A= ll Moths. Butterflies, Hymenoptera, Licking Flies. = | Lepidoptera. Sipping Flies. _| Diptera. Hemiptera. | ; Two-winged. }-winged Bugs. __Neuroptera, _ Gauze-winged Flies. = | i _ Stinging Flies. Biting Flies. Orthoptera. Coleoptera, Book Straight-winged Flies. Beetles, Scorpions Chilopoda. Diplopoda. la Single footed. Double footed. ; | Tailor | Tarantulla > a" ae Spiders. | Scorpions | Mites. Myriopoda. | | ats Centipedes. Archiptera. Primeval Flies, | Weaving | | Sixiezein egg. Six legs. four wings. _ Biting Flies. connor. like | spiders, | | —_ = S Brachma. Spiders. ae Long. Round. al | Anomura. Macrura. | Stomatopoda | ___Intermediate. Gill-tracheate. | Amphipoda. Lamodepoda. Month foted Crabs | ; Flea Crabs. Wizard Crabs. a Isopoda. ‘i J Louse Crabs. | ] | Ten. eee Barnacles. Root Crabs, Sessile-eyed | 4 Correpeda. _Rhizocephala. Lumacea. | pialked yea Siphonostoma. |_Pectostracs. | | 5 gee putea Giantost rage s t -tails. ‘abs, |Fish Lice. | Bivalve Crabs, pit legged Grabs. “hee one = i Gapencne Ostracoda. | zope pone Mailed Crabs. | a oéa Crabs. =A eel eer Pecilopoda. Boatmen Crabs | | Nebalia. |_ Shield Crabs. | Pantapoda. | Phyllopoda. Leaf-footed Crabs. | | Belinura. | Trilobita. {oes | Nobody Crabs. I I | Water Oar-footed Crabs. | {ee y Branchiopoda or eilitonted Crabs. f Primeval Crab-like forms, Nauplius. ts, ‘ | ot | Ser wea Trees Pe a > : a aA, Fe ALE " OE A OT RN ONE SI i I * “ \ “ > 7 THE EVOLUTION OF THE BEE. BY MR, A. COLLENETTE, F.C.S. ——_.—--———= THE Bee is classed among the Insects (Insecta), which form with the Centipedes (Myriopoda), Spiders (Arachnida), and Crabs (Crustacea), a division distinguished from all other living beings by several peculiarities common to all these, one of which—the possession of jointed feet—has given the name to the division, which is termed Arthropoda. Another family likeness is the segmented division.of the body; though this, the whole division possesses in common with the Ringed- worm (Annelida), and allied families. The facts depended on to prove the Evolution of Insects, by such naturalists as Huxley, Haeckel, Lubbock, and Gegen- baur, are the development inside the egg and outside the egg, in the larval forms, in the metamorphoses, and in the structure of the complete insect. ‘Such facts I shall call your attention to as far as is possible in the time at my disposal. Beginning at the bottom of the tree before you, which is chiefly taken from Haeckel pedigrees, we find the first im- portant stage is that termed Nauplius. All Crustaceans form, after leaving the egg, a Nauplius which differs in shape in different animals; but in all essentials the Nauplius stage is common to all the Crustaceans. A further stage of develop- ment met with in all true crabs and shell-fish is that termed the Zoéa stage, to reach which the young has to develop from the egg through the Nauplius stage, through Gill-footed (Branchiopoda) and leat-footed (Phyllopoda) branches. The gills have developed and increased their leaf-like expansions until they have become true gills. These stages are taken to represent the evolution of early forms—that is, that the Nauplius and the Zoéa and their variations were at one time the final forms, and that as the various organs became perfected and divided by being applied to different uses in the economy of the creature, so have the future forms been evolved. This Zoéa form is an important portion of the 66 THE EVOLUTION OF THE BEE. pedigree, for it links insects to crabs. The forms placed below the Zoéa branch do not pass through the Zoéa stage while those above do, or at least they show some modification of the stage. Before leaving the crabs let me draw attention to the method of growth which is common to both crabs and insects. I mean that of forming a hard skin or protection and getting out of it when increasing in size or when changing in form. This peculiarity would alone show an affinity between these apparently dissimilar forms. This necessity comes to insects by inheritance, while many of their peculiar forms result from adaptation. Leaving the Zoéa stage we come to intermediate forms which link the Spiders (Arachnida) to the Myriopoda and Hexapoda, or to the orders of numerous legs and those of six legs. These forms, still faintly visible in insect larval development, consisted of head with feelers, thorax with three pairs of legs, and with both gills and air-tubes. The centipedes, though possessing a number of legs, really possess in the egg but three pairs and afterward develop the remainder by a species of budding. But leaving these we find that a portion of the forms possessing gills took to using them for different purposes ; some remained outside the body and ceased to be used as air-tubes, but were used to propel and support the weight of the insect when leaving one pond for another and thus in time became wings. The fact that in the perfect insect only, do wings appear, and that with few exceptions, reproduction is also a function of the perfect mag explains the cause of wings developing from branchiate ills. 4 But we must not suppose that the same cause produced the same effect on all known winged insects. The common larval forms, and their remarkable likeness, proves that there must have been a common parental form which led to the different forms now known. These probably were of some aquatic-fly form possessing six legs and four wings, and biting jaws not very different from those of the crabs, scorpions, and spiders. Having now traced out the evolution as far as the fly, the remainder is comparatively easy. Great differences of form between the different kinds of caterpillars and grubs exist and need explanation here, as the ordinary observer is apt to attach too much importance to such differences. The different habits of feeding and the natural selection constantly going on have caused those grubs which were exposed to outside influences to change with their surroundings, and have, owing to the double influence of THE EVOLUTION OF THE BEE. 67 inheritance and adaptation caused the various forms and colours of the grubs to be produced. The flies under the influence of the same causes have also varied, and the result is that the insects are as numerous in their species as all the vertebrates put together. The tree shows the chief modifi- cations which I shall follow as regards those branches leading to the Bees. From the Biting Flies, which by a side branch give rise to the Orthoptera (such as the Grasshopper) and Coleoptera (Beetles), two changes are noticed. The mouth is modified so as to produce the Stinging Flies, and the wings are so altered that two separate orders of Stinging Fles exist, viz., the Two- winged (Diptera) and the Half-winged Flies (Hemiptera). By another branch variation we get the Gauze Wings (Neuroptera), which divide into the Licking Fhes with membranous wings (Hymenoptera), and the Sipping Flies . with scaled wings (Lepidoptera). The Licking Flies again vary into two branches, one of which throws off the Ruby Flies, Ichneumon Flies, Saw Flies and Ants; the other pro- bably gave rise to Bee-like Flies, forms which though not now existing, must have preceded Bees. We have now come to variations which depend more upon external appearance, minute structural differences and habits of life; and these would take a far greater time to name than I have to spare, I must content myself with naming the few forms we are to discuss to-night. | The Bee-like Fles must be supposed to have given rise to true Bees and to Wasps. The true Bees vary in their hairyness, as well as in their mouth organs and other parts. Some are without hair either on every part or on special parts of their bodies, and others vary more in the colour of the hair and in the shape of the body than in any important detail. The points which differentiate the Bees from each other must be left unnoticed. I content myself with having traced the insect through its evolution as far as such evolution is known. It will no doubt be found that some of the branches of this tree are out of place when more light has been thrown on evolution ; but any such change will not interfere with the general outlines or with the correctness of the leading deduc- tions from the known facts. REASON, INSTINCT, AND REFLEX ACTION ; THEIR MUTUAL RELATIONS, AND THEIR PLACE IN EVOLUTION, BY MR. FREDERICK ROSE, L.D.S., R.C.S., ENG. i The great hypothesis of evolution which has revolu- tionised modern thought, not only in Physical but in Social Science, is regarded from four leading standpoints. Ist, there are those (and their numbers are diminishing rapidly) who “will have none of it,” and cling to the old bales | in special creations for each species and genus, &c. These are, however, for the most part, people who take no special interest in Science, or the deductions drawn from the discoveries of Science; and therefore are not likely to be members of a Society like ours. To them I have nothing to say; but will address my remarks to those who hold one or other of the three remaining views of the subject. The second class are those who will grant the evolution of all the lower animals from still lower forms; but claim no kinship with them themselves; and I grant at the outset of my discussion that these people have considerable ground for their belief, inasmuch as the “ Missing Link” has not yet been found. My paper will afford ample scope for our friends of this school of thought to criticise and discuss. The third class of thinkers are those who follow Professor Wallace’s lines, which, put briefly, are that in the far off past, when a Chaos became a Cosmos, and the fiery heat of the earth cooled down, leaving a quiet and cool corner of the universe wherein the seed of life might germinate, a number of vital germs commenced their existences, and went on developing in predestined lines, eg., one would develop through various lower worms into a fish; another into a mammal, and finally another into a man. Much may be said, viewed in the light of our present very imperfect knowledge, for this school of thought; but, I think, in the main, they will INSTINCT, REASON, ETC. 69 be in accord with the fourth and last class of thinkers as re- gards our present subject. These are they who believe that one vital germ settled on this earth, and from that all the various classes of plants and animals gradually evolved by natural selection, man included. Mind you, not that man descended from a monkey, as ignorant people charge Darwin with postulating—for he is the leader of this school of thought— but that man, monkeys, fish, plants, and all created beings which have possessed the vital spark, have gradually been evolved from the same original germ. This is the line of thought I take up in my paper of this evening, and I purpose trying to collate and serve up to you in a condensed form thoughts that have tossed about in my brain for years in a disorderly sort of way. Perchance I may be fortunate enough to put the subject in a different light from that in which you have been accustomed to view it, though I cannot hope there will be much originality in my remarks. It is a law of physiology, which, I think, none will dispute, that “function begets structure,’ and conversely that “structure determines function.” They act and re-act one on the other; therefore, it is a certainty that when we examine, let us say the fin of a fish, the wing of a fowl, the leg and paw of a cat, the arm and hand of a monkey or a man, we know that in exactly the same ratio as they differ in structure and complexity, so will the acts they perform differ in number and complexity. So with the brain and the nervous system. In proportion as the higher nerve centres are developed in structure, so will the functions they determine be developed in structure. Thus, at each end of a long series of structural and functional changes we find creatures so different, that, had we not proof of their relationship by knowing the various forms that go to make up the links in the chain, we should at once say, as did the naturalists of a former age, “these creatures cannot be related,” and we should fall back on special acts of creation to account for them; and if we were at the time discussing the mental faculties, we should as certainly draw a hard and fast line between Reason and Instinct, and Instinct and Reflex Action, and pronounce their differences as being those of kind and not merely of degree. Now, the school of thinkers to which I profess as a very humble follower to belong, maintain that these apparent differences in kind, nay real differences in kind now, that we see amongst created beings are produced from an accumula- E 70 INSTINCT, REASON, ETC. tion of differences in degree, acting through natural selection in the vast eras of time that Science proves to have elapsed since the earth was fit for the reception of life; and that just as in the physical so in the psychical realm in the struggle for existence any slight variation from the parent forms that gave its possessor an advantage over its fellows, and would tend, from the same cause, by re-action, to go on developing would leave its impress on the progeny; and by correlation of aie taking place in other organs, in time a totally different ooking creature would be evolved. Bear in mind, however, that a great controlling force would be exerted by that powerful factor in evolution, “tendency to revert to a former type.” : The influence of environment also must not be forgotten as one of the factors at work to produce modifications of structure and function. Thus, just as it has been ascertained, that the differences between a nebula, a sun and a planet; between ice, steam, and water; between the hoof of a horse and the paw of a cat; between the fishes’ air-bladder and gills, and a man’s lungs, are merely differences in degree produced by natural selec- tion ; so surely are the simple reflex actions performed by the jelly-fish, the instructive actions performed by the bird, and highly rational and complex acts and thoughts emanating from a Shakespeare, a Sir Frederick Leighton, or a Herbert Spencer, merely accumulated differences in degree resulting in a vast difference in kind. Just here let us take a brief glance at our diagram, and notice where the seats of the various psychical acts i in the nervous system of a human being; and as we dwell on the differences in their anatomical features, I will endeavour to give concise definitions of the functions they perform as expounded by modern scientists. Professor Romanes’ definitions are, I think, accepted in the main as most nearly exact ; but while I accept his defini- tions, I cannot help thinking in spite of Romanes’ disagree- ment that the famous hypothesis of Descartes’ “ Animal Automatism,” now rather tabooed by men of Science, will account for many acts now classed as conscious or instructive. I now will quote Professor Romanes’ own words. “ Reflex Action is non-mental neuro-muscular adjustment, due to the inherited mechanism of the nervous system, which is formed to respond to particular and often-recurring stimuli, by giving rise to particular movements of an adaptive though not of an intentional kind.” | .* INSTINCT, REASON, ETC. (i To make these various definitions of Romanes’ clear as we go along, I will just notice familiar examples. _ Aman who has sustained an injury to the upper portions of the spinal cord will often perform acts with his lower limbs that seem like conscious movements, so will a man in his sleep. Tickle his feet and he will withdraw them, though his brain takes no cognisance either of the stimulus or its re-action. Cut off a pike’s head, and put a hot iron to the severed end of the spinal cord at the neck, and he will flap his tail. Remove a frog’s cerebrum, and then put him on a slate or board, gradually tilted towards the perpendicular, and he will crawl up, and right over the edge, to sustain his balance, so showing his power of muscular adjustment; but remove his cerebellum, and his power ceases; and yet if a drop of nitric acid be put on his back, he will try and stroke it off with his feet, because the spinal cord which supplies the limbs with powers of motion and sensation is still capable of re-action and stimuli. The act is, however, unconscious, and only automic and reflex re-action to stimuli. The lower creatures, ¢.g., a sea anemone, or a snail, are limited to this class of actions, for the nerve centres are of a very rudimentary description; and, IT doubt much, if a worm, no matter how he may wriggle, is conscious of pain when he is pulled over the hook of the angler. We see here function and structure in equal degrees very simple, and limited in scope. Returning to our definitions, Professor Romanes says: “ Instinct is reflex action, into which is imported the element of consciousness. The term is therefore a generic one, com- prising all those faculties of mind which are concerned in conscious and adaptive action, antecedent to individual ex- perience without necessary knowledge of the relation between means employed and ends attained, but similarly performed under similar and frequently recurring circumstances by all the individuals for the same species.” We must all be able at once to think of hundreds of familiar examples of this. I will mention one or two that occur to my mind. The storing up by certain species of hymenopterous insects in the cell wherein they have depo- sited an egg, food for the future grub; and further stinging it in such a spot as to paralyse it without killing it, if it be a living creature that is desired as food, so as to prevent the al consequences of putrefaction if it should die. The gathering of chicks under a hen’s wings when in presence of a threatened danger, or the suckling of the newly-born infant. ta INSTINCT, REASON, ETC. To continue our definitions: “Reason or intelligence is the faculty which is concerned in the intentional adjustment of means to ends. It therefore implies the conscious know- ledge of the relation between means employed and ends attained, and may be exercised in adaptation to circumstances novel alike to the experience of the individual and to that of the species.” | The seat of this faculty is the cerebrum, or great brain ; and in proportion to the intelligence of the individual do we find the size of this organ; or, to put it more accurately, do we find the quantity of grey matter and the size of brain surface? This latter increase may be attained by increase in number and depth of the convolutions on the surface of the brain. The convolutions of the brain of a Herbert Spencer, or a Tennyson, are much deeper and more complex than those of the brain of an aboriginal Australian; the brain of the latter, however, excels in this respect, though not to the same extent, that of a gorilla; so between the gorilla and the dog, the dog and the rabbit, and so down the scale of organised beings, until we find not only smoothness of surface and contraction in proportion relatively of large to lesser brain, but a gradual diminution, till the only representative of this important organ is a mere spot in comparison with the ageregate of the other cerebral substance; as in the turtle for instance, going further down it gradually diminishes till we get to creatures that do not possess any. Our diagram will illustrate my meaning. All those portions of the cerebro- neural axis that are concerned in the physical life of the creature and the preservation of the species are well developed, while the part concerned in the psychical is a mere fore- shadowing as compared to its purely brute inheritance. Thus, retracing our steps and ascending the scale of creation, we find there is a time in the life history of organised beings when, Ist, purely reflex actions begin to be complicated by others wherein consciousness plays an important part, and there is simultaneously a proportionate structural addition ; and 2nd, when a power of co-ordinate thought is accompanied by an addition superimposed to the already existing cerebral structures. It isin this same power of co-ordinate thought, and his “ potential power to progress” in it that man stands out from the other primates a landmark in Evolution, the most wonderful product of causal effects, “ the roof and crown of things.” With the advent of man as man, when psychical development came to relegate physical to a less important position, when brain substance acquired the power to progress INSTINCT, REASON, ETC. "3 by means of its own interest inherent, a new order of things was established, and philosophers now believe they see some- thing of the end to which these wonderful evolutionary processes have been tending. Henceforth psychical power rules the world; brute force loses its value as the world becomes more reasoning and civilised, and now survival of the fittest does not necessarily demand the extinction of those physically weak. In the future, man steps in and modifies Nature’s work in natural selection, by selection in accordance with his needs. Hence- forth brains, not body; soul, not brute force and brute instinct, rules created beings. Where will it end? one asks, and the soul cries out for “more light.” When humanity began to evolve a new chapter in the history of the universe opened. Henceforth the end of Evolution is not genesis of species, but increase in civilisation. And yet grand as the human soul is, wonderful as the potentialities of his brain, his difference in kind from the brutes is but the accumulation of differences in degree by natural selection. Along with the first dawning of consciousness we find an extension of the period of infancy, and as we ascend in the scale of creation we find that the new-born animal remains helpless, and dependent on its parents for a longer period. This lengthening of the period of infancy which is required to develop structures too complex for the prenatal period to afford time ; moreover, requiring for their complete develop- ment to bring out the power of adjusting means to ends, is a most important landmark in Evolution. The helplessness of the offspring calling forth help from the parents re-acts on them, and impulses, emotions, passions, and all the social instincts are stimulated. Natural selection preserves that family which has best learned the lesson that “union is strength”; a step higher we find aggregations of individuals forming into colonies. The power for good in this first dawning of acts not purely selfish is immense. With increase in the demand for these acts, increase in size and complexity of the structures involved will result, for “ function begets structure”; until at last like. _ the first rays of luminosity from the rising sun, a faint spark of conscience is visible, and from the demands of social acts a code of right and wrong is established. The circle extends from the family to the clan, from the clan to the state, and finally, let us hope, it will embrace all humanity. Thus we see the importance of the lengthening of the period of dependence in the young animal in Evolution. 74, INSTINCT, REASON, ETC. Now, to see how this is all brought about, we must advert briefly to the various functions of the different parts of the brain. The spinal marrow with its extension into the skull, the medulla oblongata is concerned in all those acts that are of a purely reflex character, such .as the beating of the heart, prehension and digestion of food, &c., &e., necessary to its existence as a living organism. The very lowest of the animal kingdom possess these functions in common with | man and the higher animals, and it is shared by embryos in their earliest stages. These acts are automatic, and take place immediately the stimulus is received. The next two series of actions, which require for their fulfilment the cerebellum and cerebrum, though the messages to fulfil them are not received direct from the outside world, are governed by them. All these acts require a period of delay or tension from the receipt of the impression to the determination of the consequent movement. ‘This implies consciousness. Diminish this period of tension, and there is a consequent diminution in the vividness of the consciousness. Take the various acts performed by a trained mechanic. While he is an apprentice he must bind the whole of his thoughts to the task in hand, and he is consequently slow in his muscular adjustments, till the time comes when his saw, plane or file, works automatically, while he converses on other subjects. Conscious acts become reflex. “Consciousness” implies perpetual discrimination, or the recognition of likenesses and differences, and this is impossible unless impressions persist long enough to be compared with one another. It is the surplus of molecular disturbance remaining in the cerebellum and cerebrum, and reflected back and forth among the cells and fibres of these higher nerve centres, that affords the physical condition for the manifestation of consciousness. Thus we see the cerebrum and cerebellum are the store- -houses of experiences. The cerebellum is concerned in the accomplishment of co-ordinate muscular adjustments, the cerebrum in forming rational ideas. It is in the direction of increase of cerebral surface that Evolution is tending. And now, ladies and gentlemen, I must bring my paper to a close. I am aware that my case must receive from you the verdict of the Scotch courts of law “not proven.” Even INSTINCT, REASON, ETC. 15 had I the power and ability to write volumes on the subject, the verdict must be the same, for some of the greatest minds of the age are in constant conflict on this very theme. To me it is one of intense interest, and like many a person who is unlearned in the book of Euclid, he can feel that the proposition is true, so I feel with regard to the proposition before us. We cannot and probably never will be able to tell whence came the first germ or germs of life; when, or in what creature, or how, the first dawn of consciousness arose, or whither or to what heights the potentialities of man may carry him; yet, to suppose with the materialist that with this life all is over seems to be illogical. “Conservation of energy” is an acknowledged fact. The thoughtful mind then asks, “is it probable that all this vital energy is as nought, and will vanish at death like the extinguishing of a candle ” ? I cannot believe it. To my mind Evolution affords logical reason for a larger hope than man has yet possessed. I wait patiently as Tennyson puts it in very beautiful language, and hope some day to look “behind the veil.” A VISIT TO JETHOU. JUNE 25Tn, 1890. (Read before the Society by Mr. G. T. DERRICK, July 8th, 1890). —— The Midsummer holiday offered a favourable oppor- tunity for examining one of the outlying islands of the bailiwick, and as a visit had already been paid to Herm at about the same season, it was decided that Jethou should this time receive the attention of the Society. Mr. Austin Lee was good enough to give permission to the members to ‘o over the island, and the Rescue was specially chartered for the occasion. Although some were deterred from joining the excursion by the idea that there was nothing of sufficient importance there to repay a visit, and the foggy weather on the morning of the 25th of June frightened others, yet above forty members and friends started on board the Rescue at 11.80 am. The weather was improving, but the fog had not lifted sufficiently to make it ue to attempt to thread the intricacies of the Percée, so our captain steered direct for the bold cliffs on the south-west of the island, and after a short run, the announcement, “ There is the island, Sir,” made the passengers look ahead, to see a most interesting, ‘peculiar, and picturesque spectacle: the rocky outline of the cliffs appeared as the side of a snow-covered mountain or an iceberg looming through the fog. A few minutes later, the anchor was let drop, and pre- parations made for landing. A favourable spot having been selected, the whole party was put ashore at the base of the cliff, then having climbed to the track encircling the island, each one proceeded to pass the time according to his own inclination. | On the occasion of our visit, the lifting of the fo produced specially interesting effects. From the high level, shortly after landing, the top of Berhon Tower and the Vale A VISIT TO JETHOU. rel Windmill were the only objects visible towards Guernsey, yet the coast of Herm, with an approaching Great Western packet, were perfectly clear. A very pretty picture was presented on the coast of Sark, when the cliffs under the Coupée, with a small circle of beautifully blue water at the base, were seen encircled by the white fog: the coast of France, at the time, was perfectly clear. Jethou is an islet due east of St. Peter-Port harbour, distant about three miles: it les to the south of Herm, and a little west of the central line of that island, from which it is separated by the navigable channel called the Percée. In shape it is a truncated cone, the circle of its base measuring one mile, width three-quarters of a mile, and the elevation 268 feet, is greater than that of Herm. It rises abruptly everywhere, but especially so on the south. On the north- west it is connected, at low water, by a rough beach with a rock called Crevichon, and on the south-east is a smaller mass Fauconniere, not quite joined at low water. South of it, but separated by a navigable channel, extend the rocks called the Ferriers. The sides of the island rise too steeply to be capable of profitable cultivation; though the soil, except on the cliffs, is deep enough to support a plentiful crop of fern and other herbage, with a close undergrowth of smaller lants. . On the south-east, opposite Fauconniere, the slope has been cleared and formed into terraces, but these are no longer planted. A small plateau, on the summit, is ploughed, and at the time of our visit, was planted with corn, potatoes, &c. The houses, three in number (one in ruins), are on the north side, towards Crevichon and Herm, where a rough beach is somewhat sheltered by the former island, and is, on that account, the usual landing place. A number of trees have been planted near the houses, but they are very stunted; a small orchard, however, appeared in fair condition. From specimens collected by Mr. A. Collenette, the rock is evidently a syenite: in some parts in a state of disintegra- tion, in others a compact solid rock; having a_ peculiar fracture, resulting in the frequent occurrence of tabular masses often resting upon smaller pieces, and bearing a close resemblance to the so-called Druids’ altars; two notable examples of this occurred above our landing place, near which also rose an immense block of solid rock about 25 feet in height, by about 12 feet broad and thick, supported by about a third of the width of its base, but kept from falling by having a slight inclination landward. The process of 78 A VISIT TO JETHOU. disintegration can be seen all round the coast, but the absence of springs and water-courses prevents its being very rapid. On the $.E., opposite Fauconniere, is a capital rival of the Creux Terrible in Sark, well worthy of examination. On the plateau, heads of rock rise through the soil, and it appears as though one or two masses had been placed near these in such a position as to resemble a Druidical circle. Every visitor must have noticed the difference in the vegetation on the different parts of the island. On the south side, ground ivy (Nepeta glechoma), almost covered the eround wherever there was sufficient soil, spreading under the bracken ; yet in places, particularly on the $.E., sea stork’s bill (Hrodium maritimunm), mostly of minute growth covered large patches. On the north side, primroses were the characteristic plant, there must have been a splendid show in the spring. Lrythreea centawrium and Teucrvwm scorodonia were abundant, on these a-side, thrift (Armeria maritima), and sea campion were plentiful, but there was a remarkable absence of samphire. The crevices of the rocks were well supplied with Aspleniwin lanceolatum and nigrum. A. mari- timvwm was plentiful among the lower rocks. Near the houses a coarser vegetation prevailed, burdock (Arctiwm lappa) was abundant. From the paper read by Mr. E. D. Marquand, it will be seen that during the few hours spent on the island, 135 species of flowering plants and 7 ferns were found on Jethou ; and on Crevichon 32 plants and 6 ferns. Rabbits are very numerous, so numerous indeed that they have to be supplied with food in winter. A good many blind worms or slow worms (Anguis fragilis) were seen ; Mr. Luff captured one which, since it has been in his posses- sion has cast its skin, the after portion of it coming off in one piece. Insect life did not appear abundant, though the cinnabar moth was common. After the tide had receded, a large party passed over to Crevichon, ascending to the beacon. Here quarrying has been carried on, and many worked stones were lying about. That period of active life on the rock may account for the increased number of plants now found there compared with those seen by Professor Babington at his visit. Two capital echoes were noticed during the day. The best was from Crevichon, the sounds being repeated from Jethou, and various points in Herm; the other on Jethou opposite Fauconniére repeating six sounds. Though there is no hotel on the island, the people in charge supplied hot or cold water A VISIT TO JETHOU: 79 to those wishing it, so that visitors were able to have a cup of tea with the refreshment they had provided. About five o’clock, the company re-embarked reluctantly ; for the weather had become beautifully clear, and there were many spots to which, had there been time, further attention might profitably have been given. The captain was good enough to make the tour of Jethou in returning, and thus added to the pleasures of a most enjoyable excursion. Mr. Luff gives the following particulars of the insects noticed on this occasion :— BUTTERFLIES. Pieris brassice (Large Garden White), one specimen captured. Pieris rape (Small Garden White), one specimen captured. Epinephele ianira (Meadow Brown), one specimen captured. Cenonympha pamphilus (Small Heath), common. Lycena argiolus (Holly Blue), several flying and sporting over the tops of the apple trees. Lycena egon (Silver Studded Blue), one. Nore—On June 14th, 1860; at very much the same season Rev. F. A. Walker visited Jethou ; he records only one species of butterfly as taken there, viz. :— Cenonympha pamphilus. The occurrence of this butterfly in Jethou as well as in Herm is interesting, as the species does not occur in Guernsey. MOTHS. The only species taken were :— Euchelia jacobe (the Cinnabar), which was extremely abundant and in fine condition. Camptogramma bilineata (Yellow Shell), one specimen, and one specimen of Phlogophora meticulosa (Angle-shades Moth), on Crevichon. : Three species of Tinea, or small moths were taken, but are, as yet, undetermined. Also nine species of Coleoptera (Beetles), and three species of Bees, of which two belonged to the genus Bombus (Humble Bees). THE FLORA OF JETHOU. BY MR. E. D. MARQUAND. ——9——. To look at on the map Jethou appears a very tiny affair indeed, for it hardly measures half a mile in any direction, but when once you have effected a landing (not always an easy matter, by the way), and scrambling up the slippery clift-side, start off with the determination of seeing every nook and corner of the island within the space of a few hours, you gradually become impressed with the fact that Jethou is very much bigger than it looks; and still more powerfully does this conviction take hold of you if you should happen to be botanising, and all the while labouring under the painful endeavour to get through a maximum of work in a minimum of time. A noticeable feature about Jethou, from a botanical point of view, is that the great bulk of the vegetation consists of comparatively few species; very much fewer than an equal area of similar country in Guernsey, for instance; whilst the entire absence of many plants growing more or less plentifully at Herm, only a few hundred yards off, is very remarkable. Without knowing anything of their relative positions, any botanist would at once affirm that Jethou is a piece of Herm, and not a fragment of Guernsey; in fact, its flora resembles that of the former island so very closely, that it is difficult to account for the non-existence of plants which, having a knowledge of Herm, one would reasonably expect to find. I am not, of course, speaking of plants for which no suitable habitat exists—the absence of anything like a rivulet or a pool, or even a marshy spot, accounts for the want of many Herm species, and the same remark applies to plants peculiar to commons and sandy seashores, which are not represented in Jethou. Professor C. C. Babington in his Primitice Flore Sarniece enumerates 113 flowering plants and two ferns as indigenous to Jethou; but this number is by no means exhaustive, since on the day our Society visited the Island (June 25th) my own THE FLORA OF JETHOU. 81 collecting (assisted by Mr. Derrick, to whom I am indebted for several plants which did not occur to me) amounted to 135 species, of which no less than 56 are additional records, whilst 36 of those noted by Babington were not observed. I have distinguished these latter in the eee list by an *. As far as at present ascertained, therefore, the Flora of Jethou consists of 164 phanerogams and 7 ferns. By a happy stroke of good fortune the tide allowed us to visit Crévichon as a finale to the day’s enjoyment, and I made _ the best use I could of the available half-hour or so, to catalogue the vegetation of this curious beacon-crowned islet. On the rock midway along the causeway grows Juncus acutus, the only spot in which I saw the plant all day, and it would indeed be curious should that prove to be its only habitat. I found 32 phanerogams and six ferns growing on Crévichon, that “conical rocky mound,” the number of ferns being rather surprising. The flora of Crévichon is quite interesting enough to deserve the separate enumeration which I have accorded to it; but I should state that all these species I have included in the Jethou list, although I failed to find two or three of them in the larger island; there can be very little doubt however that they do occur there. All the plants of Jethou I have seen in Guernsey with one exception: Myosotis Balbisiana, an exceedingly rare species known only in one spot in England, and also in one only on the north-western coast of France. It resembles a rather large form of IM. versicolor, except that the flowers are of a deep golden yellow, and never become blue. It is certainly the great floral prize of Jethou, and should be carefully preserved, especially as it was not plentiful where I found it. Two or three plants deserve special notice as being abundant in Jethou as well as in Herm, whilst rare in Guernsey. Nepeta glechoma grows very luxuriantly and in profusion all over the island. Hrodiwm maritimum abounds on the higher part of Jethou, by the fields, and also low down on the northern slope. Veronica officinalis is fairly common in all parts of the island. Papaver somniferwm occurs plen- tifully, but rather small in size, at the northern end, mostly in the little cultivated plots. Symphytum officinale grows in abundance on the slope close to the path leading down towards Crévichon, not far from the cottage, and has every. appearance of being truly wild. Ihave inserted Phalaris cana- riensis with some hesitation; I saw but one specimen, close to the cottage; it had perhaps grown from scattered bird-seed. 82 THE FLORA OF JETHOU. The species of Rubus I take from Prof. Babington’s list; they were not in flower, so I did not bring away specimens. I was astonished to observe the size of many of the trees, especially Spanish chestnuts and sycamores, some of them being of considerable age, and of finer growth than would be expected on such a wind-swept island. I insert the trees in the list, although the majority have certainly been planted. The appended list will hardly give an accurate general idea of the native vegetation of Jethou, for the reason that a number of those which figure, such as, for example, Bellis perennis, Plantago coronopus, Senecio sylvaticus, and other abundant species, are extremely scarce here, and require a careful search to see at all. Hence it would seem that in the erim struggle for life many plants, which still occur in profusion on the cliff sides of Guernsey, are being slowly but surely crowded out of existence in Jethou by their stronger and more numerous neighbours. In this little island we can perceive the gradual change which is taking place in the vegetation of all countries, great and small, and the slow extinction of species by purely natural means, apart altogether from human agency. It is quite likely that in a couple of centuries many of the wild plants now rare in Jethou will have vanished altogether, and their place will be taken, not by new colonists, but by the old established and firmly rooted denizens of the soil. | Notwithstanding what I have said about the islands differ- ing inter se, it is clear that Herm and Jethou botanically form part of Guernsey. Alderney would, I imagine, show a much closer relation to the adjacent French coast; whilst Jersey would in all probability approximate to France far more nearly than does the Sarnian group. Of the exact position of Sark I am in doubt, having no personal acquaintance with its flora, but I should expect to find there French types unrepre- sented in this island. The more attentively the flora of Guernsey is studied, the more apparent becomes the fact that it 1s much less French in its character than is commonly supposed. Certain it is that since the period when Guernsey—the oldest island relatively—became separated from the mainland, a vast alteration has taken place in the phanerogamic vegetation of the opposite coast. Happily we have abundant and trust- worthy information upon the exact distribution of species on the land nearest the Channel Islands. Two excellent French works are available. One, De Brébisson’s “Flore de la Normandie,” which has now reached its fifth edition, deals THE FLORA OF JETHOU. 83 with the region extending from beyond Dieppe on the north- east down to the angle near St. Malo on the south, and stretching inland from fifty to a hundred miles; the other, Lloyd’s “Flore de lOuest de la France,” now in its third edition, takes in the country from the point where the other terminates near St. Malo, and includes the whole north- western corner of France down to the middle of the Bay of Biscay. These two Floras are held in the highest estimation by continental botanists for completeness and accuracy, so that we have every requisite information upon the plants of France within a hundred miles and more of the Channel Islands. The exhaustive English Floras of the various southern counties furnish similar evidence as regards our national mainland, and the only wonder is that our own little archipelago should have been left down to the present day almost entirely unnoticed, for since Professor Babington published his excellent Flora more than half a century ago, no one, so far as I can learn, has undertaken any systematic work on the subject. I could have wished to say something upon the curious problems which confront one in a critical study of our Guernsey plants, and the singular anomalies which present themselves, but it would lead me beyond the limits of this paper; and therefore I will reserve my remarks for some future occasion. My belief is that it is impossible to over-estimate the value of carefully and accurately recording the Fauna and Flora of these islands. Viewed merely as so many square miles of land they are perhaps insignificant ; but regarded as the silent historians of the past, their importance 1s beyond measure. ‘T'’o quote the words of an eminent living English botanist: “What we have to do is to work patiently in recording all we can in sincerity and truth, so that when the pages shall be full, others may read them, and read them in fuller light.” Ranunculus repens. Cochlearea danica. - bulbosus. Capsella bursa pastoris. a acris.* Lepidium Smithii.* Papaver somniferum. Reseda luteola. Fumaria officinalis.* Polygala oxyptera.* Cakile maritima. Viola sylvatica. Sinapis arvensis. Silene maritima. Sisymbrium officinale. Lychnis dioica.* Cardamine hirsuta. Cerastium glomeratum. Arabis thaliana. , triviale. 84 THE Cerastium tetrandrum.* Stellaria media. Sagina ciliata. »» procumbens. » apetala.* 5 subulata. Spergula arvensis. Lepigonum rupestre. Polycarpon tetraphyllum. Hypericum humifusum. % pulchrum.* Malva sylvestris. », rotundifolia.* Lavatera arborea.* Geranium molle. Erodium cicutarium. be maritimum. Linum angustifolium.* Acer pseudoplatanus. Ulex europzus. Medicago maculata. a3 lupulina.* Trifolium repens. Pe pratense.* | . glomeratum. ns minus. Lotus corniculatus. 5 ‘major. »» hispidus. 5» angustissimus.* Ornithopus perpusillus. Vicia angustifolia. Prunus spinosa.* Alchemilla arvensis. Potentilla tormentilla. Rubus discolor. » vVillicaulis. Crateegus oxyacantha. Sedum anglicum. Cotyledon umbilicus. Heracleum sphondylium. Daucus carota.” » maritimus.* Conium maculatum. Crithmum maritimum.* Hedera helix.* Sambucus nigra. Lonicera periclymenum. Galium saxatile. 5» aparine. FLORA OF JETHOU. Sherardia arvensis. Carduus tenuiflorus. ds arvensis. 5 lanceolatus. - palustris. Carlina vulgaris. Lapsana communis.* Arctium minus. Senecio sylvaticus. » . Yuleame » dacobeea. Filago germanica.* Bellis perennis. Hypocheeris radicata. ba glabra.* Taraxacum officinale.* Leontodon hirtus. f hispidus. Crepis virens.* Sonchus asper. » Oleraceus.* Jasione montana. Erica cinerea. Erythrea centaurium. Fraxinus excelsior. Convolvulus arvensis. Solanum dulcamara. Digitalis purpurea. Linaria elatine.* Veronica arvensis. ss officinalis. - chameedrys. me polita.* Euphrasia officinalis. Bartsia viscosa. Nepeta glechoma. Prunella vulgaris. Lamium purpureum. Teucrium scorodonia. Myosotis versicolor. bs Balbisiana. Lycopsis arvensis. Symphytum officinale. Primula vulgaris. Anagallis arvensis. Armeria maritima. Plantago lanceolata. Fs coronopus. major.* Chenopodium album. —— = oe ‘ THE FLORA OF JETHOU. 85 Chenopodium murale. Atriplex patula. Rumex conglomeratus. =. = pulcher. ~~ obtusifolius.* 5 ©«0« CTISPUS. - acetosa. » acetosella. Polygonum ayiculare. Euphorbia portlandica. =a peplus.* = amygdaloides.* Urtica urens. s, > dioica. Ulmus suberosa. Quercus robur. Castanea vulgaris. Populus nigra. Salix cinerea. Zostera marina. Tris foetidissimus. Ruscus aculeatus. Scilla nutans. Luzula campestris. Juncus acutus. » Capitatus. Carex arenaria. Anthoxanthum odoratun. Phalaris canariensis. Agrostis alba. a vulgaris.” Aira caryophyllea. »» + preecox.* Holcus lanatus. Poa annua. »» pratensis. , trivialis. Dactylis glomerata. Cynosurus cristatus*. Festuca sciuroides. ean OW lal: 3. _rulbta. Brachypodium sylyaticum. Lolium perenne. Pteris aquilina. Asplenium lanceolatum. 3 adiantum nigrum. ug marinum. Lastreea filix mas. Athyrium filix foomina.* Polypodium yulgare. FLORA OF CREVICHON. Cakile maritima. Viola sylvatica. Silene maritima. Sagina procumbens. Ulex europzeus. Lotus corniculatus. », hispidus. Vicia angustifolia. Rubus sp. Sedum anglicum. Cotyledon umbilicus. Conium maculatum.* Sambucus nigra.* Lonicera periclymenum. Hedera helix.* Carduus lanceolatus. Carlina vulgaris. Arctium minus. Leontodon hirtus. s hispidus. Sonchus asper. Erythreea centaurium. Solanum duleamara. Nepeta glechoma. Teucrium scorodonia. Myosotis versicolor. Anagallis arvensis. Armeria maritima. Rumex crispus. Atriplex patula. Euphorbia portlandica. ss amygdaloides.* Urtica dioica.* Iris foetidissima. Ruscus aculeatus. Scilla nutans. Juncus acutus. Dactylis glomerata. Holcus lanatus.* Pteris aquilina. Asplenium lanceolatum. pa nigrum. 5 marinum. Lastreea filix mas. Polypodium vulgare. a F THE HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GUERNSEY. BY MR. W. A. LUFF. ———{ THE order of insects comprising the Hemzpteru vary very considerably in structure and appearance and are classed in two sub-orders or sections. The first of these, containing the insects named in my list, is called Hemiptera-Heteroptera ; the second is the Hemiptera-Homoptera and includes the Cicadas, frog-hoppers, grass-flies, aphides or plant-lice, and scale-insccts. The Hemiptera-Heteroptera are distinguished from the Coleoptera or beetles, to which they bear a_ superficial resemblance, by their mouth organs, which consist of a long tube containing several lancets, for piercing the plants and animals, on the juices of which they feed. This tube is tucked away under the head and breast when not in use. Their fore- wings have the upper part coriaceous or horny and the lower portion membranous and more or less transparent, and crossed over each other at the apex. The hindwings which are folded up underneath the forewings are membranous. | These insects do not undergo a complete metamorphosis like the Coleoptera and Lepidoptera but have a similar appearance and are active in all the stages of their existence, except that when they reach the final or imago state they usually acquire wings. Some few species, however, of which the bed-bug is an example, are wingless. The Heteroptera are readily cine into two sections. The first section, named Gymnocerata includes the land-bugs and the Hydrometrina, or those which run on the surface of the water. The Geodromica, or land-bugs, are nearly all plant feeders, and many species are of remarkable beauty; indeed, some of the exotic species cannot be surpassed for splendour of colour- ing. Our Guernsey species occur most numerously on the southern cliff coast, and include several fine species which are not known at all in England, whilst others are very rare there. . = HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA. S7 The Hydrometrina are tew in number, and are able to walk or run on the surface of ditches and pools of stagnant water with as much facility as if it were aha ground. The surface of their bodies is protected from the wetting action of the water as perfectly as if varnished. One of our com- monest species is Hydrometra stagnorum, which is occasionally abundant, resting on stones and walking on the water. Amongst this family is included a curious little species named Aépophilus bonnarrer, which is to be found on our coast on rocks and under stones and shingle at about low-water mark. It was taken in Jersey by Mr. J. Sinel in 1882, and on enquiry he found that only one instance of its occurrence had been recorded before, from the island of Rhé in the Bay of Biscay in 1879. Mr. E. D. Marquand subsequently took specimens on the coast of West Cornwall and also in Guernsey, and I have had the good fortune to capture one specimen this autumn. ‘This species is destitute of wings, and the puzzle is how respiration is carried on when the tide covers the locality where it occurs. Dr. Koehler, a French naturalist of some note, is of opinion that it is able to suspend the function of respiration entirely during submergence. For fuller particulars and magnified figures of this remarkable insect, I must refer you to Mr. J. Sinel’s paper in Science Gossip for March, 1886, and Mr. E. D. Marquand’s paper in the same journal for January, 1887. The second section is called Cryptocerata, and all the species live in the water; they include the water-boatmen or boat-flies (Notonecta and Corixa) which are very abundant in ponds and ditches. These insects swim back downwards and propel themselves along by using their two long hind legs as oars. | The Water Scorpions, so called from the pecularity of their appearance, although they have no affinity with Scorpions proper, crawl about the mud at the bottom of ponds and are very blood-thirsty and voracious. In _ tropical countries where species occur of very large dimensions, their attacks are by no means confined to the larve of aquatic insects, but frogs and other animals are seized and devoured by these auiahls insects. The Henwptera of this island long ago attracted my attention from the beauty of their colouring and markings and the peculiar shape of many of the species. I have lost no opportunity of securing all the specimens that came in my way and have succeeded in getting together more than sixty species. Iinding that several of my captures 88 HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA. were not described in “Douglas and Scott’s British Hemiptera,” and being unable to determine obscure species without a col- lection for comparison, I applied for assistance to Mr. Edward Saunders, F.L.8., one of the best authorities on the order in England, and he very kindly examined and named nearly the whole of the specimens. In presenting the list I feel that it is far from complete, and IT hope from time to time to add notices of additional captures. Eurygaster maura, Lin. One specimen taken. Geotomus punctulatus, Cost. Not uncommon under stones on the cliffs in autumn. It is very rare in England. Sciocoris cursitans, Fab. Common in sandy places on the coast, and also on the cliffs in June and July. Aélia acuminata, Lin. Taken commonly by sweeping on the cliffs near the Gouffre in May and June. Peribalus vernalis, Wolff. Have taken one specimen only, and it is extremely rare in England. Carpocoris fuscipina, Boh. Very common on the cliffs throughout the summer and autumn. Carpocoris baccarum, Lin. Common. Piezodorus incarnatus, Germ. Common. Strachia oleracea, Linn. Both the red and white spotted forms can be taken commonly by sweeping on the cliffs in June and July. Strachia ornata, Lin. One specimen only taken of this beautiful species near Petit Port Bay. It does not occur at all in Great Britain. Brachypelta aterrima, Foerst. Not uncommon on furze bushes and crawling up dry paths on the cliffs in July and August. It is a large species almost entirely of a black colour. This conspicuous species has not been found in England. Jalla dumosa, Lin. Two specimens taken many years ago; it is very rare in England. Acanthosoma hemorrhoidale, Lin. Not uncommon. Syromastes marginatus, Lin. Very common. Verlusia rhombea, Lin. I have taken four specimens. Coreus denticulatus, Scop. Not common. June and July. Alydus calearatus, Lin. Several under stones. Vale parish. July. Stenocephalus agilis, Scop. Common. Therapha hyoscyami, Lin. A very pretty red and black species, not common with us, but I have taken it abundantly in Jersey. July and August. Lygeus punctato-guttatus, Fab. This pretty little red and black species is not found anywhere in England, but with us they are very abundant at the roots of foxglove on the cliffs in spring, summer and autumn; they are gregarious, and follow each other along a track like ants. They may be observed on sun- shiny days in January and February. By stirring the soil at the roots of foxglove the immature forms of all sizes may be HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA. 89 seen in great abundance during July. When about half grown they are entirely of a bright red colour. Lygeosoma reticulatum, H. 8S. Not found in England ; common on our cliffs. Ischnorhynchus geminatus, Fieb. Taken commonly by sweeping amongst heather on the cliffs in June and July. Henestaris laticeps, Curt. Common in sandy places on the coast. Heterogaster urtice, Fab. One specimen. Rhyparochromus dilatatus, H.S. Two specimens. Rhyparochromus chiragra, Fab. Two specimens; also one of the variety sabulicola. Ischnocoris angustulus, Boh. One specimen taken on Vale coast July, 1872. Macrodema micropterum, Curt. One specimen with wings developed, very rare in this state. | Plinthisus brevipennis, Latr. One specimen taken on L’ Ancresse Common in August. Stygnus arenarius, Fieb. Common amongst heather on the cliffs. Aphanus Rolandri, Lin. Two specimens taken many years ago at the Foulon. Very scarce in England. Aphanus lynceus, Fab. One. Aphanus quadratus, Fab. One of our commonest species. Dieuches luscus, Fab. I have taken several specimens of this rare British species. Emblethis verbasci, Fab. Several specimens taken at the Gouffre cliffs in June. Drymus sylvaticus, Fab. One. Scolopostethus decoratus, Hahn. One specimen taken at Fermain Bay in September. Pyrrhocoris apterus, Lin. Two specimens taken of this local species. Monanthia cardui, Lin. Common on thistles on the cliffs in September. Hydrometra stagnorum, Lin. Occasionally abundant under stones in stream at Saints’ Bay in the spring; also on surface of ponds on L’ Ancresse Common and elsewhere. Velia currens, Fab. Common in spring and autumn in ponds at Grande Mare, Vazon. I have never taken the winged form. Aépophilus bonnairei, Sign. Several specimens of this curious species were taken by Mr. Marquand at low-water mark on our south coast, and I captured a single specimen in the same locality on September 28th. Gerris thoracica, Schum. Common. Nabis lativentris, Boh. Not rare. Nabis rugosus, Linn. One. Cimex lectularius, Lin. Common in some houses in town, scarcely to be found in the country parishes. Lyctocoris campestris, Fall. One. Anthocorisnemorum, Lin. Two or three by sweeping. Miris leevigatus, Lin. Very abundant. Megalocerza ruficornis, Fourec. One. ‘ 90 HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA. Phytocoris tilie, Fab. Several specimens. Phytocoris varipes, Boh. Not common. Calocoris bipunctatus, Fab. Common. Oncognathus binotatus, Fab. Very abundant. Lygus pratensis, Fab. Taken in great abundance by sweeping flowers on the cliffs in autumn. Lygus pabulinus, Lin. Not uncommon. Heteroptera merioptera, Scop (?) Several specimens taken by sweeping borders of fields. : . Nepa cinerea, Lin. Not common. Ranatra linearis, Lin. Rare. Notonecta glauca. Very abundant in most ponds. I haye taken the variety Maculata also, but not so commonly as the type. Corixa geoffroyi, Leach. Very abundant in ponds on L’Ancresse Common. : Corixa atomaria, Illig. Very common. Corixa meesta, Fieb. I have taken one specimen. SUBMARINE AIR-BREATHING ANIMALS. BY MR. JOSEPH SINEL. a On the coast of Jersey and, doubtless, upon that of the neighbouring islands as well, there is a little section of the fauna which has not received the attention it deserves. I allude to air-breathing forms living in the littoral zone, and where some of them must exist in a state of submergence for the greater part of their time. In our fresh water ponds, ditches and brooks, we have, of course, a large number of air-breathing forms—Coleoptera Arachnida—and a host of insect larve; but in all of these the provision for the maintenance of respiration is obvious, either by apparatus for the storage of air—the stock renew- able by a visit to the surface, or by lengthened breathing organs reaching the surface while the animal is submerged ; but in the forms, or in most of them, which I am about to enumerate, there is no appearance of any such arrangement, nor even the power of moving fairly through water or rising to the surface. The best known and longest on record of these are the little marine beetles; these are represented on our shores by the following :— Aépus Robinii. Macrallymma brevipenne. Cillenum laterale. Tachys seutellaris. It is remarkable that the commonest of the beetles, Aépus fulvescens or “A. mMaritinus” is not represented upon the coast of Jersey. I cannot speak with certainty of the other islands; but that the supposed rarer form, A. Robinii, is exceedingly common. In the bi-monthly Journal dé Vanatonie et de la physiologie (Paris) I am credited with having found A. fulvescens in Jersey; but this has crept in in error, all my specimens being of one species, viz, A. Robin. Q? SUBMARINE AIR-BREATHING ANIMALS. As there is close resemblance between these, | may be pardoned for pointing out a simple method of identification for which I am indebted to M. A. Fauvel, the president of the Entomological Society of Paris. A. Robinia has two little dot-like slevations on each of its elytra; A. fulvescens has several rows of these arranged longitudinally. A. Robini is broader near the posterior end than in the middle; A. fulvescens has parallel sides. There are many species of Coleoptera found under decaying weeds, and under stones upon the sea shore which may be occasionally submerged; but these are identical with land species, and do not come under the term of marine. Of more interest than the foregoing is the marine Hemipterous insect &pophilus Bonnairew. This was first discovered by Mr. F. Smith on the Cornish coast, and his specimen was for some years in the British Museum, without name or date of capture. It was again found on the coast of the Island of Rhé, in the Bay of Biscay, by Bonnaire, and described by Signoret in the annals of the Entomological Society of Paris, 1879. 1 had found numerous examples of this insect upon the shores of Jersey long prior to this date, viz., about 1867 or 1868, and had sent specimens to various entomologists with no result as regards identification, In 1884 when collecting on this shore with Dr. Kcehler, I had the good fortune to come upon a colony of them, when they were at once recog- nised by Dr. Keehler, and some twenty specimens secured. It was then figured and described by him in his “ Fawne Marine des Isles Anglo-Normandes.” The Arachnida are well represented on these shores. Of the Acari it is possible that we have all recorded species ; but as they are very numerous and difficult of identification, I will pass them over. Some of them—Hwupalus, Rhyncolo- phus, Bdella, &c., living near high water mark and only submerged for a few hours daily, are possibly familiar to every one who has walked among the rocks, being conspicuous by their bright scarlet or orange colour. Others, e.g., the Halacaride, live from low water level to a depth of twenty or thirty fathoms. All these are exceed- ingly common. Of true spiders I have found but one example, and the only one I understand recorded from these latitudes. This I sent to the British Museum in 1887. I have unfortunately amislaid the information I received thence respecting it. SUBMARINE AIR-BREATHING ANIMALS. 93 I obtained this specimen in a coralline pool at extreme low water in St. Clement’s Bay, Jersey. It was about three milimetres long, of a pale buff colour, and had formed a little silken tube in a tuft of coralline. In the month of September, 1889, I was a little startled by having brought to me by my son, who had been eoldslang amphipods, a little marine Pseudo-scorpion, which he ha found among marine crustacea and annelida in a rock crevice in Samares Bay. I at once repaired to the spot and was successful in obtaining another, and subsequently six more examples. I sent one of these to Professor Darcy Thompson, of Dundee, who placed it on record in Nature, and in December I received a copy of the Journal de Biologie du Nord de la France, with figures and description of the same form, from specimens found by Professor Moniez at Portel, near Boulogne-sur-Mer, on the very same date as I had observed it in Jersey. It is recorded as Obisiwm littorale, Moniez. One of these specimens is already in the Guernsey Museum, and I have pleasure in now asking the acceptance of a larger example of the same species. An allied form, but differing in some important parti- culars, had previously been recorded; this had been found on the west coast of England by M. Prideaux, and described by Leach. Of six recorded species of Collembola in the littoral zone, I have so far found but one on the coast of Jersey; this is Anurida maritvma. This Podurid exists in great profusion. It is not an uncommon experience to find on breaking off a slab of rock, where the conditions are favourable, patches of them resembling a piece of black velvet six or seven inches across, and containing some thousands of specimens. These occupy a zone just below the high tide level where they are only submerged for a brief period each tide. Finally there are two strictly marine Myriapods, viz., Geophilus submarinus, Var egregia, discovered in Samares Bay by myself in 1888, and described under the above name from the same specimens by Professor Letzel, of Vienna. What appears to be the Geophilus maritimus of Leach was found here by M. Fauvel a week or two ago. This form had previously been recorded from Denmark, France, and one or two places in England. The whole of these animals, except some of the Arach- nids, occupy the same kind of situation, viz., crevices of rocks where the clefts of “cleavage” are somewhat open and loosely packed with sand and gravel, and range from ordinary high 94, SUBMARINE AIR-BREATHING ANIMALS. water mark to (in the case of Mpophilus and Geophilus) low tide level. I have also found Apophilus at large among the sponges and clusters of compound ascidians in eaves at extreme low spring tide level. The question of how respiration is carried on, or what peculiarity of organisation nalvatts of its suspension during submergence, is a point of much interest. In Anumida, however, it is not difficult of solution. The close furry coats of these little animals retain sufficient air, no doubt, for consumption during their brief submergence, and it is possible that under the elytra the Coleoptera take in a sufficient supply, but in Obisium, the Arachnids, Apophilus and Geophilus, the case is otherwise, the few scattered hairs on these would not hold the globules, nor when they are examined in a phial of sea-water under the lens is there any appearance of a storage of air. Apophilus, I have already said, has been found in situations where it would have no access to alr more than six or eight times in a year, eg., the lower Guilot cave by Dr. Kcehler, caves in the “ Dog’s Nest,” and the “ Grande Hazette” rocks at the limit of a 38 foot tide by myself. It is, therefore, evident that storage would be useless for such long periods. It is the opinion of M. G. Pouchet, who has made many experiments on this subject, that their respiration can be suspended, for he finds that even such insects as the Cock- chafer are not killed by so long an immersion as ninety-six hours, but then we have to deal with some forms that as far as we can see never have access to the atmosphere at all, viz., the deep-water Acai, numbers of which can be seen on every scrap of weed and zoophyte brought up by the trawl from twenty-five to thirty fathoms deep on this coast. The question which now arises is, “Is it not possible that there are some other means of oxygenation than those we are familiar with ?” I would be glad to find that some of the members of this Society with more leisure than I, unfortunately, am possessed of, had taken up this interesting question. P.S.—In enumerating the marine air-breathing forms, I have not thought fit to include the larvee of dipterous and other insects of which some four or five are known to me as marine, for these are mostly taken on the tow net upon the surface, and offer no problem as to their facilities for respiration. LOCAL. WITCHCRAFT. BY MR. DENYS CORBET. 0 THE first time I recollect hearmg about witchcraft was in my native parish, the Vale, when a boy. There witches abounded, according to general report, though I do not now recollect of anyone in particular having been bewitched. That such cases were numerous, however, appeared certain from the fact of there being at the Annevilles, in the western part of the parish, an old wnbewrtcher, named Lainé, who had a tremendous practice. These unbewitchers seem at all times to have been superior to the witches themselves, for, while they were never suspected of bewitching people, at least to my knowledge, yet they had credit for being able to baffle and render harmless all the witches’ tricks, and to reveal to their victims the names of their tormentors, and frequently throw them on a bed of sickness in their turn. As a rule anyone who was considered uglier or cleverer than his neighbours, or who seemed to get on better, was reputed a witch or wizard. I could name several such whom I have known personally. While living in town, which I did for about twelve years before finally settling in the country, I heard little about witches or witchcraft. I, however, heard speak a good deal about fortune-telling and wnbewitching. Indeed, the two arts were generally supposed to be combined. To this day, it oo. that there are still a few individuals who are making if not a fortune, at least a comfortable living, by working upon the credulity of the ignorant. \ \ fj r X a = fs » As he NON nh aL or WIA, ball NY AN ~ tf a ie on \ Guernsey : PRINTED BY THOMAS MAUGER BICHARD, BORDAGE STREET. =: LIST OF OFFICERS, 1891-92, \=- PATRON: Sir E. MACCULLOCH, F.S.A. PRESIDENT: Mr. JOHN WHITEHEAD, F.R.GS., F.S.A. VicE=PRESIDENTS: Mr. THOMAS GUILLE, Jurat. Mr. F. M. ALLES. HON. TREASURER: Hon. SECRETARY: moe ow. A. LUE. Min aN 1S ELAR P: COMMITTEE: Mr. A. COLLENETTE. Mr. E. D. MARQUAND. Mr. C. DE LA MARE. Ma. 6. i PITTS: Mr. G. T. DERRICK. Mr. F. ROSE. ON LIST OF MEMBERS, *O~ So Mr. F. M. Allés, Bon Air. Miss Beaty, Ladies’ College. Miss Best, Ruettes Brayes. Mrs. Boley, St. Martin’s. Mr. J. Bougourd, Gipps Land. Mr. A. Burgess, St. John’s. Rev. D. Cann, Panorama House. Mr. F. Carey, Grange. Mr. J. J. Carey, F.R.G.S., Ronceval. Miss B. Carré, Cameron Place. Mr. A. Collenette, F.M.S., Le Héchet. Mrs. A. Collenette, Le Héchet. Colonel Collings, Eaton Place. Miss M. B. Collings, Clifton. Mr. W. M. Cooper, St. Martin’s. Mr. D. Corbet, Forest. Miss R. Cole, Canichers. Mr. H. Crousaz, De Beauvoir Terrace. Mr. H. Cumber, Rue Poudreuse. Miss Dawber, Ruettes Brayes. Mr. G. T. Derrick, Valnord. Mr. C. De La Mare, Mount Durand. Mr. Espinasson, Hauteville. Mrs. J. Gardner, Old Government House. Miss F. A. Gilbert, Ladies’ College. Capt. P. Groves, Candie. Mr. F. B. Guerin, High Street. Miss Guille, Union Street. Mr. T. Guille, Montauban. Miss Heppel, Ladies’ College. Mr. A. Hewitt, Allez Street. Mrs. S. G. Hugo, Allez Street. Mr. A. Humphreys, Stanley Road. Mr. J. D. Jenkins, Mansell Street. Mr. J. Johns, George Road. Mr. 8. Le Cocq, Saumarez Street. Rev. G. E. Lee, M.A., F.S.A., St. Peter-Port Rectory. Mr. G. Le Masurier, Victoria Road. Rev. F. E. Lowe, M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage. 7 Mr. W. A. Luff, Mount Row. | Mr. KE. D. Marquand, Fermain House. Mr. A. Mourant, Rozel Terrace. Mr. J. Mourant, jun., Rozel Terrace. Sir E. MacCulloch, F.S.A., Le Pollet. Mrs. Myres, Seonie Villa. Mr. P. Nicolle, Foulon. Mr. J. B. Nickolls, Grange. Mr. J. 8S. Paint, Arcade. Rev. W. C. Penney, M.A., Elizabeth College. Mr. J. L. Pitts, F.S.A. (Normandy), Canichers. Mr. Z. Roberts, St. Andrew’s. Mr. F. Rose, F.D.S., Vauvert. Mrs. Rose, Vauvert. Mr. T. C. Royle, Arcade. Mr. W. Sharp, Granville House. Mr. R. L. Spencer, Esplanade. Mrs. Spong, Smith Street. Mr. F. G. Taylor, De Beauvoir Terrace. | Miss Turner, Ladies’ College. . Mr. J. Whitehead, F.R.G.S., Royal Hotel. Rev. J. Woodhouse, Hauteville. TRANSAGTIONS OF THE SOULETY. Se Monthly Meeting held on November 17th, 1890, Mr. E. D. Marquand wn the charr. There was a very fair attendance of members, and five visitors. The minutes of the last meeting having been read and confirmed, the Rev. Joseph Woodhouse was elected member of the Society. Mr. Luff exhibited living specimens of the Furze Mite (Tetranychus wlicis or Acarus coccineus), and read a descrip- tion of the insect, which lives gregariously in large colonies upon furze. It occurs frequently on the cliffs of this island. Mr. F. Rose then read an interesting paper on “Some notable Oral Equipments of the Vertebrata. Part I]., Mam- malia.” This he illustrated with a large number of admirably executed diagrams. An interesting discussion followed the reading of the paper, which will be found on page 48 of the present volume. Monthly Meeting held on December 15th, 1890, Mr. John Whitehead, President, mm the chair. It had been intended to devote the evening to an exhi- bition of specimens thrown upon the screen by means of the oxyhydrogen projecting microscope, but, unfortunately, through the delay of the Railway Company, the supply of oxygen gas had not arrived. The disappointment, however, was not seriously felt, for the evening was spent very pleasantly in a discussion upon the exuviation of the crustacea, or the manner in which crabs, lobsters, &c., cast their shells on the occasions of their successive stages of growth. The question was ably opened by Mr. A. Collenette, F.C.A., who supported the ordinary theory of the perfect withdrawal of the crustacean from its old shell. He was followed by Mr. Rose, surgeon-dentist, 108 MEETINGS. who, on the contrary, inclined to the germ theory of the reproduction of the various limbs and organs at the time of the shell-casting. Several members took part in the conver- sation which ensued, and Mr. J. Linwood Pitts gave an interesting description of the manner in which on one occasion he was fortunate enough to see a crab cast its shell while he was watching it, and which, in his opinion, bore out Mr. Collenette’s theory. This experience was the more valuable, because it appears that there are scarcely any recorded instances in which naturalists have observed this change of shell-actually taking place. At the same time many of ‘the members considered that Mr. Rose’s germ theory might throw considerable light upon the reproduction by crustaceans of limbs accidentally lost, even if it were untenable as an explanation of the way in which the natural change of the whole shell takes place on certain periodical occasions. Hearty votes of thanks to Mr. Collenette and Mr. Rose brought the proceedings to a close. Monthly Meeting held on January 15th, 1891. The members of this Society, together with a few invited friends, spent an exceedingly pleasant evening, at their room in the Guille-Allés Library, the re-union being devoted to an exhibition of microscopic slides, accompanied by brief descrip- tions. The slides were projected upon a screen, by means of a powerful oxyhydrogen microscope, the objects comprising preparations of marine fauna, insects, botanical specimens, minerals, &c. Messrs. Marquand, Collenette, Luff, Nickolls, and Derrick, kindly described the various objects as they were thrown upon the screen, and the whole was a great success. The best thanks of all present are certainly due to these gentlemen who so skilfully organised the exhibition, and provided such an instructive entertainment. Monthly Meeting held on February 20th, 1891, Mr. Adolphus Collenette vm the chair. There was a very fair attendance of members and visitors. The minutes of the last meeting having been read, Mrs. Spong was unanimously elected member of the Society. | Mr. Luff then read a note on the capture of an extremely rare moth—Caradrina ambiqua—by Mr. Hodges, on the MEETINGS. ) 109 22nd September last, at Delancey. A specimen of a curious plant—Xanthiwm spinosum—occasionally found on ballast heaps in various parts of England, was next exhibited. The specimen in question was found by Mr. Derrick in September last on the ballast heap near Bordeaux Harbour, and identified by Mr. Marquand. . But the main business of the evening was “ A chat about lichens,” by Mr. E. D. Marquand, who for fourteen years has made these one of his special studies. He dealt first with the term lichen which has no common English equivalent. Lichens are the most generally diffused class of terrestrial plants on the face of the globe, and are the pioneers of all other plant life. They occur from the Equator to the Poles, and from sea-level to the summits of the highest mountains; but only where the air is pure and circulating; they are essentially creatures of light and clear atmosphere, as fungi are of dampness and shade. Many species are cosmopolitan, though the majority are peculiar to certain regions, such as mountains or the sea coast. All their nutrition is derived from the atmosphere; their growth is exceedingly slow; and their duration of life is remarkable, extending sometimes to several centuries. Lichens are closely allied to fungi, and both pass gradually into the alge through certain genera which stand on the border line, viz., Collema, Lichina, Nostoc, &c. Myr. Marquand then fully described and illustrated on the black- board the structure of a lichen thallus and its mode of fructification—and roughly outlined the system of classifica- tion. As a lichenologist of many years’ experience he would commend the subject to all who are in search of a fascinating winter study. The lichen-flora of Guernsey is a particularly interesting one, the maritime saxicolous species being especially well represented. Most of the difficulties connected with the study exist only on the threshold, and will speedily be over- come by steady perseverance and determination. A large number of representative specimens were exhibited, and examined by members at the close of the lecture, which had been thoroughly enjoyed by all present. Monthly Meeting held on March 26th, 1891, Mr. E. D. Marquand wn the chair. The minutes of the last meeting having been read, the Chairman exhibited a specimen of Atypus Sulzeri, one of ‘e ae +A the rarest of British Spiders, and the only British represen- tative of the tropical Trap-door Spiders. The specimen in question was captured by Mr. Marquand early in March in Fermain Valley. Mr. W. M. Cooper, of St. Martin’s, was proposed for election as member of the Society. A point of discussion was raised as to whether the Hedgehog is an animal indigenous to Guernsey. Evidence was forthcoming that it was known in Guernsey more than fifty years ago, but that they are far more numerous now than formerly in spite of the relentless war waged upon them by ignorant and superstitious country pean who have yet to learn that the hérisson is the farmer’s friend. No formal paper having been prepared for this meeting, Mr. Collenette kindly supplied matter for consideration by stating his views on the “Formation of the Valleys of the Island.” A very animated discussion of the question followed, and several interesting points were raised in con- nection with the ancient configuration of the island. When the hour for closing had arrived the subject was still under consideration. Mr. Collenette proposes to treat this subject more fully on a future occasion. 110 MEETINGS. Monthly Meeting held 14th April, 1891, Mr. J. Whitehead, President, in the charr. — There was a large attendance of members and visitors. Mr. W. M. Cooper was elected a member of the Society. Mr. Derrick read a paper on “The Clays, and other superficial deposits of Guernsey,” which will be found printed in full in the following pages. Some interesting remarks by the geological members followed the reading of this paper. Mr. E. D. Marquand then Elloged with a paper on “The ‘Flora of Guernsey, compared with that of West Cornwall.” Taking his own finds as a basis for calculation, the author pointed out how Guernsey, with a little over 600 flowering plants and 18 ferns, stood almost exactly midway numerically between the western half of the county of Cornwall (with 788 flowering plants and 25 ferns), and the Scilly Isles (with 435 flowering plants and 16 ferns). Moreover the flora of Guernsey seemed in many respects to approach that of western Cornwall more nearly than any other part of the kingdom, and yet was quite distinct. A number of quite common Cornish plants are absent in Guernsey, and of these many were specified, MEETINGS. did and then Mr. Marquand proceeded to enumerate, with short remarks on each (1) Rare British plants, indigenous both to Guernsey and West Cornwall. (2) Plants, rare in England, and not found in West Cornwall or Scilly, but indigenous to Guernsey. (8) Plants peculiar to the Channel Islands, or Guernsey in particular, but not represented in any other part of the United Kingdom, though most of them occur on the neighbouring coast of France. Votes of thanks to Mr. Derrick and Mr. Marquand brought a very enjoyable meeting to a close. Monthly Meeting held on May 12th, 1891, Mr. J. Whitehead, President, vm the chair. The minutes of the last meeting having been read, approved, and signed, the President remarked that he had received a communication from Rey. E. Hill who has again visited Sark for geological investigations. This gentleman promised to supply a paper directly to the Society at some future time. Mr. Sharp also read a letter from the Rev. Hill thanking him for specimens of “Long grain” forwarded to him at his request. Mr. Luff exhibited two specimens of the larva of the Goat Moth (Cossus ligniperda), remarking that the insect remains in the larva and pupa stage about three years, being very destructive to the trees of the island. Mr. Philip L. M. Nicolle then read an interesting paper on “The Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus),” of ae the following is an abstract :—According to the author’s observa- tions, this bird generally makes its appearance in Guernsey towards the end of April, leaving again in August. Occa- sionally it had been seen as Ant as the second week in April. The call note, which seems to be peculiar to the male bird, is apparently much affected by the state of the weather, being softened by a south-west wind. A full description was given by Mr. Nicolle of the European cuckoo and its habits as compared with its American relative, which builds a nest and rears its own young. The experience of continental ornithologists was quoted to show that the egg of the common cuckoo agrees more or less in colour with those among which it is laid, and Mr. Nicolle said he favoured the opinion which some hold that the cuckoo often lays her egg upon the ground and afterwards carries it in her bill to some convenient nest—as he had himself seen this done some two years ago B 112 MEETINGS. near Sausmarez Manor, at the Catel. “The bird took the ego up in her beak and flew with it to a small white thorn bush, where after some searching I discovered a hedge- sparrow’s nest containing the newly deposited egg. It differed only in being slightly larger and of a duller colour than those already in the nest.” Owing to a press of other matter the discussion of this paper was postponed till the next meeting. Mr. T. C. Royle made the following suggestive remarks on the subject of “The Glandular Haig of Plants.” He called attention to a recent article by Mr. Weyman in Science Gossip on viscidity in Stellaria aquatica (Water mouse-ear chick-weed) putting forward the view that viscidity (which is usually accompanied by glandular pubescence), has been developed in plants generally as a protection against drought by preventing the undue evaporation of moisture from their stems, &c., by the heat of the sun. He agreed with the author that the subject of viscidity had been somewhat neglected, but said that it was unsafe to decide from such narrow premises, and that glandular, hairy, and viscid species must be studied as a group in order to come to any satis- factory conclusion, and as an illustration submitted the following considerations, which might, possibly, after further ae lead to a different conclusion from that given above. The theory of development implies that species vary with the changes in their environment, and when they so vary and new species are developed, the parent species must linger on growing side by side with its descendants, in many cases for a very long period, before becoming finally extinct. We must, therefore, have with us now many species which have long ago passed through their highest stage of develop- ment, and are now slowly dying out. In our British flora we find glandular hairs in a highly specialised form only in the Droseras (Sundews). In this insectivorous genus they take the form of long glass-like prehensile hairs which fringe the leaves, and when an unlucky ~ insect alights on the sticky surface of the latter, slowly bend over and hold it there, pressing it into the leaf until it is finally absorbed and assimilated by the plant. In S. aquatica they occur in the much simpler form of short hairs each tipped with a spherical gland. Plants with glandular hairs are not, as a rule, dominant species. S. aquatica itself occupies a place apparently between two thriving and ubiquitous genera, Cerastuwm and i MEETINGS. t13 Stellaria. Formerly it was included in the first, recently it has been placed in the latter; the change indicates its affinities with both. Stellaria is a glabrous genus; in Cerastiwm, although, as a rule, pubescent and sometimes viscid, the species are rarely glandular. S. aquatica, although not rare, is a very local and by no means common plant. It may be at some former period under conditions of greater warmth and humidity, and consequent greater plenty of insect life, that our plants generally may have been much more insectivorous in habit than they are now, and that in S. aquatica and other similar forms, the glandular hairs may be but the remains aborted from disuse of more highly specialised organs. This, however, is but a speculation, and only by long and patient investigation can we hope to know their real origin. | Evolution must be local as well as general. Given certain conditions in any given area, the same effects should result from changes in those conditions (however local the change may be) as would result were those conditions general throughout the world. The study of organisms locally must therefore present a convenient means of attaining a better knowledge of the workings of evolution through change of environment, and for this purpose our common wild plants seem to offer from their Peanant occurrence and fixity of position, greater facilities for study and observation than do the various divisions of the animal kingdom or the minute forms and organs of the Cryptogamia. Mr. Nicolle and Mr. Pave were heartily thanked for their interesting and suggestive papers. — Monthly Meeting held on June 9th, 1891, Mr. J. Whitehead, President, vm the chair. The President exhibited four volumes of Algz, and a number of specimens of Polyzoa, recently presented to the Museum by Miss Gore, of Brighton, through Mrs. St. John Gore, of this island. Mr. T. C. Royle exhibited a new British Moss (Cinclidotus riparius), found last year by Mr. Weyman in the river Teme, near Ludlow. Mr. Marquand gave some interesting information respecting it. Mr. C. De La Mare exhibited a specimen of a plastic blue clay from Delancey. Mr. E. D. Marquand exhibited specimens of two beetles, recently fapints by him, viz., Cleonus sulcirostris, taken at Ronceval, and Copris lunaris, taken at Torteval. Mr. Luff - mnentioned that he had taken both species at different times, - ——_ ~ and about a dozen of the latter on Whit-Monday at L’Ancresse. Supplementing Mr. Philip Nicolle’s paper read at the previous meeting, Mr. A. Collenette now contributed a short and concise, but very suggestive paper on “ The Cuckoo, as illustrating the processes of Natural Selection.” In this he held that cuckoos originally had ordinary bird habits, flew in pairs, nested on the ground, and brought up more than one nestling. The first cause of a change was probably scarcity of food which, in the presence of some conditions, would have tended to lengthen the interval between the laying of the eggs, and to have developed the nestling’s habit of throwing out of the nest the second or other nestlings. The habit of the young bird has been acquired under stringent conditions, for its bony structure and infantile peculiarities result from a long struggle for existence, during which only those birds which were able to overcome other nestlings newly hatched would survive. The character of the food gives the same indications. The cuckoo eats hairy caterpillars. No doubt it took to them when other kinds were scarce, and at last grew to prefer them. The cuckoo lays its egg on the ground, but usually lifts the egg in its mouth and carries it to a convenient nest. This points to the same scarcity of food as the prevailing cause of the change of habits; if not satisfied with the place where the egg was laid, it had to fly in search of a good feeding ground before hatching it out. This in its turn led to choice of nests of birds which were feeding on the same ground, and to a strengthening of the nestling’s habits. Natural selection would then act powerfully in developing the present peculiari- ties of the bird, which would adhere to those nests by preference, which had formed its habits; thus different birds would produce different eggs in consequence of the gradual selection of eggs near in colour and size to those of the chosen foster parent. The supposition is, therefore, that colour and size of egos, as well as the nest chosen, has descended from generation to generation on the side of the mother. This is strengthened by observation, it being believed that the same bird lays in succession the same variety of egg and uses the same nest. The natural result of the selection going on will be that in time the variations will accumulate in several branching lines, and will produce a number of distinct species. The discussion which followed the reading of the paper was of great interest, and teemed with anecdotes about the bird and its habits, some of which were valuable because of 114 MEETINGS. MEETINGS. 115 their being observed by the speakers in the island. The effect of natural selection and surroundings in modifying and changing animal forms was fully discussed, the cuckoo’s case being a very valuable example owing to its peculiarities being so evidently out of keeping with its present condition of life. In spite of what is known, the discussion left the impression on the minds of the meeting that very much more is required to be ascertained before the past and future of the cuckoo could be considered fairly well understood. The discussion answered the end of drawing the attention of the members interested in this subject to the need of working up the bird’s habits, and of testing the truth of recorded facts by personal observation. Among the many interesting facts adduced was one by Mr. A. Burgess, which seems very important :—A cuckoo’s egg was found by him in a lark’s nest in Les Terres field. The hay in the field was cut, except a patch around the nest. A day or two afterwards two eggs—the cuckoo’s and a lark’s —were hatched. Soon, however, the young lark and the unhatched eggs were thrown out of the nest by the young cuckoo. The old lark tended the young cuckoo for two or three days and then deserted it. The old cuckoo next took it in charge, and was seen on two or three occasions feeding the young one, and teaching it to fly. Eventually it flew away with its mother and disappeared. Monthly Meeting held July 14th, 1891, Mr. J. Whitehead, President, wn the charr. The minutes of the last meeting having been read and signed, the Rev. D. Cann was proposed for election at the next meeting. The Secretary then referred to the out-door meetings of the Society on June 16th and July 7th. Mr. De La Mare exhibited specimens of bones lately uncovered near the Cromlech at L’Ancresse. The Secretary read a note from Rev. F. E. Lowe announcing the capture (apparently for the first time in Guernsey) of the moth, E. fasciaria ; also that he had bred a good specimen of the Noctua, H. hispidus, from a pupa taken at Plemnmont. Mr. F. Rose mentioned a case of gross superstition and belief in Witchcraft in the island, which led to a man’s dismissal from an employ in which he had faithfully served twenty years, because he had, according to the witch consulted put a spell upon his master’s cattle, &c. Mr. E. D. Marquand then in his usual lucid style gave a short address on the “Wings of Insects.” He prefaced his remarks by defining an insect in its scientific sense, because many small creatures usually and conveniently grouped under that name in common conversation are not true insects at all. This vast class is divided into a number of orders, based upon the character of the wings, which are normally four in number, transparent, — membranous, and netted with veins. In the Hymenoptera (bees, wasps, ichneumon-flies, &c.), we find this normal condi- tion in its highest perfection, and no better typical example can be selected, as regards the wing-system, than a common hive bee. From this type the other orders deviate. In the Coleoptera (beetles) the anterior pair of wings is hard, horny and opaque, serving as a sheath and protection for the inferior pair, which are used for flight. In the Lepidoptera (butterflies and moths) all the wings are densely clothed with microscopic scales arranged in various patterns of exquisite beauty, whilst in the Diptera (two-winged flies) the anterior pair alone are developed, the others being replaced by two minute appendages, the exact function of which is not clearly known. Mr. Marquand went on to describe with blackboard sketches the wing-characters of the Neuroptera (Dragon flies), Hemiptera (field bugs), Trichoptera (caddis flies), and other orders of insects, concluding with some special remarks upon | the forms which are always destitute of wings, not only the abnormal apterous species which occur in all orders, but those constituting an extensive group by themselves, most of which are parasitical on the higher vertebrates. A paper on “The Evolution of Insects’ Wings” was read by Mr. A. Collenette, F.C.8S., of which the following is an abstract :— The first indication of a wing is visible, according to Landois in the caterpillar, one day after its exit from the egg. From that period of its life the wing is gradually developed. — The third and fourth segments bear the wings. These segments have their stigmata suppressed. The reason is that wings are modified tracheate-gills. The varieties of breathing organs in the Arthropoda were described, especial attention being given to the Branchiopoda and Phylopoda. From the known forms of these modifications the reasoning of the paper was drawn, viz., that wings are modified breathing organs. The possible mode of evolution was traced, using the “ Mayflies” as examples of intermediate forms between gill-footed and tracheate-breathers, these flies being the lineal 116 MEETINGS. MEETINGS. 117 descendants of the partly evolved winged insects. The cause of the changes indicated, which have a ee bearing on insect metamorphoses, was the gradual and progressive development due to the occasional use of gill-trachez as aids to locomotion in air, from the surface of one pond to another during the mature stages of the then aquatic insects during the pairing time. Monthly Meeting held August 11th, 1891, Mr. A. Collenette am the chavrr. The minutes of the last meeting having been read and signed, the Rev. D. Cann was unanimously elected member of the Society. Mr. Luff exhibited a specimen of a foreign beetle caught at his shop in the Bordage. It is supposed to have been introduced among foreign timber. The Hon. Sec. then read a short but important paper by Rev. E. Hill, F.G.S., on “ Mica Trap Dykes in the Channel Islands.” An unanimous vote of thanks was passed to the author for this interesting contribution which will be found printed at length in the following pages. Mr. Cooper contributed a number of remarks culled from various sources upon the habits and peculiarities of the Cuckoo, elucidating many points which had not been dealt with in the papers recently read before the Society. The various theories and opinions brought forward by different observers served to show that much has yet to be learnt respecting the economy of this curious bird. The members were much indebted to Mr. Cooper for his interesting paper. Monthly Meeting held September 22nd, 1891, Mr. W. M. Cooper im the charr. The minutes of the last meeting having been read, peered and signed, Mr. Luff exhibited two specimens of the Convolvulus Hawk Moth (Sphinx Convolvuli) which is ies this year. Last year no captures were recorded ere. Mr. Collenette, on behalf of Colonel Collings, exhibited two fragments of povlery, a number of flint chips, and a fragment of bone of a whale found by this latter gentleman in the ancient rubble bank behind the running targets at Grandes Rocques. Colonel Collings has also found two fire holes in the bank of the Albecq Road cutting. Mr. E. D. Marquand next contributed a most valuable paper on “ The Flowering Plants of Guernsey.” It embodies the result of the author’s researches during the past three years, and records nothing but what he has _ personally observed and noted. It is the first complete list of flowerin plants of the island since Professor Babington’s, publ fifty years ago. Mr. Marquand supplemented his paper (which. is printed in the following pages) with some very interesting statistics, tending to show the richness of the phanerogamic flora of Guernsey as compared size for size with (a) the whole of Great Britain, (b) the county of Hampshire, including the Isle of Wight, and (c) the district comprised in a radius of twelve miles from Plymouth. The proportion of rare plants to the entire number recorded was also worked out, as well as the relative number of representatives in each of the eight or nine leading orders. At the close of the paper a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Marquand, the paper being considered by far the most valuable one contributed since the foundation of the Society nine years ago. 118 MEETINGS. Annual Meeting held October 30th, 1891. The chair was taken by Mr. E. D. Marquand, in the absence of the President and Vice-President through indis- position. The following Report of the Council was read by the Honorary Secretary, Mr. W. Sharp :— “The Council, in presenting you the 9th Annual Report, have much pleasure in recording that the increased interest in the work of the Society shown last year has been continued during the one just closed. Indoor meetings have been held regularly every month, and have been, as a rule, well attended. Valuable and interesting papers have been read, and the useful information therein contained has served to keep alive the interest in such matters as it is the special object of the Society to deal with. The formation of a Geological section has given an impetus to the study of that branch of our work, and the amount done during the past few summer months augurs well for the future. A detailed account of the doings of this section will be presented you by the energetic Secretary of the section. “Though no excursion out of the island has been held this year, a new departure has been made in the shape of a weekly out-door meeting (when the weather permitted) during the summer months. These have proved a great success, and MEETINGS. 119 a source of pleasure and profit to those taking part in them. It is hoped that these agreeable excursions will be resumed next summer, and that a still larger number of members and friends will avail themselves of these opportunities of studying nature in the field. These re-unions afford an excellent opportunity for beginners to take up in the most agreeable and practical way the study of Natural History. Among the districts thus worked are Spur Point and noichbouchiced: the coast from Vale Castle to Fort Doyle, Mont Cuet, the coast near Fort Le Marchant, Cobo and Grandes Rocques, L’Islet, &c. “The transactions of the Society have again been pub- lished, and the volume is one of which the Society may justly be proud. The expense, however, of the undertaking is a heavy one for our limited resources, and this is an additional reason _for wishing to see recruits to our ranks. The number of members remains the same, for while five new names have been added to the roll, we have lost five, one by death, and four have left the island. In conclusion, it is our pleasing duty to thank Messrs. Guille and Alles for the free use of the room in which our meetings are held.” WILLIAM SHARP, Hon. Sec. The Hon. Treasurer then read a statement of the finances of the Society, these accounts having been audited by Messrs. Le Cocq and Cooper. The following Report of the Geological section was read by the Secretary of the section, Mr. Collenette :-— First Annual Report of the Geological Section of the Guernsey Society of Natural Science. THE Geological section of this Society commenced its work on the 28th of April, 1891, when the first meeting, since its formation, was held. The section has held two indoor meetings, has taken part in ten outdoor excursions, and has also had one excursion of its own. The members have also been active in their individual capacities, and more work may be expected of the section next year than it has succeeded in doing this, for much material for future work has been noted. WELLS. The sinking of two wells first claimed attention. 1.—On Mr. Elliotts property in the Grange. This well was sunk to a depth of 85 feet before water was reached. The section shows little else but decomposed and G 120 MEETINGS. semi-decomposed gneiss. Quartz veins and gneiss, with a large proportion of quartz, were met with, but otherwise there was nothing unexpected in this well. The gneiss is compact and of a a colour, its crystals are small. In connection with this well it may be mentioned that the well in Union Street is also 80 feet deep. 2.—On Mr. Bougourd’s property at “ Gapps Land,” St. Sampson’s. This well is situate nearly halfway between “Spur Point” and “Les Monts” quarry, and its section shows that the land in which it has been cut is in part the result of the deposition of sand, clay and rubble from the higher levels on the west. Solid rock was found at a depth of 194 feet, and occurred in massive pieces with crevices, four of which gave water. The following is a section of the well :— West side. Depth. Hast side. Pe Goodveartly |... sieiis.sdcne 1-2 feet. Loamy earth.........00. 2 feet. gf SSO LUUIL Co ser Rane en 1 foot 3 in. || White clay ............ 3 feet. Yellow clay with an- Yellow clay, with gular stones ...... BReet angular stones ... a 4 ft. thinning HU e CLAY. accesc.owceckec to nothing. Yellow clay <.¢.-20.00 17 feet. Wellow clays sasuwracsee 2 feet. dO.” (G0: -depecemeee 19 feet. ROCK saeect ecto screcebons Rock 3.:...0seeceeer ote 194 feet. This well section seems to point to the fact that the angular stones result from the decay of the rock, and that they are not far from their original position. The yellow clay is no doubt the result of the decay carried to a further stage. The blue clay, however, thinned out to nothing on the east side, thus existed, in the section as a wedge as here drawn. West. Well. East. od a 43 Clay, Blue Clay 3 Yellow 4 feet. a joesee Clay. G\e3 ° {SN *Souille, a local term used by well-diggers. In the present instance the layer was little but an earthy clay. MEETINGS. 121 This would seem to place the Boe of the blue clay some distance off on the west side from whence it was, evidently, washed. The yellow clay seems to have originated in the decomposition of the rock in its immediate neighbour- hood, and to have been water-borne for a short distance. Not far from this well, and to the north-east, there exists ten feet of the same yellow clay under two feet of soil. CLAY DEPOSITS. A searching enquiry into the nature and extent of the clay deposits has been commenced, but so far only a small portion of the work has been accomplished. 1.—The account just given of the well in “ yee Land ” proves that an important deposit of clay exists in the hollows between the outcrops of rock in the neighbourhood of “Spur Point.” This, in the places mentioned, varies in depth between 10 and 19 feet, and points to a period of undisturbed deposit under conditions which are non-existent at present. 2.—Clay Deposits at the Vrangue Brickfield. These deposits occur on the north-west slope of Mont Arrivé Hill; they have been exploited in two distinct places. The old pit further south and higher up the hill has been measured and levelled. The newer one at the lower level inside the angle formed by the junction of the two roads has not yet been carried very far; the base of the clay has not been reached. Up to the present the more plastic clay has been dug, it appears to have been washed in among and around numerous angular stones which have apparently fallen from the rock mass. The outcrop of the rock on which the battery stood (at the side of the hill on the east, on the edge of the cliff overlooking the Bouét) was probably the source of that part of the deposit. In the old pit the workings have been carried deep into the disintegrated rock which itself yields a large proportion of clay. Indeed, the bricks now being manufactured are made of a mixture of this decaying clayey rock with a portion of the more plastic clay from the new pit. Superimposed on the decaying rock in the upper pit and underlying the clay is ne of sand which will be referred to under the heading “ Sand.” 3.—Delancey Hill. The opening of the soil on the north-west of Delancey Hill, for the purpose of obtaining water for greenhouse supply, afforded an opportunity of viewing an important deposit of blue clay. The clay is fairly free from sand, and is at least 14 feet thick, but layers of sand are found interspersed. It appears to be on the same level as clay deposits which exist right across the higher levels of the Braye du Valle, and on the west side of the Capelles, but this connection, though probable, has not yet been proved. 4.— Grande Mare. Clay, blue in colour, and somewhat tenacious, has been exposed during excavations for greenhouses in the above- named district. This was viewed during an excursion, but it was noted simply owing to want of time. SAND. 1.—On reference to the drawing and plan of the Vrangue Brickfield, it will be seen that the sand layer exposed to view is a mere remnant of the original deposit. At its north end it is 2 feet 3 inches thick, at the south 1 foot 10 inches, where the workings turn westward, and along this face the sand rapidly thins out, disappearing at a distance of about 12 feet from the angle. Along the north and south face it is thinnest at C., being there about 1 foot 4 inches deep. One or two rounded flint pebbles were found at the base of this deposit. 2.—Sand Dunes. Sand dunes have been recorded in the following places as existing over sea-washed rocks of ancient date :— a. At L’Islet, where the blown sand is found covering sea-worn rocks 15 feet above high water mark, and 300 feet from the present high water mark. (See plan and photograph 1.*) b. At L’Islet, near Rousse, the same conditions exist. (see photograph 2.*) c. Along the Rousse and Ronceval coasts, but well peta where they not only cover sea worn rock, but old walls. The detailed examination of these spots has proved more than could be undertaken, but enough has been noticed during the excursions to prove that a large amount of interesting and valuable work is ready to be undertaken next season. } * The photographs and plans are in the possession of the Secretary. 122 | MEETINGS. MEETINGS. 123 ANCIENT OR RAISED BEACHES. It is felt that this portion of the work is assuming a much more important aspect than was at first anticipated. As the details are worked out and fresh deposits discovered the importance of the investigation increases. This investi- gation is found to be the more important when it is considered that these beaches are in most cases on the sea margin, and suffering constant erosion, which, within a short period, must diminish the number of patches and thus render the recovery of the older sea-line more difficult. The following deposits of rolled beach stones have been examined, but they form but a small proportion of the existing patches. No. 1.—Barker’s (tunnel) Quarry. An interesting deposit has been viewed in Barker's (tunnel) Quarry at the back of the second tower. On the south side the quarry section shows a deposit of some 4 feet in thickness and about 20 yards in length, and is flanked by rubble and blown sand (see drawing.) It has not been levelled, but may be considered to be some feet above high water spring tides. It is some 50 yards inland from the second tower. The deposit must have thinned out towards the north, and have been bounded on that side by the out- crop of rock now being quarried. The question arises whether this out-crop and its hilly area was united with Delancey Hill at the date of the submergence giving rise to the beach deposit in question. No. 2.—Spur Povrnt. In a disused quarry at Spur Point a good section exists showing sea-worn rocks, large sea-worn stones, and rolled stones. The beach deposit, as will be seen by the drawing and lan, is about 100 feet from the present high-water mark. It is 40 feet long and 10 feet deep. A smaller deposit exists on the other side of the quarry (marked D on the plan) which proves that the deposit originally extended as far as that point in a westerly direction. This deposit was evidently a small one, and rested against the out-crop of rock which was then under the direct action of the sea, but on the change of level leading to the retirement of the sea has become covered over with sand, rubble and earth, until again exposed by the opening of the quarry. The mean height of this deposit above high water mark is 10 feet, but it varies between 8 and 12 feet. (See photograph No. 3 and plan). 124 MEETINGS. No. 3.—Fort Le Marchant, Between Spur Point and Fort Le Marchant several deposits have been noted, though not yet carefully and critically examined. At Fort Le Marchant a very good section is exposed (see photograph). The deposit is a very large one, extending across the promontory in front of the Fort, and is covered by blown sand, which, in some places, is many feet thick. The best section is to be found on the north-east face, where it rests immediately behind the top of the present beach. The rolled stones are imbedded in a consolidated sand, and the deposit presents the appearance, though it has not the hardness, of a conglomerate. At its face it is 5 feet deep, and over 200 feet long. It extends below its junction with the recent beach, and evidently rests on sea-worn rocks of its own date, such rock being visible here and there (see photograph No. 4) where the denudation and erosion permit. No. 4.—Mont Cwet. The quarries at Mont Cuet (see phelee No. 5 and 6), the coast around that promontory as well as the sea coast along L’Ancresse Bay have been visited, and found to contain deposits too numerous to be examined in detail. These exist, practically, in all the quarry cuttings on the land side as well as the sea side, thus showing Mont Cuet as an island at the date of the beaches. No. 5.—Quarry at [’ Islet. This has been referred to under the heading “Sand.” The quarry shows that the sea beat against the rocks (see photograph No. 1), and deposited rolled stones as a beach around them and into their crevices. After the retirement of the sea, sand blew over and covered the whole as an immense dune which has been opened for quarrying. No. 6.—2nd Quarry at L’Islet. This quarry shows the same order. First a floor of beach on the side of (2nd) a mass of sea-worn rocks covered over by a (8rd) deposit of sand. The quarry shows this as a section (see photograph No. 2). No. 7.—Ronceval. Beach deposits and pockets of rolled stones have been viewed in many places around the Ronceval Hill, but not examined in detail (see photograph of lane hedge at Noirmont, No. 7). MEETINGS. 125 No. 8.—Rocque Maingy. A deposit of small extent, but apparently high level, has been found in the quarry below this rock. The heads of the rocks here are decidedly water-worn. This spot will be levelled next season. No. 9.—The Coasts of Port Sovf. The coast line at Port Soif has been found to contain large deposits of ancient beach at a higher level than the present one. The cart road leading to a quarry has enabled the beach to be traced to the centre of the promontory (see plan and photographs Nos. 8 and 9). The deposit underlies the whole of the isthmus. At the bank’s edge the section shows 1 foot 6 inches of loamy earth, 2 feet 6 inches of large and small angular stones, and 2 feet of clay overlying the beach deposit. No. 10.—Grandes Rocques. Here the same conditions and the same deposits are continued, the whole of the isthmus uniting the Grandes Rocques to the land is composed of sand, rubble, and ancient beach. The latter is to be traced in many rocky spots (see photographs Nos. 10, 11 and 12) even on the outlying islets. No: 11.—Cobo. The existence of beach deposits in several spots around Albecq and in Albecq cutting, as well as below the Cobo Hotel, has been noted. In these patches the rolled stones rest directly on water-worn rocks, and are covered by several feet of decomposed rock rubble (see photograph 13). No. 12— Hommet and Grande Mare. The promontory at Hommet contains many patches of rolled stones (see photographs) at the same elevation, appa- rently, as those previously described. These have only been viewed, the levels and measurements have still to be taken. In a field at Grande Mare, near the rivulet, a sandy deposit, some 100 yards inside the present beach, contains a deposit of rolled stones about one foot deep. The deposit is about one-third of the distance from high water mark to the deposit of clay spoken of under the heading “Clay.” Between the two spots the land is largely covered by sand, and is very flat (see photographs Nos. 15, 16 and 17). Associated with the sand and clay peat has been noted. ; 126 MEETINGS. No. 13.—Le Crocq and Richmond. The beaches at these places are most important, and demand a careful survey, as they are suffering rapid loss from the erosive action of the sea, One section is particularly interesting, being evidently the land edge of a deposit of large rolled stones which has formed part of an ancient storm beach. These districts abound with interesting patches, which, unfortunately, have not been levelled or measured yet (see photographs Nos. 18, 19 and 20). No. 14.—Diette Bay, near Jerbowrg. A strip of beach stones of small size lies on a bed of rock, and is covered by a cliff which is fully described later on (see photographs Nos. 21 and 22, plan and _ section). The Society has already observed ancient beaches at Lihou, and has now to connect them with Richmond in order to obain a fairly continuous line of ancient beach from that islet around the Vale to Spur Point and Barker’s Quarry. Many patches distinct from these described are known to individual members, and stand to be viewed by the Society as soon as time will permit. MICA TRAP. The attention of the Society has lately been drawn to the subject of mica trap dykes and their importance by a paper supplied by the Rev. E. Hill, F.G.S., and the following examples of these interesting intrusions have so far been noticed. No. 1.—Fort La Crocq and Richmond. A good out-crop of this trap is visible just below the small fort, running ee the rocks in a north-east direction. It is about two feet wide and is not cut, during its visible portion, by any vein (see photograph No. 19). On the south-west of Richmond a similar dyke was found; it has the appearance of being a continuation of the same, but this requires confirmation. No. 2.—Homimet. A similar dyke to the last described has been observed on the east side of this fort. No. 3.—Grandes Rocques. | This dyke is one foot wide. Its bearing is 10° south of east. It weathers green first, then red. MEETINGS. L27 No. 4.—Port Sovf. This, a similar dyke, runs in a north-east direction, or more exactly 75° east of north. No. 5.—Albecq Cutting. A thin dyke or vein runs through the red granite on the land side of this cutting. Its Hunonuions are, roughly, 6 inches wide and 8 to 10 inches high. Its bearings have not been noted. CLIFF-HEAD. Measurements and photographs of Nos. 21 and 22 of a cliff- head section at Divette Bay (under the Doyle monument on the east side), have also been taken. This section, which is a natural one, was caused by the sea clearing away a rubble bank, or continuation of the cliff-head, which bank, resting on a rock bed, formed a promontory. The rock bed is strewn with pieces of rock of the same sizes and characters as those now existing in the lower portion of the cliff-head section. These apparently sank into their present places on the removal of the supporting rubble. There is more than a passing interest in this cliff-head owing to the rubble being over an ancient or raised beach (No. 14), and this head proves the following order of occurrence :— 1st.—A sea shore extending further inland by some yards than the present cliff. 2nd.—A deposit of beach stones on a rocky bed 5 to 7 feet above high water mark of considerable extent (see drawing and plan). 3rd.—An extensive destruction of overhanging rock with a large deposit of various sized stones (many quite large) of aekar shapes, and but little weathered. 4th.—A filling up of all interstices with clay, decayed rock and rubble. 5th.—The erosion by the sea of the promontory thus formed leaving the present remnant as now seen. The measurements (see plan) are as follows :— a. Rock floor 165 feet long and 40 feet wide, with loose rocky masses and stones resting where deposited, 1 to 5 feet above high water mark. b. Rubble section 22 feet high consisting of 1 foot of clay and mould at the top. 4 feet of clay. 5 feet of rubble. 128 MEETINGS. 11 feet of sandy clay with large angular detached stones. 1 foot of rolled beach stones. Base sea-washed rock. These are approximate measures only. The cuttings in roads have been watched, but nothing of noteworthy nature has been reported. At the Canichers, near Clifton Terrace, during the laying of a drain, the ground was found to rest over paving-stones which were 8 feet below the present level. That was made ground evidently filled in during an improvement. | The Geological section in tendering this report feels that the information given is very incomplete and fragmentary, and hopes that more useful work will be done in the future, the members being now prepared with various apparatus for the more thorough measurement and observation needed. This over, and a hearty vote of thanks having been accorded to Mr. W. M. Cooper for the admirably prepared sketches and plans of various quarries, cuttings, raised beaches, &c., examined and reported on by the Geological section, the election of officers for the ensuing year was proceeded with. Mr. Whitehead was re-elected President, Mr. F. M. Alles, Vice-President, Mr. W. Sharp, Hon. Secretary, and Mr. W. A. Luff, Hon. Treasurer. The following gentle- men were elected to form the Council :—Messrs. Collenette, Derrick, De La Mare, Pitts, Marquand, and Rose. _ Mr. Luff then read an interesting and valuable paper on the Neuroptera of Guernsey, an order of insects including the lace-wing flies, dragon flies and caddis flies. Carefully mounted and named specimens illustrated the paper; among them were several examples of a caddis fly (Philopotamus imsularis) peculiar to Guernsey. This important list, the first that has yet been made out for this island, will be found printed in full in the following pages. Votes of thanks to the Treasurer and Secretary for their services during the past year, and to Mr. Luff for his paper, brought the meeting to a close. THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. BY MR. E. D. MARQUAND. —f)——— Durinc the past three years I have devoted special attention to the indigenous flora of Guernsey, with a view to ascertain as far as possible the exact range of each species in the island. I will not trouble you now with the result of my investigations on the mosses, lichens and other cryptogams, as I hope later on to prepare for the Society a paper on the subject. On this occasion I shall simply deal with the flowering plants. Since the publication, as far back as the year 1839, of Professor C. Cardale Babington’s little Flora of the Channel Islands (Primitie Flore Sarnice) no properly authenticated list of Guernsey plants has appeared; nor, so far as I am aware, have any material additions been published—which is somewhat surprising, considering the number of capable botanists who have resided in the island, and visited it from time to time, during the last fifty years. This little Flora has long been out of print; second-hand copies are scarce and becoming more and more difficult to procure; a handy reference list therefore of the phanerogams of Guernsey seems very much needed by resident workers as well as visitors ;— hence the present paper. It is simply a summary of my own notes made during the years 1889, 1890 and 1891, and is entirely restricted to plants which I have myself seen growing in the localities mentioned. Small as Guernsey is (the area being about 25 square miles) its peculiar situation and its distance from the main- land render the flora particularly interesting to the student; whilst from a mere collector’s point of view few spots of equal size in the south of England surpass it ; it is a perfect nest of rarities. The entire absence of a number of quite common English plants, and the extreme rarity of many others, is a very remarkable feature, and one which it is not easy to account for, since in most cases the same species are more or less abundant on the French coast. And then again many non-british plants which belong to the northwest of France are altogether unknown here, although one might reasonably expect to find traces of their existence. These facts appear to me very suggestive in studying the general distribution of plants from given centres, and also highly important as corroborative of geological evidence, which goes to show that all the members of this little archipelago were not contemporaneous in their origin as islands, but that Guernsey was separated from the mainland at a very much earlier period than any of the others. Out of a total of some 540 flowering plants recorded for Guernsey by Professor Babington in the work above mentioned, there are about forty species which I have not as yet been able to find. Some of these, it is very certain, are now extinct, owing to drainage and general improvement of waste land during the last half century; just as at the present time extensive building and quarrying are threatening the existence of many of the rarest plants. But a few of the records are beyond all doubt erroneous; the error perhaps arising in some cases from the confusion of local names which, with slight variations, are common to both Jersey and Guernsey. The former is considerably the larger of the two islands, and possesses in consequence a richer and more varied flora. In the present list 663 species are enumerated, viz., 636 flowering plants, 18 ferns, and 9 fern-allies ; of these about 130 species are not recorded for Guernsey by Professor Babington. he terms rare, common, &c., which will be found immediately following the name of each plant denote its comparative frequency throughout the island taken as a whole, so far as my observations have gone. This being merely a preliminary list to form a basis for working upon, I shall be glad to be informed of any additional species which may be found here, as well as any new habitats for the less common plants. Supplementary lists can then be published from time to time as required. In order to avoid constant repetition I have used Roman numerals to designate the ten parishes into which the island is divided, taking them in the following order :— I.—St. Peter-Port. VI.—St. Peter-in-the- Wood. II.—St. Andrew’s. VII.—St. Saviour’s. III.—St. Martin’s. VIII.—Catel. LV.—Forest. IX.—Vale. V.—Torteval. X.—St. Sampson’s. St. Andrew’s (II.) is the only one having no seaboard. The southern half of the island (comprising III, IV., V., and part 130 THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. 131 of VI.) consists of a high table-land attaining an elevation of between 300 and 400 feet; it is intersected by deep valleys, and abuts on the sea in precipitous rocky cliffs. The north and north-western portions lie low, scarcely rising above sea level, and include more or less extensive sandy and marshy tracts. Hence the vegetation differs considerably in the high and low districts. There are no woods or copses in the island, though trees are fairly plentiful. Streamlets are numerous, but salt marshes and pools are now few and small. Grande Mare is the last relic of what must have been once a large expanse of marsh and bog; at present it is little more than an acre in extent, but from a botanist’s point of view this is perhaps the most interesting acre of ground in the island. The following fifteen plants are among the most note- worthy in the Sarnian flora, since they do not occur in Britain proper :— Brassica cheiranthus. Orchis laxiflora. Sinapis incana. Lagurus ovatus. Viola nana. Cynosurus echinatus. Silene quinquevulnera. Bromus maximus. Lavatera sylvestris. Gymnogramme leptophylla. Gnaphalium luteo-album. Ophioglossum lusitanicum. Centaurea aspera. Isoetes Hystrix. Cicendia pusilla. My best thanks are due to Miss Dawber and to Mr. G. Derrick for pointing out to me the habitats of several local rarities ; and I am also indebted to my friends, Messrs. H. and J. Groves, for kindly identifying my Guernsey gatherings of characez. It may be well to mention in conclusion that as I am collecting materials for the publication of a complete “ Flora of Guernsey,’ cryptogamic as well as phanerogamic, any information bearing on the subject or any useful notes or references will be most thankfully received by me, and care- fully acknowledged in the proper place. Ranuneulus trichophyllus, Chaix. Common in pools about Grandes Rocques and Cobo. R. peltatus, Schrank. In several pools on L’Ancresse Common (mostly the var. truncatus ). R. hederaceus, Z. Rare. Noted in IV., V., IX. and X. R. Flammula, 2. Common in wet places. Var. pseudo-reptans. Old quarry at L’Islet. R. aeris, 2. Very common. R. repens, 2. Very common. R. bulbosus, Z. Very common. 182 THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. R. sae lpeeaciad Curt. Frequent, especially in corn-fields; common in the south. R. parviflorus, 2. Rare. Field near Noirmont Mill (IX.), plentiful. R. Fiearia, 2. Very common. Delphinium Ajacis, Reich. One plant on the quarry heap near the Vale Castle in 1889. One on Vazon Green in 1891. Papaver somniferum, L. Very rare. Corn-field near the Vale pond, two or three plants in 1889. Several plants in a corn-field opposite Grandes Maisons (X.) in 1890. P. Rhoas, 2. Common. Var. strigoswum. Rare. Rocquaine Bay, towards L’Erée Hotel, in good quantity. P. dubium, Z. Rather common in IX. and X., and on the coast as far as Vazon ; rare elsewhere. P. hybridum, Z. Rare. Near the Déhus Cromlech (IX). Cult. field at Mont Saint. Corn-field at Clos au Comte (VIII.) Glaucium luteum, Scop. Frequent on the north and northwest coast, but rather local ; abundant on the shingle at L’Erée. pel ajo majus, l. Rather rare. Occurs in all districts, mostly near ouses. Fumaria confusa, Jord. Very common. F. officinalis, Z. Rare. Cult. fields at Mont Saint. Pleimmont. By Ozanne’s Tower. Bordeaux, sparingly. Matthiola sinuata, R.Br. Rare. On the sandhills near the sea. Rousse Tower (IX.) Portinfer. Rocquaine Bay. Cheiranthus Cheiri, Z. Rare. Walls at Havelet, Vauvert, and other places in I. Nasturtium officinale, &.Br. Common by streamlets and in wet places. Barbarea preecox, R&.Br. Rare. Noted in I., IV., VII. and IX., always sparingly. Arabis hirsuta, R.Br. Rare. L’Ancresse Common, western side. In sandy fields near Grandes Rocques. Cardamine pratensis, 2. Common. C. hirsuta, 2. Very common. C. flexuosa, With. Rare. Moulin Huet and Petit Bot valleys. Valley below Calais (III.) Alyssum ineanum, Z. Very rare. A single plant at Bordeaux in 1889. A. maritimum, LZ. Rare. Chiefly on walls. Well Road and Vauvert (I.) Préel (VIII.) Near Clarence Battery. Cliffs above Fort Bay. Near Hermitage (L’Ancresse). Draba verna, L. Local and rare. Vazon Green. Grandes Rocques. Portinfer. Vale Castle Hill. Cochlearia danica, 2. Rather common. C. Armoracia, ZL. Near Grandes Rocques. Cliffs above Fort Bay. In other places a more evident escape from cultivation. Sisymbrium Thalianum, Gaud. Very common. S. officinale, Scop. Frequent; common in IX. and X. S. alliaria, Scop. Rare. Occurs in all distyicts. Erysimum cheiranthoides, ZL. Three plants sprang up spontaneously in my garden in 1891. j Brassica Rapa, Z. Roadside, Carrefour-au-Liévre (I.) B. cheiranthus, Vill. Very rare. Quarry heap near Vale Castle, a few plants. ; : a THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. 1338 B. nigra, Koch. Veryrare. Cliffs above Fort Bay. Sinapis arvensis, ZL. Frequent. S. ry L. Rare. Quarry heap near Vale Castle. Corn-field at Naftiaux (II. S.ineana, L. Rare. West side of L’Ancresse Bay. Quarry heap near Vale Castle. Diplotaxis tenuifolia, DC. Locally common on the north and north- western coast. Abundant on Vazon Green. D. muralis, DC. Rather common in sandy cult. fields in the north and north-west. Rare in the south. Capsella Bursa-pastoris, Mench. Common. Senebiera didyma, Pers. Common. S. ecoronopus, Poir. Generally distributed, but rather rare. Lepidium latifolium, Z. Rare; plentiful where it occurs. Approach to Cobo. Western end of Vazon Green. Les Goubais (IX.) L. puderale, l. Very rare. Quarry heap near Vale Castle, and roadside beyond, sparingly. L. sativum, L. Very rare. On the shore at the south side of Grand Havre. L. Smithii, Hook. Rather common. L. Draba, L. Rare. Northside of Bordeaux Harbour. Hedge-bank beyond Les Videclins (VIII.) Coast north of Richmond Hill. Lane by Les Hunguets (I1.) east Arvense, L. In cult. fields, rare. Noted in II., VI., VII, IX. and X. Teesdalia nudicaulis, R.Br. On the cliffs from Fermain to Petit Bot, frequent. Talbots Valley, a few specimens. Crambe maritima, Z. Very rare. Portinfer, in fair quantity. Lihou Island, one plant. Cakile maritima, Scop. All along the coast from Rocquaine to Belgrave Bay, but not very common. Raphanus Raphanistrum, Z. Frequent in VIII., IX. and X. R. maritimus, Sm. Common all round the coast. Reseda Luteola, . Rather common on the north and north-west coast ; much less so in the south. Viola Riviniana, Reich. Very common. V. Reichenbachiana, Bor. Moulin Huet Valley, scarce. V. tricolor, 2. Very rare. Lane near Les Annevilles (VII.) V. arvensis, Murr. Common in cult. fields: V. nana, DC. Rare. On the sandhills near the Great Cromlech, L’ Ancresse. All round Rousse Martello Tower. Polygala vulgaris, 2. This species with the next, taken as an aggregate, is quite common. Fairly typical ew-vulgaris is occasionally to be met with, but the great bulk of the forms can scarcely be assigned with confidence to either. . P. oxyptera, Reich. Very common at Pleinmont. Petit Bot cliffs. Corbiére. L’Erée. Not quite typical, the capsule being usually shorter though broader than the wings. Frankenia levis, 2. Very rare. In two sandy fields at Grandes Rocques (the locality indicated to me by Mr. Derrick). I believe I am correct in naming this plant, but I have not seen it in flower. It was found in the island, however, by Professor Babington. Saponaria officinalis, 2. Overrunning a low hedge in the lane from Cobo to Ozanne’s Tower ; probably an old garden escape. = oe ete; Sm. Very rare. Quarry heap near the Vale Castle, a few plants. S. maritima, With. Common all round the coast, and occasionally on banks inland. S. eoniea, ZL. Locally common on the sandhills from Vazon to Bordeaux. S. angliea, 2. Rather common in cult. fields. Plentiful but dwarf on the cliffs near Mont Herault (VI.) Var. rosea. Vale Castle Hill, and near La Miellette ([IX.) Hybrids between this species and the next are not uncommon in IX. and X. S. quinquevulnera, Z. Rare. Vale Castle Hill. South end of Grand Havre. Coast west of Vale Church. ; [S. nutans, Z. Occurs abundantly on the south-western side of Herm, but has never, I believe, been found in Guernsey]. Lyehnis vespertina, Sibth. Very rare. Near Icart, near Vale Castle, and near Sohier (IX.), in each case a single plant only. L. diurna, Sith. Very common. L. Flos-eueuli, 2. Common in wet meadows. L. Githago, Lam. Rare; though noted for nearly all districts in corn-fields. Cerastium tetrandrum, Curt. Very common on the coast. C. semidecandrum, ZL. Vazon Green. Near Rousse Martello Tower. C. glomerata, Thwili. Common. C. triviale, Link. Very common. Monee erecta, Sm. Rather common all round the coast; more rare inland. pberarin media, Cyr. Very common. Var. Borewana. Road-side, King’s ills. S. uliginosa, Murr. Common by rivulets and springs. Arenaria serpyllifolia, Z. Frequent in the north and north-west. A. peploides, 2. Common on the shore of the lowlands. Sagina maritima, Don. Frequent near the sea in all parts. . apetala, LZ. Very common. | . Ciliata, Fr. In many places in IX. and X. Pleinmont. . procumbens, L. Common. . subulata, Pres/. Rather common all round the coast. . nodosa, #. Mey. On sandy flats from Vazon to Fort Doyle, local but not’ rare. Spergula arvensis, Z. Commonin cult. fields. A curious dwarf prostrate variety occurs on the cliffs of III. in dry, exposed places. It flowers in April. The seeds show it to belong to this species. Lepigonum rubrum, fr. Frequent in dry places, especially near the sea, and in old quarries. L. salinum, Fr. Rare. Bordeaux, in a small marsh on the north side. Brackish pool at Pulias. Marshy field near Ivy Castle. L. rupestre, Kindb. Common on rocks and banks all round the coast, as well as a little inland. Polyearpon tetraphyllum, 2. Common in waste and cult. ground, road- sides, and on the shore. Montia fontana, 2. Rather common on the southern cliffs. Near Fort Doyle. Var. rivularis. Near the Trinity Houses (V.) Lane by Le Marais (VII). Tamarix gallica, 2. Common in the maritime districts of VI., VIL., VIII., IX. and X. ; much used in marking the boundaries of fields. As a tree it often attains a large size. 1384 THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. ANNNN THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. 135 Hypericum Androszemum, LZ. Very rare. I have found it in VI. and VII., but only as an evident escape from cultivation. Perhaps truly indigenous in a copse near King’s Mills, where it occurs sparingly. H. perforatum, Z. Common, especially in the middle of the island. H. tetrapterum, Fr. Common in wet places. H. humifusum, Z. Frequent. H. linarifolium, Vahi. Very rare. Ina hedge between Les Eperons and Les Blicqs (II.) Hybrids between this species and the last occur on the cliffs from Jerbourg to Moulin Huet. H. pulehrum, Z. Frequent. H. elodes, Huds. Common in most of the cliff streams on the south coast. Grande Mare. Marsh at the eastern end of L’Ancresse. Lavatera arborea, Z. Frequent in IX. and X., often in old quarries, extending westward to Rocquaine. Plentiful at Perelle and L’Erée. Occasional in the south. L. sylvestris, Brot. Very rare. Two or three plants between Vale Castle and Bordeaux. Malva mosechata, Z. Very rare. Hougue des Quartiers (X.) M. sylvestris, Z. Common. M. rotundifolia, Z. Frequent; common in IX. and X. Tilia intermedia, DC. Planted in many parts of the island, but chiefly in I., and the surrounding districts. Radiola millegrana, Sm. Rather common all round the coast. Linum eathartiecum, LZ. Rare, except about Grandes Rocques, and the western side of L’Ancresse. L. angustifolium, Huds. - Frequent. Geranium striatum, Z. Rare. St. Helena (II.) Near Le Vauriof (III.) Casrouge (IV.) Les Buttes (VII.) G. molle, Z. Very common. G. rotundifolium, Z. Very rare. A few plants at base of the quarry heap by Vale Castle. G. dissectum, Z. Common. G. ecolumbinum, Z. Very rare. In a hedge near Ronceval, for about a dozen yards. G. Robertianum, Z. Rather common. Var. modestum. Noted in several stations in VIII., IX., and X. Erodium eieutarium, /’ Herit. Common, especially near the sea. E. mosehatum, L’ Herit. Frequent in all parts. E. maritimum, L’Herit. Very rare. Fort Doyle and L’Ancresse Bay, sparingly. Eastern side of Lihou Island. This plant is plentiful both at Herm and Jethou. Oxalis ecornieculata, Z. Rare. Coutanchez. St. Helena. Graie (VI.) Near Sausmarez (VIH.) Between Les Annevilles (VII.) and Mont Saint. Always in small quantity. Ilex Aquifolium, Z. Common; mostly planted. Euonymus europzeus, LZ. Very rare. Two or three bushes in a hedge near Les Eperons (II.) Acer pseudo-platanus, 1. Common. A. campestre, Z. Very rare. One tree in a walled enclosure at La Ramée I.) Seems to have been more plentiful formerly as Babington notes it as “frequent in hedges.’’ Ulex europezus, Z. Very common. 136 THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. U. Gallii, Planch. Frequent in many parts of the south coast. Cobo. Mont Varouf Valley (VII.) Sarothamnus scoparius, Zink. Generally distributed, but rather rare. Var. prostratus. Abundant on the top of the cliffs at Les Thielles and to the north of Pleinmont Point. Ononis arvensis, Z. Very common on the coast; inland in many places. A form with terminal spines occurs very sparingly near Rousse Tower. 0. reclinata, Z. Very rare. In one spot on L’Ancresse Common. Shown me by Miss Dawber. Trigonella ornithopodioides, DC. Not uncommon in many parts of L’Ancresse. Grand Havre. — Medicago sativa, LZ. Frequent as an escape in IX. and X., where it is much grown as fodder. M. lupulina, Z. Rather common. M. denticulata, Willd. Rare. Mont Saint. Richmond Hill. Vazon Green. Moulin Huet. Several places in IX. M. apiculata, Willd. Rare. Grosse Hougue (X.) Cult. fields at L’Erée. Rue des Bergers (VIII.) Quarry heap near Vale Castle. M. maculata, Sibth. Rather common, especially in IX. and X. Melilotus alba, Zam. Very rare. One plant at Paradis (X.) in 1890. The late Mr. J. Nicolle sent me in the same year a fresh specimen found near Ozanne’s Mill (III.) M. officinalis, Willd. Very rare. On the shore below the Vale Castle, intermixed with M. arvensis. M. arvensis, Willd. Rare. With the last; also in a field near the old ‘‘ Sporting Club,’’ and on the Vale Castle quarry heap. Trifolium subterraneum, Z. Rather common. T. pratense, Z. Common. T. maritimum, Huds. Rare, but abundant where it occurs in meadows. Rue des Bergers (VIII.) Hougue du Pommier (IX.) Vale Road. Camp du Roi ([X.), and near Noirmont Mill. . apvense, Z. Frequent all round the coast. . Striatum, Z. Rather common. Var. erectum. In an old quarry near Ronceval. Close to Sommeilleuse Watch House. Near Jerbourg Barracks. . Scabrum, Z. Rather common, especially in the low districts, but occurs also like the last, on the cliffs. . glomeratum, Z. Frequent in dry places. . suffoeatum, Z. Very rare. L’Ancresse Common. repens, Z. Very common. ; eee erul, L. Many stationsinTX. and X. Cobo. Portinfer. Grande are. . Pesupinatum, Z. Very rare. One small patch on the Vale Castle Hill. . procumbens, Z. Common, especially near the sea. . minus, Sm. Very common. . filiforme, Z. Frequent. noes vulneraria, Z. Very rare. One small patch near the Vale Castle. Lotus corniculatus, Z. Very common. L. major, Scop. Rather common. L. angustissimus, Z. Rather rare, though in some places plentiful» Flowers about a fortnight earlier than the next, with which it often grows. ‘ar Mar | WAAR AAA 4A THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. 137 L. hispidus, Desf. Much commoner than the last, both inland and on the coast. Ornithopus perpusillus, Z. Rather common. 0. ebracteatus, Brot. Rare. Occurs in many parts of L’Ancresse, but never in any quantity. Flowers in May and again in August. Vieia hirsuta, Koch. Frequent. V. tetrasperma, Moench. Rare. Noted for stations in II., III., V., VII., IX. and X. V. epacea, Z. Frequent in the north and north-west; very rare in the south. V. sepium, Z. Verylocalandrare. Cliffs from Fermain Bay to St. Martin’s Point, frequent. Copse near King’s Mills, and roadside adjacent. V. lutea, Z. Very rare. Road-side at L’Erée, in small quantity. V. sativa, Z. Frequent ; an escape from cultivation. V. angustifolia, Roth. Common. A dwarf form occurs in dry places which is likely to be mistaken for the next species. Var. Bobartiit. Very rare. Bordeaux Harbour, sparingly. V. lathyroides, Z. Rare. West side. of L’Ancresse. Around Rousse Martello Tower. Western end of Vazon Green. V. bithyniea, Z. Veryrare. One or two plants on the quarry heap near Vale Castle. Lathyrus pratensis, L. Very rare. In a hedge between Hougue du Pommier and Les Goubais (IX). L. latifolius, Z. Naturalised on a hedge at Grande Mare, where it must have existed for a considerable period. Prunus communis, Huds. Very common. The form fruticans occurs in many parts of the island. P. insititia, Z. Several trees in descending to the little cove under Doyle’s Monument. P. eerasus, Z. Several stations in II. and VIII. Spirzea ulmaria, Z. Very rare, and probably not native. Below St. Saviour’s Church, in a neglected enclosure. Rubus discolor, W. and N. Frequent. R. thyrsoideus, Wimm. Near Hougue du Pommier (IX.) R. Hystrix, Weihe. Between Petit Bot and the Forest Church. R. ezesius, Z. Near St. Peter’s Church. Near Le Marais (VIII.) Geum urbanum, Z. Generally distributed, but not common. Potentilla fragariastrum, Zhr. Common. P. Tormentilla, Neck. Very common. P. procumbens, Sibth. Several stations in IT. P. reptans, Z. Occasional in the lower parts of VII. and VIII. Rather common in IX. and X. P. anserina, Z. Rather common. Comarum palustre, Z. Rare. In several parts of Grande Mare. Alehemilla arvensis, Zam. Common. Agrimonia odorata, Mill. Several stations in III., VI. and VIII. Scarcely typical, but always lemon scented. Poterium sanguisorba, Z. Plentiful on the western half of L’Ancresse Common. Rosa spinosissima, Z. Frequent from Grandes Rocques to L’ Ancresse. R. eanina, LZ. Generally distributed, but rare; nearly always solitary bushes, seldom flowering. All our plants seem to belong to var. dumalis, 138 THE FLORA OF GUERNSEY. Pyrus Malus, Z. Common on the cliffs between Fermain and St. Martin’s Point (var. mitis). Less commonly on other parts of the cliffs of TIT. and IV. Rare inland. Mespilus germanica, Z. Rare. Noted in several places in I., IIl., IV. and VIIT Cratzegus oxyacantha, L. Very common. TI have only seen here the form monogyna. Saxifraga tridactylites, Z. Rare. Ina few places on the sandhills from Vazon to Portinfer. Stee oppositifolium, Z. Frequent in the south on moist anks. Tillea museosa, Z. Rare. St. Martin’s cliffs in several places. Les Thielles and above Creux Mahié. Various parts of L’ Ancresse. Cotyledon umbilicus, Z. Very common on stony banks, old walls, and thatched roofs. aoe album, Z. Very rare. Cobo. Near La Turquie (IX.) Naftiaux i & S. anglieum, Huds. Very common in dry places. S. acre, ZL. Common on the north and north-west coast. S.reflexum, Z. Rare. Les Goubais (IX.) Les Rouvets (IX.) Near Cobo Castle. S. Forsterianum, Sm. Rare. Between St. Andrew’s Church and Talbots Valley. Naftiaux (II.) Near Le Chéne (IV.) Sempervivum tectorum, Z. Very rare. Villette (III.) Near L’Echelle Mill, Talbots Valley. Near Richmond Hotel. Myviophyllum alterniflorum, DC. Rare. Several stations noted in IX. and X. Callitriche vernalis, Koch. Frequent. C. stagnalis, Scop. Common ; often growing on wet mud. C. hamulata, Kutz. Very rare. ) ass ee. oo i em oy ‘aoa ae Ka. Cra any ml per) nT ITN eT TT SUL AND > win Hine ara ” li U7 eum 1 i" ry uthtin,, IT fea AES AT PT wt ‘far af” port Ae reed - Hit Cree wu REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS 1S92. ia itt Ti reas i i uni esd rH eS eri if rie ti an — ea inn PAP ALOIS A Yd a lM hh 0M ll BOI ll OM dl eB dP —— tu ie i le Ue Ue er ye Net Ne ed ca » wup, - unt it re wie fei Guernsey : PRINTED BY THOMAS MAUGER BICHARD, BORDAGE STREET. fir = y | 3| | ctl ay | =| #! =3l %3l || 2\ ?\I 2 || = ai 1893. GUERNSEY SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCE AND . LOCAL RESEARCH. ——— ABPORT AND TRANSACTIONS Ougrnsey: PRINTED BY THOMAS MAUGER BICHARD, GE S 1898, OFFICERS AND COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR 1898. PATRON: Str EDGAR MACCULLOCH, F.S.A. PRESIDENT: Mr. ERNEST D. MARQUAND. VicE-PRESIDENTS: Mr. THOMAS GUILLE. Mr. FREDERICK M. ALLES. Mr. JOHN WHITEHEAD, F.R.G.S., F.S.A. HON. TREASURER: Hon. SECRETARY: me W. A. LUFF. Mr. WILLIAM SHARP. COMMITTEE: Mr. J. LE M. BOUGOURD. Mr. G. T. DERRICK. Mr. A. COLLENETTE. Mr. J. L. PITTS. Mr. C.G. DE LA MARE. Mr. T. C. ROYLE. =! LIST OF MEMBERS, '=- Ss Dr. Aikman, M.D., C.M., L.R.C.S., Queen’s Road. Mr. E. Allen, 55, Hauteville. Mr. F. Allés, Bon Air. Miss Beaty, Ladies’ College. Colonel Bell, C.B., Swissville. Miss M. Best, Ruettes Brayes. Mr. T. M. Bichard, Canichers. Mrs. Boley, St. Martin’s. Mr. J. Le M. Bougourd, Gipps Land. Mr. F. Carey, Grange. Mr. W. Carey, Grange Hill. Mr. J. Carey, Summerland. Capt. Carteret Carey, Castle Carey. Mr. J. J. Carey, F.R.G.S., Perelle. Miss B. Carré, 2, Cameron Place. Mr. E. A. Carré, 2, Cameron Place. Mr. W. C. Carré, Valnord. Colonel Cloéte, Vauvert. Mr. A. Collenette, F.M.S., Hauteville. Mrs. A. Collenette, Hauteville. Colonel Collings, Eaton Place. Miss M. B. Collings, Clifton. Miss R. Cole, Canichers. Mr. H. Crousaz, De Beauvoir Terrace. Mr. H. Cumber, Rue Poudreuse. Mr. G. Derrick, Valnord. Mr. C. De La Mare, Mount Durand. Miss M. Dawber, Ruettes Brayes. Mrs. Havilland Durand, Moulin Huet House. Mr. Espinasson, Hauteville. Miss D. Fox, Ladies’ College. Mrs. J. Gardner, Old Government House. Miss F. A. Gilbert, Ladies’ College. Mr. F. Guerin, High Street. Miss Guille, Union Street. Mr. T. Guille, Montauban. Mr. A. Hewitt, Brock Road. Mr. 8S. G. Hugo, Allez Street. Mr. J. W. Jones, Arcade. Mr. Sausmarez Le Cocq, Saumarez Street. Mr. T. Le Pelley, Beaucamp, Castel. Mr. B. H. G. Le Febvre, Blancheland, St. Martin’s. Rev. G. E. Lee, M.A., F.S.A., Union Street. Mr. G. Le Masurier, Victoria Road. Rev. F. E. Lowe, M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage. Mr. W. A. Luff, Mount Row. Dr. M.- MacCulloch, M.D., F.G.S., Les Touillets. Mr. E. D. Marquand, Fermain House. Mr. A. Mourant, Rozel Terrace. Sir E. MacCulloch, F.S.A., Le Pollet. Mr. D. Mollet, Hauteville. Mr. H. J. Morgan, Havilland. Mrs. Myres, Seonie Villa. Mr. P. Nicolle, Foulon. Mr. J. B. Nickolls, Grange. Mr. J. S. Paint, Arcade. Miss E. R. Paint, King’s Road. Mr. T. W. Palmer, Bordage. Rev. W. C. Penney, M.A., Elizabeth College. Mr. J. L. Pitts, F.S.A. (Normandy), Canichers. Mr. A. C. Quick, Church Square. Mr. Z. Robert, Mauxmarquis. Mr. F. Rose, F.D.S., Vauvert. Mrs. Rose, Vauvert. Mr. T. C. Royle, Arcade. Surgeon-Maj. Ryan, L.R.C.S., George Road. Brigade- Surgeon Thornhill, A.B., M.B., T.C.D., Grange. Miss Tupper, Candie. Miss Turner, Ladies’ College. Mr. H. Tourtel, Market Square. Mr. W. Sharp, Granville House. : Mr. R. L. Spencer, Esplanade. . Mrs. Spong, Smith Street. Major-General Standen, Beaulieu. Mr. W. Stranger, jun., St. Sampson’s. Mr. J. Whitehead, F.R.G.S., F.S.A., Royal Hotel. Rev. J. Woodhouse, Hauteville. TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOGIETY. ——e—E—E—_———SS Monthly Meeting held on November 18th, 1891, Mr. E. D. Marquand wm the chair. The minutes of the last meeting having been read and confirmed, Mr. Z. Robert exhibited specimens of various granites, &c., from |’ Ancresse, one specimen being of particu- lar interest, as it contained a mass of gneiss embedded in the granite. The specimens were presented by the exhibitor to the museum. | The Chairman announced that the monthly meetings would in future be held on the second Wednesday of each month, and that that day might be regarded as fixed for both the winter and summer sessions. He also stated that in order to increase the usefulness of the Society and to bring a larger number of members into active work, the Council had decided to form further sections after the plan of the Geological Section, which had proved so successful since its establishment early in the year. These would be as follows, the gentlemen whose names were appended having consented to act as secretaries: Botany, Mr. T. C. Royle; Entomology, Mr. W. A. Luff; and Folk Lore, Mr. J. L. Pitts. The main business of the evening was a general discussion on “Flowers and their origin,’ and in order to ensure a methodical treatment of the subject it had been arranged that different points should be dealt with by various members. Mr. Royle described the structure of flowers generally, with their variations; Mr. Marquand showed the effects of locality and the result of climatic influences; Mr. Rose dealt with the interesting topic of insect fertilisation ; Mr. Sharp read extracts bearing on the effects of culture on flowers; and Mr. Collenette treated the subject from a geological point of view. On all these points, and on others which were afterwards introduced, a great deal of valuable information was elicited, and a general desire was expressed that from time to time other subjects might be dealt with in a similar instructive manner. 168 MEETINGS. Monthly Meeting held on December 9th, 1891, Mr. E. D. Marquand wm the chair. The usual formal business having been disposed of the following twelve ladies and gentlemen were unanimously elected members of the Society: Miss Tupper, Dr. J. Aikman, Colonel W. Bell, C.B., Dr. M. MacCulloch, Surgeon-Major. G. Ryan, Major-General Standen, Brigade-Surgeon T. A. Thorn- hill, and Messrs. T. M. Bichard, Julius Carey, William Carey, H. A. Carré, and W. Stranger. Mr. Lesbirel presented to the Society through Mr. Collenette a stone “muller” which he recently found at Le Bourg, Forest, near the site of a former cromlech. Mr. Luff communicated some notes on the occurrence of the Guernsey Tiger Moth (Callumorpha hera) in Devonshire; and also read an account of the introduction into Guernsey of the rare land shell Helix pisana, which is now to be found in immense numbers at Vazon. It has become thoroughly naturalised, and but for the record of its intentional introduction would certainly be considered native. Mr. A. Collenette read some interesting notes upon the method of fertilisation by a small fly of the Birthwort (Aristolochia clematis) a foreign plant occasionally found in England near old ruins. The very complex and ingenious means by which cross-fertilisation is effected in this small and inconspicuous flower was lucidly explained by Mr. Collenette, who further illustrated it by means of a couple of well-drawn diagrams, showing enlarged sections of the flower and the automatic action of its organs. A very interesting discussion ensued. Mr. W. Sharp handed in a short list of Guernsey proverbs as a contribution to the newly-established Folk Lore Section, and this led to some remarks upon local proverbial expres- sions, several further examples of which were quoted by the members present. Monthly Meeting held on January 13th, 1892, Mr. G. Derrick vn the charr. The minutes of the last meeting having been read and signed, Messrs. J. W. Jones and H. B. Tourtel were unani- mously elected members of the Society. Mr. W. A. Luff read from the last issued H’ntomologist’s Monthly Magazine some notes by Mr. R. McLachlan on insects belonging to the order Newroptera taken by him in the Channel Islands during a recent visit. 7 MEETINGS: 169 A curious parti-coloured lobster, recently caught by Mr. F. Rich and presented to the Museum by Mr. Trott, was placed on the table and attracted much attention. It had been skilfully set up by Mr. Puttock, the caretaker of the Guille-Allés Institution. Mr. Denys Corbet read a paper on “Guernsey Supersti- tions, Omens, Signs and Warnings,” in which he cited and explained many curious examples of insular belief which had come under his own knowledge. The substance of this paper will be found in the following pages. Mr. Corbet also exhibited a fine specimen of the old-fashioned crossé, or eresset lamp (the old Scotch crusie, from which the Guernsey name is evidently derived) which was formerly in common use in the country parishes. Also an old flint and steel box, for procuring a light, and sketches of the vilain or stand for the cresset lamps. Monthly Meeting held on February 10th, 1892, Mr. J. Whitehead, President, in the chavr. The minutes of the last meeting having been duly read and signed, Colonel J. G. Cloéte and Mr. A. C. Quick were unanimously elected members of the Society. Mr. W. A. Luff exhibited specimens of the Winter Moth (Chermatobia brumata) which this winter had been very plen- tiful in the island, though usually a rather scarce insect. The female of this moth is remarkable by possessing only the rudi- ments of wings, which are quite useless for the purpose of flight. Under the title of “ A Glance at the Rocks of Alderney,” Mr. C. De La Mare gave an account of a visit recently made by him to that island, and exhibited a collection of geological specimens to illustrate his remarks ; and a diagram prepared by the lecturer to show the correlation of the Channel Islands’ rocks with those of France and England further elucidated the subject. Mr. De La Mare’s paper will be found in full in the following pages. A discussion followed the reading of the paper and the geologists present expressed their views upon the conclusions at which Mr. De La Mare had arrived, and their appreciation of the lucid and interesting manner in which he had dealt with a difficult subject. Monthly Meeting held on March 9th, 1892, Mr. G. Derrick in the chav. After the usual formal business had been disposed of a paper was read by Mr. E. D. Marquand, entitled “The Lan- guage of Ants,” of which the following is the substance :— Language, in the sense here employed, may be held to mean any manner of expressing thought, and therefore lan- guage implied mind. Wherever we find animal life we find inseparably connected with it certain phenomena which indicate the existence of mind—very dim, very obscure, it may be even inappreciable to our perception—but, neverthe- less, existent. If we make a scale of the animal kingdom based on its physical organisation, and also another scale of the animal kingdom based on its psychological powers, we shall find the two scales extremely divergent. In the one, immediately below man, we have the anthropoid apes, but in the other we must make a tremendous downward leap, and passing by the whole of the vertebrates as well as the higher Invertebrata, we must, in order to find the closest approach to man, go to the ant. This at least is the opmion of Lubbock, who probably knows more about the habits and faculties of these insects than any man living. He expressly declares his opinion that ants “have a fair claim to rank next to man in the scale of intelligence.” Darwin said “the brain of an ant is one of the most marvellous atoms of matter in the world, perhaps more so than the brain of a man,” and it is well known that an ant’s brain is larger and more complex than that of any other insect. After some further remarks to render the subject clear, the lecturer proceeded to give a digest of a number of experiments made by Lubbeel and conducted with extreme care, all of which tended to demon- strate beyond question that ants are capable of communicating with and conveying information to each other. Then came the difficult question, how they do so? Through what channel do the thoughts of one ant pass into the brain of another? At present it was a matter of conjecture and it seemed as if the problem could never be solved by practical test, but Mr. Marquand’s opinion was that the antennz were the organs of communication. The precise function of the antennee we do not know, and probably never shall, for Mr. Marquand held them to be the organs of a sense of which we have no analogue in the human race, and of which we can form no conception whatever. Unfortunately conclusive experiments in this direction are impossible because the amputation of the antenne is instantaneously followed by an extraordinary change in the living insect; it becomes para- lysed, ceases to eat or engage in any kind of labour, can no longer find its way or recognise its companions, it remains quiescent and almost motionless, and so lingers on until death intervenes. } 170 MEETINGS. MEETINGS. 171 In the course of the pleasant and animated discussion which followed many views were expressed as to the function of the antennez, and instances were given tending to show that they could not be the organs of any sense known to us. Monthly Meeting held April 6th, 1892, Mr. J. Whitehead, President, vm the chair. The minutes of the last meeting having been read and approved, Miss D. Fox and Mr. Theo. Le Pelley were unani- mously elected members of the Society. Mr. W. A. Luff exhibited several specimens of the larve of the Guernsey Tiger Moth (Callumorpha hera) bred by Mrs. Boley, and also some small beetles bred from lentils purchased in this town. A paper was read by Mr. F. Rose, entitled “The Structure and Functions of the Antenne of Insects,” explaining that he intended it to be a sequel to the paper read at the last meet- ing, when this subject was touched upon. The lecturer described minutely the exceedingly delicate and elaborate structure of the antenne, and by numerous quotations as well as from his own personal observations he showed the very important part which these appendages play in regard to sensation and perception; some of the phenomena exhibited by insects cannot be explained satisfactorily or accounted for by any of the senses known to us, as for example, what is known to collectors of Lepidoptera as “sembling,” where a female moth enclosed in a box immediately on her emergence from the chrysalis would attract the male moths even though the box were shut up in the cupboard of a closed room. Mr Rose illustrated his remarks by sketches on the blackboard. Mr. Marquand said he believed that in addition to the . ordinary senses of hearing, seeing, smelling, touching, &c., as we understand them, insects are also endowed with another and as yet undefined sense, which not only exceeds in range and intensity, but is also different in kind from anything that man or the larger animals possess. Mr. Collenette could not in any way accept this theory of a distinct and undiscovered sense. He saw no need for it at all. He believed that the quickening and intensifying of the ordinary senses with which we are familiar was quite sufficient to account for and explain all the phenomena of insect life that had yet been observed. Many other members engaged in the discussion of this interesting subject, among them being a visitor, Mr. A. O. B 172 MEETINGS. Walker, F.L.S., of Colwyn Bay, who had lately been dredging on these coasts. Monthly Meeting held May 11th, 1892, Mr. J. Whitehead, President, vm the charr. The minutes of the last meeting having been read and signed, Mrs. H. Durand and Miss E. R. Paint were unanimously elected members of the Society. Mr. W. A. Luff exhibited two specimens of Tettix swbu- lata, the smallest British grasshopper, captured by him at Saints Bay. It is a rare insect in this island. Kixtracts were read from a paper by the Rey. E. Hill, recently read by him before the Geological Society on “The Gneisses and Hornblende Schists of Sark.” The question of continuing during the coming summer the weekly excursions which had been started last year was brought up, and it was proposed to improve on last year’s plan by making out a programme for the whole season, giving dates, hour and place of starting, route and principal objects of interest, and having it printed and distributed to members. It would be a great convenience to those who could not attend every week, as they could then choose out beforehand the excursions they preferred and arrange accordingly. No excursion would be postponed ; if the weather were unfavor- able it would simply drop out of the list for that year. This proposal was carefully disoiisded: and ultimately a sub-com- mittee was appointed to carry it out. Monthly Meeting held on June Sth, 1892, Mr. E. D. Marquand vn the chair. After the usual formal business had been disposed of, Mr. A. Collenette exhibited specimens of dressed Alderney stone (sandstone and diorite) kindly lent by Mr. N. Lihou, of Alderney. Mr. Z. Robert exhibited specimens of stone from Jersey. Mx W. A. Luff exhibited a specimen of Cidaria corylata, captured in the mill-stream in the Talbots Valley, on the occasion of the recent excursion. It is of particular interest as it is an addition to the list of Guernsey moths. | Mr. Marquand exhibited some fine fresh water shells, taken on the same occasion in the mill-pond; the most interesting were Lomnea peregra, var. inflata, and L. palus- tris. An account of the two weekly excursions which had taken place was then given by each of the sectional Secre- MEETINGS. 173 taries, and all the interesting finds duly noted. The gist of these and similar monthly records will be embodied in the annual sectional reports. A promised paper not having arrived, Mr. E. D. Marquand filled up the evening with some extempore re- marks (illustrated by black-board sketches) on the “ Sexual Scales of Butterflies.” These peculiar scales, he said, were to be found only on the male insects, and it was very curious that they occurred only in certain families of Butterflies, such as those containing the Garden White, the Meadow Brown, the Blues, and a few others; in other families nothing of the ' kind was found. The scales assumed various shapes in different species, being often tufted or plumose, or in the case of the Blue Butterflies, shaped like a battledore; but in all cases they were very unlike the common scales with which they seem to be promiscuously mixed without pattern or symmetrical order. There is every reason to nee that they merely serve the purpose of ornament. Monthly Meeting held on July 13th, 1892, Mr. J. Whitehead, President, vm the charr. The minutes of the last meeting having been read and confirmed, Mr. T. W. Palmer was unanimously elected a member. Since the last meeting five weekly excursions of the Society had taken place in accordance with the programme, and interesting accounts of the various finds and objects of interest were given by the sectional Secretaries ; this, with the discussion which followed at various points, pleasantly occu- pied the whole evening. Monthly Meeting held on August 24th, 1892, Mr. G. Derrick in the charr. After the preliminary business the folfowing gentlemen were elected members: Captain Carteret Carey, and Messrs. Wilham Carré, H. J. Morgan and E. Allen. Mr. E. D. Marquand exhibited a number of Land Shells recently collected in Alderney by Mr. W. A. Luff They consisted of the following species and varieties: Helix aspersa (type and var. tenwior), H. nemoralis (vars. libellula, rubella, minor, and roseozonata), H. virgata (type and vars. lewcozona, albicans, minor, and one or two unnamed), H. pisana, H. lispida (all the specimens belonging to var. conica), Bulvmus acutus (type and vars. strigata and bizona), Zonites draparnaldi, Balea perversa, Puwpa wmbilicata, Succinea 7 elegans and S. putris. This was the first list of Alderney shells made out by any member of the Society, and it was hoped that others visiting that island would endeavour to add to it. Mr. Luff stated that during his short stay in Alderney he had collected a number of insects, some of them of much interest, but as they had not yet all been determined he would defer any remarks upon them to a future meeting. The sectional Secretaries then made their usual reports as to the result of the weekly excursions held during the past month. The number of persons joining in these outings seems to increase week by week, and several visitors to the island interested in natural history have from time to time availed themselves of the privilege of attending them. 174 MEETINGS. Special Meeting held on August 31st, 1892, Mr. E. D. Marquand wn the charr. A press of matter at the last monthly meeting having unavoidably crowded out Mr. A. Collenette’s paper on “ The Raised Beaches and Cliff Heads of Guernsey,” it was decided to devote a special evening to it. The paper, which was illustrated by several excellent diagrams and coloured maps, embodied the result of Mr. Collenette’s investigations during many years, and the conclusions at which he had arrived. It will be found printed at length in the following pages. Messrs. D. Mollet and B. H. G. Le Febvre were elected members of the Society. Monthly Meeting held on September 21st, 1892, Mr. T. Guille, Vice-President, in the char. The formal business of the evening being disposed of, My. W. A. Luff exhibited the eggs, caterpillars and chrysalids of the Clouded Yellow Butterfly (Colias Hdusa), which had been reared by Mrs. Boley, who captured the butterfly (which has been plentiful this year) on the 11th of August; the eggs were laid the following day, and the earliest hatched on the 19th and turned to pupz on the 14th September. Mr. Luff also exhibited a full grown larva of the Death’s Head Moth and a specimen of the Convolvulus Hawk Moth, captured in the town recently. The usual reports of the results of the weekly excursions were made by the sectional Secretaries, from which it appeared that good work had been done and new species added to the lists. MEETINGS. 175 Mr. E. D. Marquand then read a paper on the “ Mosses, Hepatic and Lichens of Guernsey,” to which he added some remarks on the best methods of collecting and preserving these plants and the most serviceable books to be used in studying them. Mr. Marquand’s paper and list of species will be found in the following pages. Tenth Annual Meeting of the Society, held on October 26th, 1892, Mr. E. D. Marquand in the chav. The minutes of the last meeting having been duly read and signed, Mr. W. A. Luff read a paper on the “Cicadide of Guernsey,” with lists of species, and also a list of the additions made during the year to the Hemiptera Heteroptera of the island. These papers (which are printed in these pages) were illustrated by Mr. Lutt’s collections of these insects, neatly mounted and carefully classified. Mr. W. Sharp, Hon. Secretary of the Society, then read the following Report of the Council :— “The Society has this year completed the first decade of its existence, which closes with the year of good and useful work. The in-door meetings have been on the whole well attended, and have been characterised by a more active interest on the part of the members than those of previous years. The original papers read, though small in number, are extremely valuable, containing as they do the result of much careful research as well as useful information, for the guidance of future workers in the same field. The weekly out-door meetings during the summer months, inaugurated last year, have been carried on this season on a more extended scale. We have gone further afield, and in addition to members, large numbers of friends and visitors to the island have availed themselves of the advantages thus offered, so that the issue of a printed programme of these excursions has proved a decided success. Accounts of these excursions have been published each week in one or more of the local ea and thus the Society and its work has been constantly kept before the notice of the public. The districts visited were Bordeaux, Talbot’s Valley, Bec du Nez, Bon Repos, Richmond, Fort Doyle, Grantez Mill, Ivy Castle, Moie Point, Perelle Bay, Vale Mill, Grande Rocque, St. Martin’s Point, and Grande Mare. Abundant work still remains to be done in these as well as other parts of the island. The work of the Geological, Botani- cal and Entomological sections will be detailed in_ their respective reports presently to be read to you. We are 176 MEETINGS. leased to say there has been during the year a substantial increase in the roll of members, twenty-six having been elected since the last annual meeting. The number now on our list is seventy-six. The Transactions for the year 1891 have been published and issued to members, and Mr. E. D. Marquand’s valuable paper on the “ Flowering Plants of Guernsey” has also been reprinted in separate form. Of the latter, which is much appreciated by both English and Continental botanists, a considerable number of copies have been sold. Our best thanks are due to Messrs. Guille and Alles for their kindness in freely placing at our disposal the room in which our meet- ings are held. During the year the Society has received and is grateful for the Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1889, the Report of the National Museum (U.8.A.) for 1889, and the Transactions of the Penzance Natural History and Antiquarian Society for 1891-2.” WILLIAM SHARP, Hon. Sec. Mr. W. A. Luff, Hon. Treasurer, then read a financial statement, from which it appeared that there was a balance in hand of £1 11s. 103d. The Secretaries of the various sections next read their respective reports as printed below :— REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION. At a meeting held in November of last year, the Committee of this Society decided to establish a Botanical Section, and did me the honour of appointing me its secretary. Accordingly, at the opening of the botanical season, after due consultation with those members of the Society interested in the subject, I called the first meeting of the Section, which was held on May 4th. At this meeting the question of our further proceedings was discussed, and it was decided that the most immediately urgent and important work to be under- taken was the formation of a Reference Collection of Guernsey Plants, properly dried, mounted and catalogued, for the use of the Society, and to form the starting point for further investi- gations and enquiry on the subject of our local Flora, and a sub-committee was appointed to carry out the details. As a result of this action a commencement has been made in the work, and by the contributions of individual members and the collections made by the Section during the excursions of this summer, 362 species have been got together and dried, and are now ready to be mounted, this latter work being usually done in the winter. The work of the Section has been much MEETINGS. 177 lightened by the publication in the last volume of the Society's Transactions, as well as in a separate form, of the list of Flowering Plants and their allies compiled by Mr. E. D. Marquand. While fully recognising the value of previous lists and papers on the subject by Mr. Derrick and by Mr. Marquand himself, which have ee in our Transactions, we may say that we have now for the first time since the formation of the Society a list compiled by a competent botanist from personal investigation, which furnishes a com- plete record of the plants known to have occurred recently in the Island up to the date of its publication. As a result of the publication of this list, the Section has been enabled, by discoveries made during the fourteen excursions made by the Society, at all of which it has been represented, and by the finds of individual members, to add the names of twenty-six plants to the Flora. A list of these is appended to this report, and will form the supplementary list of additions for the year to Mr. Marquand’s Flora. Turning now to the actual field work done at the Society’s excursions. This has mainly consisted in the collection of a considerable proportion of the 362 species before referred to, and in the discovery of six of the plants enumerated in the list of additions. The Section has also been able on several occasions to afford assistance to visitors joining the excursions in their search for specimens. Finally, several cases of suspected variation from the type in certain species have been noted and partly investigated; such investigations, however, require a long time—in some cases years—to carry out, and the Section is not at present in a position to lay them before the Society. A further important contribution to local botanical research is the list of Mosses, Hepaticee and Lichens, presented by Mr. Marquand at our September meeting, in which 142 Mosses, 38 Hepaticze and 243 Lichens are enumerated. This list will, it is hoped, do for Cryptogamic what his list of last year has done for Phanerogamic Botany. LIST OF ADDITIONS IN 1892. Ranuneulus baudotii, Godr. Marshy field behind Ivy Castle (J. Groves and E. D. Marquand). Ran. seeleratus, L. Vale Road, sparingly (Miss Dawber). Marshy field behind Ivy Castle, several plants (E. D. Marquand). Nasturtium sylvestre, ?. Br. Braye Road, east of the Vale Road, plenti- ful on the roadside (EK. D. Marquand). Melrose Estate, and rubbish heap near Ivy Castle (G. E. Derrick). Barbarea vulgaris, F&. Br. Villette (III.), one plant (Miss Dawber). 178 MEETINGS. Lepidium campestre, R. Br. Roadside near Bordeaux, one plant (T. C. Royle and Miss Dawber). Stellaria graminea, Z. On a heath at Ruettes Brayes (Miss Dawber). Close to Ozanne’s Mill (EK. D. Marquand). Malva borealis, Wal/m. A single plant in the corner of a pasture field near Brookdale Nursery, Vale (E. D. Marquand). Ulex nanus, Yorster. A small bush, Salines Road (E. D. Marquand). Fragaria vesea, Z. In a hedge near Les Vallées (VIII.), extending over about twenty yards (G. EK. Derrick, who has known the plant in this station for many years). Rosa micrantha, Sm. Road down to Fermain Bay (E. D. M.) Lythrum Hyssopifolia, Z. Lane-side from Braye Road going towards Noirmont (Rue és Chiens), in abundance for a few yards (E. D. M.) Eryngium campestre, ZL. Seashore at Bordeaux, a single plant (Miss Dawber and E. D. M.) Ammi majus, Z. Cultivated field near La Turquie ([X.), a single plant, in 1888 (Miss Dawber). Valerianella dentata, Pol/. Plentiful in Miss Dawber’s garden in 1888. Aster tripolium, Z. Vale Pond, sparingly (Miss D.) Inula econyza, D.C. On a wall between Carrefour au Liévre and Sausmarez (III.), about half-a-dozen plants (E. D. M.) Xanthium spinosum, LZ. A single plant, on the quarry heap by the Vale Castle in 1890 (G. E. Derrick). Menyanthes trifoliata, Z. Wet corner of a field at Cobo (Miss Dawber, shown to her by Miss Naftel). Verbascum pulverulentum, Vili. In an old quarry, Les Mielles, at La Rochelle, 1’ Ancresse, one plant (EK. D. M. and T. C. Royle). Origanum vulgare, Z. On the wall of St. Martin’s Churchyard, sparingly (3, 1D)s Wis) Corylus avellana, Z. Copse at Moulin de Haut (VIII.) and in the valley west of St. Saviour’s Church, in both cases certainly indigenous (E. D. M.) Narcissus biflorus, Curtis. A single clump in a meadow between Grande Mare and Vazon (Miss Dawber). Waste corner above the road at Fort George (Miss D. and E. D. M.) Ornithogalum umbellatum, Z. Marshy field at Cobo, one root, and in an old quarry behind Noirmont House ([X.), in some quantity (E. D. M.) In the last station probably a garden outcast. Setaria glauca, Beauv. Cultivated field near Grand Havre, one plant (E. D. Marquand and W. F. Miller). Avena strigosa, Schreb. Roadside near the Vale Road Nurseries (E. D. Marquand). Lepturus filiformis, 7vin. In plenty in a wet field at Claire Mare, Perelle (E. D. Marquand, Miss Dawber and T. C. Royle). Chara vulgaris, v. Longibracteata Kuetz. Small roadside pool at Cobo (Miss Dawber and E. D. Marquand). This variety is new to our Flora. T. C. Roy ez, Sec. Bot. Sect. REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. This section has been represented at most of the excur- sions of the Society during the season, and although few additions have been made to the Society's list other than in the order Hemiptera, many interesting observations were MEETINGS. 179 : recorded. Colias Hdusa, the Clouded Yellow butterfly, has been extremely abundant in Guernsey, and two specimens of its more aristocratic relation, Colias Hyale, were taken near Cobo. Several specimens of Edusa were seen by Mr. Marquand in Guernsey, as early as May 28th and 30th. Several were also noticed in Sark on May 25th. Others were seen by the members of the Society during an excursion to Talbot’s Valley, on June 7th, and.one captured, which proved to be a female in fair condition; another, also a female, was captured - near the Gouffre on June 12th. No doubt as a result of eggs laid by these early speci- mens, Hdusa was most abundant during August, especially in the lucerne and clover fields near our southern and western coasts, and on the occasion of a visit paid to the neighbouring island of Alderney by a member of the section, August 4th to 11th, they were found in even greater abundance swarming all over that island. The most notable capture of this species was made by a lady member of the section, Mrs. Boley, who took two speci- mens of the beautiful variety of the female, named Helice, which is extremely rare in Guernsey. These were taken near Moulin Huet Bay on August 11th. By placing her captures on pieces of the food plant, lucerne, she induced one to lay eggs, which hatched out shortly afterwards and were skilfully reared to maturity. Several males and two females emerged on September 27th and October 1st. The males were of the ordinary type, but all the females were the variety Helice. The only other account I can find of the eggs of Helice being reared is in the Hntomologist for 1878, page 53, in which Mr. Edward Fitch, in a long article on Colias Edusa, says, “I learn from Mr. Meek, that Mr. Gates, of Brighton, bred a male Hdusa from eggs laid by Helice. From eight to ten eggs only one reached the pupa state.” It is interesting there- fore to note that all the females reared by Mrs. Boley were Helice, like the mother, thus proving it to be a permanent va- riety. The Red Admiral (Pyrameis Atalanta) and the Painted Lady (Pyrameis Curdu) have also been very abundant. A member of our Society, the Rev. F. E. Lowe, has recorded the capture of a specimen of that rare British but- terfly, the Long-tailed Blue (Lampides Betica). The last recorded specimen was taken three or four years ago by Mr. Spencer, jun., near Fort George, previous to which the late Miss Renouf, an ardent entomologist, took one in a arden in Burnt Lane in 1872, and eight in the same locality in 1859. Cc 180 MEETINGS. Amongst the moths, one specimen, a geometer Cidaria corylata, has been added to the Guernsey list. It was found floating on the mill stream near Talbot's Valley during the excursion of June 7th. The splendid Convolvulus Hawk Moth (Sphinx Convol- vuli) has again put in an appearance. The first record is September 7th, when a specimen was taken resting in a yard in Pedvin Street, and another on the same date taken in George Street. These were in beautiful fresh condition. Several other specimens were taken during September. A full-grown larva of Acherontia Atropos, the Death’s Head Moth, was found in a potato patch and exhibited before the Society. It has since gone down into the earth, and it is hoped next season will emerge as a perfect insect. The Guernsey Tiger (Callumorpha Hera) was seen during the excursion to King’s Mills on July 12th. This is the earliest record of its appearance in the perfect state, except when reared from the egg in-doors. Several fine varieties of the Burnet Moth (Zygena Trifoli), having the centre spots on the upper wings joined together, were taken at the Gouftre. Miss Boley discovered a new station for the pretty little Green Forester (Jno Statices) on Tuesday, June 21st, at Bon Repos. This is one of our most local moths, known to occur only on three other spots on our southern cliff coast. During the excursion to Perelle Bay on August 2nd, the little islet of La Chapelle Dom Hue was visited, and resulted in the discovery of an Hemipterous insect not yet on the list, Nabis major. It was in the greatest profusion under stones all over the place. By the sides of these stones were also a great number of the tubular webs of Atypus sulzerz, one of the rarest of the British spiders, first recorded as a Guernsey species by Mr. Marquand, who captured a male specimen at Fermain Bay early in March of last year. No males were seen on this occasion, but several females were lying in wait at the bottom of their long tubes. On August 16th a new habitat for the rare and curious non-British Hemipteron (Brachypelta aterrvma) was found on the coast near Grande Rocque; hitherto they had only occurred singly, crawling up the cliff paths and settled on the furze blossom on the southern coast. Here they were evidently at home, both the larval forms and perfect insects | being in profusion, burrowing into sand near the edges of, and = under loose stones. MEETINGS. 181 A great number of additions to the list of Hemiptera have been made which will be recorded elsewhere in these Transactions. Numerous specimens of Coleoptera and Hymenoptera have been captured and will afford many hours’ pleasurable occupation in making out the names during the coming winter. W. A. Lurr, Sec. Ent. Sect. REPORT OF THE FOLKLORE SECTION. The report which I have to offer in regard to the year’s work of the Folklore Section is very brief. But although there is little to record in the way of completed investigation, et the section has been by no means barren of results. Through the kindness of several members we have been able to note various customs and superstitions, the details of which will be useful for future comparison. Mr. Denys Corbet contributed on January 13th, 1892, a paper upon “Guernsey Superstitions—Omens, Signs and Warnings,” the substance of which will appear further on. I also com- piled and had printed a brief tabulation of the main branches into which folklore may be divided, which I distyri- buted to the members of the Society, in the hope that it would prove helpful and suggestive in their investigations of the subject, which I am glad to find it already has been. In conclusion I may say that I shall be greatly obliged if members will kindly note and report to me any supersti- tions, ancient customs, omens, spells, social or ceremonial observances, folk-tales, old proverbs, &¢., which may come under their notice in the island, so that a proper record of them may be made. J. Linwoop Pirts, Sec. Folklore Sect, REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL SECTION. The section has taken part in fifteen excursions during the year, and its members have succeeded in doing a fair amount of independent work. The results are set ch under the usual sub-heads, and though not of a startling nature, may be considered a desirable addition to our knowledge. CLAY DEPOSITS. 1.—Vale, north of the Mill, On the north side of the Vale Mill Hill a deposit of some importance exists. The Society has had an opportunity of viewing two openings made during the excavations of wells, “7 182 MEETINGS. In one, in a field called “ Bantée,” the clay was quite 30 feet in depth and rested on blue diorite rock. It contained a number of loose pieces of angular stones and had no appear- ance of stratification. This deposit thins down to 10 feet at the site of the second well, which is situate about 100 yards to the N.N.E. of the first. 2.—Mare de Carteret. Through the kindness of Lord De Saumarez the Society has been enabled to view the excavations in progress at the Mare de Carteret, and have found the following sections :— At the upper portion of the “ Mare” :— 8in. sandy soil. Sin. discoloured sand. 2ft. of peat. In this peat was found an arrangement of stones which appeared to have formed a wall. Below the peat, yellow clay. In the centre of the cutting :— 6 inches of grey sand......15°37 feet. 6 ,, of white sand. 2 ,, of black sand.....13°04 feet. Tire lies Ol, DCALE. eneeo 12°04 feet. Below, clay. The elevation of these deposits above mean sea level as given, refer to the bottom of each layer named. 3.—Grande Mare. On the rise of the hill on the land side S.W. of Grande Mare, on both sides of the main road from King’s Mills, a deposit of yellow clay has been found. It overlies a portion of the rubble head. 4.— Fauxquets Lane. A little above the house of the same name a deposit of yellow clay rests in a hollow. The deposit has been traced to the Forest Road (see No. 8). 5 and 6.—Richmond and Perrelle. Along the coast section clay has been noted overlying rubble and raised beach. 7.—Gouffre. Yellow clay of the same character as the preceding has been found here, overlying rubble. MEETINGS. 183 8.—Forest Road. Along the Forest Road an extensive deposit of yellow clay has been noted. A well recently sunk on Mr. Heaume’s property at Les Piéces has exposed a section in which 13 feet of compact clay is visible. Some appearances of irregular stratification (not necessarily indicating aqueous deposition) are here exhibited. 9.—East Coast. (a) St. Martin’s Pownt. The cliff deposits at St. Martin’s Point have been care- fully examined. The cliff is a composite one, consisting of clay and rubble in distinct bands in the following order :— (a) A rubble band of some feet in depth resting on a thin layer of raised beach. (b) Above this rubble is the chief deposit of clay. It is yellow in colour, plastic, and very impermeable to water. (c) A badly defined, but nevertheless, distinct rubble band, followed by (d) a lesser clay deposit in which rolled pebbles have been found (see fol. Trans. 18). The layer (b) is, in the neighbourhood of the battery at St. Martin’s point, found to contain peculiar layers of tufa. The formation of tufa is fairly extensive, being found along the coast from 50 yards south of the battery to some 50 to 60 yards north of it. This tufa consists of clay permeated by water containing lime and silica in solution, and though soft where unexposed to the air, is hard on the face of the cliff, from which it projects and forms nodules arranged in layers which may be traced by the eye, this arrangement being doubtless due to the impermeability of the underlying bands of clay. As the mass below the tufa is undermined by the action of the sea, the projecting tufa bands drop to the beach. These nodules may be found abundantly at the foot of the cliffs, having dropped from the aforesaid layers. This formation is found between 8 and 30 feet above the base of the cliff, at intervals. Shells have been found in the tufa, but their nature has not yet been ascertained. (b) Bec-du-Nez. (c) Dette. (d) Fermain. The same formations as above described have been traced along these coasts, but the tufa is nowhere so well exhibited nor so plentiful as at St. Martin’s Point. RAISED BEACHES. The details of the portions of the raised beaches noted during the year are here given in the order in which they were viewed :— | 184 MEETINGS. 1.—Bordeawa. A rubble and beach deposit was traced, on the 81st of May, around the east face of Monts Quarry, on the north side of the harbour. The section is well defined and forms part of an ancient deposit of rolled beach stones which rested on the side of the Hougue, and has since received the wash of débris, which, having filled up the interstices, finds itself now a part of the beach deposit. Evidence exists that a beach, presumably an ancient portion of the present beach, extends 100 yards (about) inland from the present sea margin along the centre of the harbour. 2.—Bec-du-Nez. A raised beach of about one foot in depth is seen in section on the south side of the battery of Bec-du-Nez. A very small remnant of the same formation was found on the north side of the battery, but it was evidently the last remain- ing piece, for on June 14th, when it was removed, a search was made all along the rock platform beyond the boat station without seeing any of the rolled stones known to have been embedded beneath this portion of the cliff, It belongs to the 25 feet level. 3.—Richmond. The raised beaches seen here are extensive and in all re- spects of the same character as those already described in last year’s report as existing along the north-west coast. The deposit extends all along the coast line around the promontory, being lost at each end at the termination of the walls of the bays Vazon and Perrelle. This raised beach, on the W. of the promontory, is overlaid by rubble head, and that by clay, the whole being capped by a layer of about one foot off sand and pebbles, which appear to form part of the modern beach, not- withstanding its elevation and the removal of the slope up which these pebbles must have reached their present position by subsequent action of the sea. It belongs to the 25 feet level. 4.—Hommet Paradis. This Hommet is praRcaly an out-crop of rock with its margin and hollows filled in with raised and hardened beach, on which rubble has fallen. These formations are rapidly ™ disappearing under the action of the sea. It belongs to the. 25 feet level. 5.—Pervrelle. The coast deposit of beach is here continued and is in many places to be seen to advantage, owing to the new road. MEETINGS. 185 having been cut through the deposit. The chief interest for the Society, however, rests in the fact that here inland deposits have been discovered. The quarry opened recently, and in use to obtain stone for the road, has two deposits, in the form of pockets, on the sea side of the out-crop. These are much above the level of the coast deposits. More important still 1s a deposit exposed in a field at the Rouvets, and which we have reason to think is extensive. This is at a totally different level, and above the raised beach of the coast, which belongs to the 25 feet level. 6.—La Moye, Vale. A small but good patch of raised beach exists in La Moye Lane, on the side of an out-crop of rock (sea washed). The elevation is 55:22 feet. 7.—Paradise Quarry. On the south-east side of this quarry, and down the slope of the Hougue to the south-east, the heading contains nume- rous rolled stones, which appear to have fallen with the head from a higher level. These appearances are strengthened by the discovery of an unusually large number of rolled stones in the fields south of the Hougue in the direction of the crom- lech, and also by pockets and portions of raised beaches in 8.—Le Huray Quarry. Elevation, 64°96 feet. 9.—La Miellette Quarry. Elevation, 54°87 feet, where a portion of the floor is com- posed of raised beach. 10.—Jerbourg. The upper portion of the clay and rubble of this promon- tory contains rolled stones, not in the form of raised beaches, but distributed in the clay and rubble. There may be no importance in this fact, but it is noted for future study. 11.—Roquer, Grande Mare. On the sides of this quarry there are several well-defined patches of raised beach so hardened as to be almost a conglo- merate. These patches must soon disappear in the working of the quarry. They are much above the elevation of the coast raised beaches. RUBBLE HEAD. Rubble head has now been traced over a large portion of the area of the island. It needs no description beyond that 186 MEETINGS. found in the report in the transactions of last year under the heading Divette. It is formed of loose angular stones and rock debris. The following deposits were noted during the excursions of the Society :— 1.— Bordeaux Harbour and Hommets. 2.—Talbots Road, Groignet, and lanes between Talbots Road and Castel Road. 3.—King’s Mills, Grantez and Fawaquets. 4.—Bec-du-Nez, St. Martin’s Point, Jerbouwrg and East Coast. 5.—Lanes near and around Calais. 6.—Bon Repos, Corbiére and More Pownt. 7.—Richmond, Perrelle and Roquier. 8.—La Moye, Vale, and neighbouring Hougues. MICA TRAP. 1.—Putron. Below Mr. Ozanne’s property, in the face of the rock, a mica trap dyke of some 380 yards in length and 1 foot in width, is visible. The general direction is 8.S.W.-N.N.E., and it dips towards the W.N.W. 2.—St. Martin’s Pownt. Highteen inches wide, situate in the cave in the gully below and to the north of the battery, its direction is 8.8. W.- N.N.E. | 3.—Long Port, Vazon. A: wide dyke exists here ; in many places it was estimated by the Section as being fully 6 feet wide. It is redder than usual in colour. It divides into two branches, one of which is but 1 foot in width. Its bearings are E.S.E.-W.N.W. ROCKS. The Section has not had many opportunities to observe and determine rocks, owing to its attention having been largely given to the superficial deposits. The points are here recor bal briefly for future reference. 1.—Talbots Road. A wide vein of blue diorite is visible in two places, and its junction with the gneiss of the district is exposed in the lower quarry. MEETINGS. 187 2.—Bon Repos. An important out-crop of “long grain” diorite is visible here; the crystals are large, and the stone appears to be somewhat open-grained. Some portions of the rock are fine grained and ae in colour, the fallen masses on the beach appearing black where wet with the sea wash. There are intrusive veins of yellow quartz, which cut both the gneiss and the diorite. A study of this bay would repay the Society. 3.—Long Port, Vazon. Rock.—A red granite with large felspar crystals, and glassy quartz exists on the side of the mica trap dyke. 4.—Perrelle. Light-coloured, open-grained diorite, with a dyke of close-grained blue diorite cutting it, marks the quarry here. Several intrusions of the close-grained diorite are found on the shore. At Domhue the gneiss is granitoid, with many intrusions of diorite. The latter varies much in colour and gives to the rocks in the neighbourhood a very interesting series of modi- fications. 5.—Ivy Castle Quarries. Main rock.—Blue diorite with red granite veins occurring occasionally. A. COLLENETTE, Sec. Geo. Sect. The election of officers and council for the ensuing year was then proceeded with, the result being as follows :— President, Mr. E. D. Marquand ; Hon. Secretary, Mr. W. Sharp ; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. W. A. Luff. Committee: Messrs. A. Collenette, G. T. Derrick, C. G. De La Mare, J. L. Pitts, J. Le M. Bougourd, and T. C. Royle. Votes of thanks to the retiring President, Mr. J. White- head, and to the Hon. Secretary and Hon. Treasurer, for their eo services during the past year, brought the meeting to a close. THE MOSSES, HEPATIC AND LICHENS OF GUERNSEY. BY MR. E. D. MARQUAND. oO TWELVE months ago, in presenting you the list of the Flowering Plants of Guernsey, which hag since been published in the Transactions of this Since I intimated my intention of following it up with a series of papers on the Cryptogamic Flora of the island. In part fulfilment of that promise I have to-day to lay before you the result of three or four winters’ work among the Mosses, Hepatice and Lichens; and although the lists which follow have no pretensions to absolute com- pleteness, they plainly show that Guernsey presents a rich and fertile field which will abundantly repay a diligent and careful scrutiny. Here again among the cryptogams, as among the flowering plants, we find the same conspicuous absence of many common and generally distributed species; quite a number of mosses and lichens which abound in precisely similar parts of Devonshire and Cornwall appear to be entirely unknown in Guernsey. To whatever cause this may be attributed, it adds a peculiar interest to the Sarnian Flora, whilst at the same time rendering it all the more necessary that the work of recording the plants of the island, with their local range and distribution, should be conducted with the utmost care, especially in the case of minute or obscure species. Several undoubted additions which I have in hand at the present time cannot now be included in these lists, as their identification is uncertain, owing to the amount of collected material being small or in poor condition. The only published list of Guernsey mosses, as far as I know, is that contained in Ansted’s “Channel Islands,” which was printed thirty years ago. It is a bare catalogue of names, alphabetically arranged, and is unfortunately very imperfect and misleading. Quite twenty mosses of general occurrence throughout this island are omitted from the list altogether, while on the other hand several species are included which I feel tolerably certain were never collected in Guernsey. It is not my business to criticise the list of Jersey mosses given in the same work, but I may just point out that if, MOSSES, HEPATICA) AND LICHENS. 189 before printing the combined list of Channel Island species, the editor had taken the trouble to ascertain that his contyri- butors employed different systems of nomenclature, and that consequently in numerous cases the same moss is designated under two names, he would have avoided the absurdity of cataloguing mere synonyms, and then counting them as distinct species. The ee will find plenty of occupation and much to interest him in Guernsey, for in this mild, moist climate of course mosses abound, and some species fruit here which are rarely seen fertile in England. Old walls, rocks and roadside boulders are very productive, but tree-trunks as a general rule are barren, at any rate as regards variety. Hedgebanks, old disused quarries and sandy commons like |’Ancresse, furnish some excellent things; and so also deep sheltered valleys and streamsides. Grande Mare, which looks so promising, will prove a sore disappointment to those accustomed to the prolific sphagnum-bogs of the south-west of England. It is aS poor in mosses as it is rich in flowering plants. Three or four species are abundant enough there, like Aulacomnion palustre, Hypnum cuspidatum and H. stellatwm, but a host of species peculiar to peat bogs and wet heaths are absent; even the beautiful genus Sphagnum is but meagrely repre- sented and will soon have disappeared from our Flora if the regrettable project of draining the marsh is carried on much further. The great bulk of the mosses occurring in this island are of course lowland forms, and yet we find among them a few which are strictly sub-alpine in their range, although the highest elevation here hardly reaches 400 feet. This probably points back to a period when the altitude of the ina greatly exceeded what we know at present; at any rate the occurrence of such mosses as Brywm alpinum, Grimmia leucophea and a few others is remarkable, and carries with it a history which may some day be unravelled. But besides these there are several other rare and _ in- teresting species to be found in Guernsey, the two best being Fissidens riwularis and Trichostomum lutescens. Both these are recent additions to the British list, and the last named moss has hitherto been found only at Killarney. For the determination of these and many other critical species I am indebted to my friend Mr. Henry Boswell, M.A., of Oxford; during his visit to me last summer he kindly went through the whole of my gatherings and cleared up satisfactorily a number of doubtful and very puzzling forms, 190 MOSSES, HEPATICA AND LICHENS. With regard to the relation which the Sarnian Moss- Flora bears to that of the British Isles, it may be stated that the mosses now recorded comprise as nearly as possible one- fourth, and the Hepatice one-fifth, of the entire number known to be indigenous to Britain. The names in the following list are for the most part those used in the London Catalogue, second edition, and I have inserted in brackets the names given in Braithwaite’s British Moss-Flora wherever they differ materially. This may be useful, as until the publication of a synonymic index it is not always an easy matter to find a familiar species in Dr. Braithwaite’s classical work. Three mosses will be found in the list which I have not myself seen, viz.: Fissidens exilis, Hypnum molluscwm and Bryum mildeanum. They were collected in Guernsey by a French bryologist, Mons. J. Cardot, in September, 1885, and recorded by him in the Revue Bryologique for 1887, in a paper Sato Mousses récoltées dans les [les de Jersey et de Guernesey. The Hepatice, or Scale Mosses and Liverworts, are so constantly associated with the true mosses in habitat, that it is impossible to take up the study of one group without making the acquaintance of the other. There are, however, difficulties in the way of their systematic study, one of which is the want of a good modern English monograph, after the plan of Wilson’s Bryologia Britannica. At present recourse must be had to foreign works in various languages, and to scattered English papers and pamphlets, and this of course does not tend to simplify matters. Although the list of Guernsey Hepatice is not a lengthy one, it includes two species that well deserve special mention. The first is Cephalozia Turneri, a microscopic species, which I had the good fortune to discover in the antl part of this year on the cliffs above Fermain Bay. With the exception of a single habitat in Sussex and one in Wales, this little plant has hitherto been supposed to be confined to Ireland, where it is recorded for a few stations in the south. It is one of the most minute of all hepatics, necessitating some patient search and the free use of the lens for its detection among the tiny mosses with which it grows. The second rarity is Lophocolea spicata, also an Irish species, restricted in Great Britain to a single habitat, and that at the western extremity of Cornwall. In one of our moss-hunting rambles Mr. Boswell and I lighted upon it in a shady lane at the Forest, and since then I have found it both at St. Andrew’s and St. Saviour’s, so that MOSSES, HEPATICZ AND LICHENS. 19] possibly it may not be uncommon in this island. The occur- rence of these two essentially Irish hepatics in Guernsey is of great interest and is moreover very suggestive. There are still a good many species which I have every reason to believe will be found here, although up to the present my search for them has been fruitless; but then in the matter of Hepatice it cannot be said that he who runs may read, and only by assiduous investigation of every likely nook and cranny can we hope to bring to light these tiny gems of plant life. No record of the Hepatice of Guernsey has ever been published. That the Lichen-Flora of this island 1s a rich and varied one will be evident by a glance at the following list, which comprises considerably more than one-fifth of the entire number of species (exclusive of varieties and forms) recorded for the whole of the United Kingdom. Saxicolous species of course predominate, especially such as are peculiar to mari- time districts; whilst those which grow on wood, whether trees or dry timber, are much less strongly represented. It is however to be noted, that many lichens which are normally lignicolous, are to be found here growing on rocks. Abundant employment for hammer and chisel will be found among the stupendous rock-masses and scattered boulders which beautify our southern coast, for generally speaking it is impossible to lay one’s hand on the exposed face of a rock without coverin a lichen; but many of the stones are excessively hard, ea will frequently put the temper of both the collector and his chisel to a severe test. And here I would impress upon the young student the imperative necessity of testing, both chemically and micro- scopically, every specimen he collects before placing it in his herbarium. Itis an utter waste of time to attempt to identify a Lecidea or a Lecanora by external characters alone; even for a practised hand it is seldom safe, and I have known experienced lichenologists make most grievous blunders through this hasty and careless method of jumping at con- clusions. Some of the foliaceous species, again, are so exactly similar as to be indistinguishable except by the employment of chemical re-agents; whilst in an enormous and unwieldy genus like Lecidea, comprising as it does some 400 British species, the very first step towards identification is an exam- ination of the spores. In order to render this paper as complete as possible, I have inserted in the list a number of species not as yet detected by me, but recorded for Guernsey in Leighton’s Inchen Flora of Great Britain, Ireland and the Channel 192 MOSSES, HEPATIC AND LICHENS. Islands (third edition, 1879) the most recent and reliable text book on the subject. They are given chiefly on the authorit of two well-known eminent lichenologists, the late Rev. i Salwey and Mr. Charles Larbalestier, of Jersey. For convenience of reference, I may state that the number of species (excluding named varieties) enumerated in this paper is as follows: Mosses, 142; Hepatice, 38; and Lichens, 2438. As I intimated at the outset, the present lists are not put forward as in any way exhaustive; they must simply be regarded as the groundwork for more extended operations—as gulde-posts, indicating how much or how little is known— and, I would fain hope, as incentives to others to go into the field and labour. MOSSES. Sphagnum acutifolium, Zr. Very rare. Grande Mare, scattered patches in an area a few yards square. Gymnostomum microstomum, Hedw. (Mollia microstoma, B.M.F.) Gouffre, Vazon, L’ Ancresse Common. Weissia controversa, Hedw. (Mollia viridula, B.M.F.) Common on earthy banks and hedges. W. mucronata, Bruch. (Mollia rutilans, B.M.F.) Pleinmont Point. Dieranella heteromalla, Hedw. Frequent on shady banks. Dieranum scoparium, Z. Common. Var. orthophyllum. On the southern cliffs, here and there. D. majus, Turn. Cliffs, between Fermain and St. Martin’s Point, in many places. Mont Varouf Valley (VII.) Campylopus brevipilus, B. 4 S. Les Pezeries (V.) On rocks. C. introflexus, Brid. Frequent on the southern cliffs. L’Ancresse Common. C. flexuosus, Brid. L’Ancresse Common. C. subulatus, Sch. Pleinmont Point. C. fragilis, B.@ 8. Frequent in dry, heathy places. C. pyriformis, Brid. On a decaying stump in the copse at Moulin de Haut, King’s Mills. Leucobryum glaucum, LZ. Cliffs above Fermain Bay in plenty. Eastern end of L’Ancresse, locally common. Pleuridium nitidum, Hedw. (P. axillare,B.M.F.) Upper end of Talbot’s Valley. P. subulatum, Z. Frequent on bare earthy banks. Phascum cuspidatum, Schreb. (P.acaulon, B.M.F.) Generally distribu- ted and not uncommon. Pottia truneata, Z. (P. truncatula, B.M.F.) Common in fallow fields and banks. P. intermedia, Zurn. Generally distributed and rather common. P. Wilsoni, Hook. Hedgebank near Les Capelles. P. littoralis, Witz. Bordeaux. Les Capelles. P. asperula, Mitt. Petit Port. MOSSES, HEPATICZ AND LICHENS. 193 P. Heimii, Hedw. Ona stone in a hedge at Cobo. Didymodon rubellus, B. ¢ S. (Barbula rubella, B.M.F.) L’Ancresse Common. Near Torteval Church. Braye Road, near Les Capelles. D. luridus, Hornsch. (Barbula lurida, B.M.F.) On a wall in Water Lane at the Couture. Bank at L’Auméne (VIII.) Roadside near Torteval Church. Ditrichum flexicaule, Schwg. Les Pezeries (V.) On rocks. Trichostomum tophaceum, Brid. (Barbula brevifolia, B.M.F.) On rocks above high water mark, Petit Port. Roadside below Les Ozouéts (I) Near Les Capelles. T. mutabile, Bruch. (Mollia brachydontia, B.M.F.) Common on hedge- banks and old walls. Var. cophocarpa. Fermain Bay. Petit Bot Water Lane. T. luteseens, Lind. (Braith. Moss. Fl. p. 246.) Rock crevices at Petit Port, T. flavo-virens, Bruch. (Mollia flavo-virens, B.M.F.) Frequent all round the coast on banks, sand-hills and rock crevices close to the sea. T. littorale, Witt. (Mollia litorale, B.M.F.) Rather common throughout the island on old walls and banks. Barbula ambigua, B. ¢ 8. (Tortula ericefolia, B.M.F.) On wall tops, Corbiére. Les Sages (VI.) . atrovirens. Sm. (Desmatodon nervosus, Hook) On the ground near the sea. Saints Bay Valley. Fermain Point. Les Pezeries (V.) . muralis, Z. Very common. . unguiculata, Dill. Frequent throughout the island. . eylindrica, Tayl. Rather common on roadside walls and banks. vinealis, Brid. (B. cylindrica, var. 6.B.M.F.) On walls; generally distributed and common. . Hornsehuehiana, Sch. On the cliffs near the Gouffre. revoluta, Schwg. Common on old walls. . econvoluta, Hedw. On the ground in an old quarry towards Fort Le Marchant. Wall by the Trinity Houses, Rocquaine. Bank at Mont Saint (VIL.) B. commutata, Jur. (B. convoluta, var. Sardoa, B.M.F.) On the ground in an old quarry at Paradis. B. squarrosa, Brid. (Pleurochete squarrosa, B.M.F.) Frequent on the cliffs. Common at L’Ancresse. Rare inland. B. levipila, Brid. On trees, rocks and stones; generally distributed. B. montana, Nees. On walls and roadside rocks. Saints Bay Valley. Beaucamps (VIII.) Vale Road. B. ruralis, Z. Common on the sand-hills of the lowlands. Ceratodon purpurens, Z. Very common. Grimmia maritima, Turn. In rock crevices above high water mark all round the coast. G. pulvinata, Dil. Frequent on rocks and boulders, sometimes on walls. G. trichophylla, Grev. On rocks and boulders, generally distributed. Very common on the cliffs. G. leucophea, Grev. (G. campestris, B.M.F.) Frequent on the southern cliffs. Fruiting abundantly on a rock at Petit Bot. Rhacomitrium heterostichum, Hedw. Var. B. (Grimmia affinis, B.M.F.) Petit Port cliffs. Descent to Saints Bay. Ptychomitrium polyphyllum, Dicks. (Glyphomitrium polyphyll B.M.F.) Very rare. On an old wall at Petit Bot. Be ren? WWW WWW Ww 194 MOSSES, HEPATICA AND LICHENS. Zygodon viridissimus, Dicks. Generally distributed and common ; oftener on walls than on trees. Var. vwpestris. Couture Water Lane. Foote’s Lane, Rohais. Z. Stirtoni, (Braith. Moss Fl. Vol. II. p. 60). Wallat Portelette, Rocquaine. Ulota phyllantha, Brid. (Weissia phyllantha, B.M.F.) Frequent through- out the island, both on rocks and trees. Orthotrichum affine, Schrad. On trees, here and there, but generally small; rarely on stones. O. tenellum, Bruch. On a tree on the road towards Icart. 0. diaphanum, Schrad. Generally distributed; equally common on stones as on trees. 0. pulehellum, Sm. Rare. Vauxbelets Valley, on a tree trunk. Physecomitrium pyriforme, ZL. Not common. Entosthodon ericetorum, Bals. (Funaria obtusa, B.M.F.) Occasional on the southern cliffs. Near Fort Doyle. Funaria hygrometrica, L. Frequent; often abundant on the cliffs where the furze has been burnt. Bartramia pomiformis, Z. Rather common in hedge-banks between stones. Philonotis fontana, Z. Very rare. Moulin Huet and Petit Bot Valleys, sparingly. Leptobryum pyriforme, Z. Abundant in flowerpots in my greenhouse. Bryum pendulum, Hornsch. On the sand-hills at Albecq. B. murale, Wils. On walls. Sausmarez (VIII.) Near Cobo Church. Vazon. B. atropurpureum, W.dé UM. (B. bicolor, B.M.F.) On walls; generally distributed and more common than the last. B. Mildeanum, Juratz. ‘‘ Baie du Gouffre’’ (Cardot.) B. alpinum, Z. Rare. Icart Point. B. exespiticium, Z. Not uncommon; on the cliffs, sand-hills, old walls, and sometimes on thatched roofs. B. argenteum, Z. Rather rare, and mostly in poor condition. B. ecapillare, Z. Common. B. pseudotriquetrum, Hedw. In marshy places. Southern cliffs. Small bog near Fort Le Marchant. Mnium undulatum, Hedw. Not common. Petit Bot Water Lane. Le Moulin (VI.) Amongst grass in the Valley west of St. Saviour’s Church. M. rostratum, Z. Bank near Doyle’s Monument; a curious barren form with entire leaves. M. hornum, ZL. Very common. M. punectatum, Hedw. Very rare. Le Moulin (VI.) sparingly. Aulaeomnion palustre, Z. Grande Mare, plentifully, but seems confined to this locality. Atrichum undulatum, Z. (Catharinea undulata, B.M.F.) Frequent. Pogonatum nanum, Neck. (Polytrichum subrotundum, B.M.F.) Generally distributed, but less common than the next species. P. aloides, Hedw. Frequent on gravelly banks. Polytrichum formosum, Hedw. (P. attenuatum, B.M.F.) Generally distributed and not uncommon. P. piliferum, Schreb. Southern cliffs; frequent. P. juniperinum, Willd. Frequent. Fissidens bryoides, Hedw. Very common. F. exilis, Hedw. Moulin Huet (Cardot). MOSSES, HEPATICA AND LICHENS. 195 F. Curnowii, Mitt. (Braith. Moss Fl., p. 83.) Streamside, upper end of Talbots Valley. F. viridulus, Wils. Jerbourg. F. rivularis, Spruce. (Braith. Moss Fl., p. 84.) Sides of a little waterfall between the Gouffre and the Corbiére, plentiful; fruiting freely in October. F. adiantoides, Hedw. In marshy places, frequent; fruiting freely. Occurs also in dry places on the cliffs and at L’ Ancresse. F. taxifolius, Z. Saints Bay. Moulin Huet. Cryphza heteromalla, Hedw. On trees, rare, and in poor condition. Moulin de Haut (VIII.) Effards (VIII.) Les Prevosts (VII.) Leptodon Smithii, Dicks. On a boulder in a shady lane near Les Marais (IX.) It is very unusual to find this moss growing on stone. Neckera complanata, Z. Frequent on shaded boulders in all parts of the island. Homalia trichomanoides, Schreb. Moulin Huet Valley, on a tree trunk. Soe ophy um lucens, Sm. Not uncommon on streamsides, fruiting reely. Thuidium tamariscinum, Hedw. Common. Pterogonium gracile, Dill. Saints Bay Valley. L’Ancresse Common towards the great cromlech. Thamnium alopecurum, Z. Frequent on moist banks and boulders. Pylaisia polyantha, Schreb. On a stone in the valley below Ozanne’s Mill. Isothecium myurum, Poll. Rather frequent on shady banks and boulders. Homalothecium sericeum, ZL. The most abundant of our pleurocarpous mosses, growing on trees, boulders, walls and thatched roofs. Camptothecium lutescens, Huds. Common on the sand-hills on the north-west coast. Seleropodium illecebrum, Schwg. Common throughout the island on exposed banks and on the ground. In fruit sparingly by Doyle’s Monu- ment. Brachythecium glareosum, B. 4S. A small creeping form occurs here and there on cliff paths and dry stony places. B. albicans, Neck. Frequent on the cliffs and L’Ancresse Common. B. putabulum, Z. Very common. B. Pivulare, B.& 8. Valley between the Forest Church and Petit Bot. B. plumosum, Swartz. Frequent on streamside stones. Eurhynehium myosuroides, Z. Common on rocks, trees and boulders. E. cireinatum, Brid. Frequent on old walls; also on L’ Ancresse Common. I once found it on a tree trunk at La Bouvée, near Doyle’s Monument. E. striatum, Schreb. Common in hedge-banks. E. erassinervium, Tayl. Moulin Huet water lane. E. piliferum, Schreb. In grassy places and hedge-banks; generally dis- tributed but not common. E. speciosum, Brid. Waterfall at the Gouffre, and in another towards the Corbiére, in fruit. E. Swartzii, Turn. Moulin Huet water lane. Saints Bay Valley. E. prelongum, Dill. Very common. E, pumilum, Wils. Not uncommon in moist, shady places and streamsides, sometimes fruiting freely. E. Teesdalii, Sm. On dripping perpendicular rocks in a cave near low water mark at Petit Port, fruiting abundantly. E ; 196 MOSSES, HEPATICA) AND LICHENS. Rhynchostegium tenellum, Dicks. Old sea wall above Fermain Bay. On stones in valley below Ozanne’s Mill, sparingly. R. confertum, Dicks. Very common. R. megapolitanum, Bland. Talbots Valley. R. vuseifolium, Neck. Common. Var. atlanticum. Waterfall at the Gouffre. Echelle Mill, Talbots Valley. Plagiothecium denticulatum, Z. Frequent. P. Borrerianum, Spruce. (H. elegans, Wils. Bry. Brit.) Banks at Moulin de Haut (VIII.) Near St. Saviour’s Church. Shady place close to Doyle’s Monument. P. aa I. Calais Valley (III.) Hollow lane at Les Messuriers (IV. * Amblystegium serpens, Z. Generally distributed and rather common. A. irriguum, Wis. On stones under the drip of water mills, &c. Echelle Mill, Talbots Valley. Petit Bot. A. viparium, £. Water Lane, Mont Saint. Wet grassy places behind Ivy Castle. Var. longifolium, Grande Mare. Hypnum filicinum, Z. Common in cliff rivulets and marshes, and near springs. H. eupressiforme, 2. Very common and variable. Var. lacunosum, frequent. H. resupinatum, Wiis. Very common on rocks, trees and boulders. H. molluseum, Hedw. Moulin Huet (Cardot). H. stellatum, Schreb. Marshy place on the cliffs between Icart and Petit Bot. Small bog at eastern end of L’Ancresse. Grande Mare, plentifully. H. cuspidatum, Z. Very common in marshy places and wet corners of fields. H. purum, Z. Very common. Hyloeomium splendens, Dili. Very rare. Furze croft at Moulin de Haut (VILL) H. brevirostre, Hhr. Rare. Fermain cliffs, in fruit. Cliffs above Bec du Nez. H. squarrosum, Z. Not uncommon in moist grassy places. H. loreum, Z. Rare. Cliffs between Fermain and St. Martin’s Point. Le Moulin (VI.) Furze croft at Moulin de Haut (VIII.) H. triquetrum, Z. Southern cliffs; not uncommon in bushy places. Fruiting between Fermain and Bee du Nez. Mont Varouf Valley (VII.) HEPATICZ. Conocephalus conicus, Z. Common on streamsides and moist banks. Asterella hemispheerieca, 2. Frequent on hedge-banks in the south. Lunularia vulgaris, Mich. Common. Riccia glauea, Z. Frequent on cliffs and banks in the south. Frullania dilatata, Z. Very common on trees and boulders. F. fragilifolia, Tay/. On rocks on the cliffs, here and there, but not common. F. tamarisei, Z. On rocks and mossy banks, common. A _ variety with apiculate leaves occurs on the cliffs between the Gouffre and Corbiére. Lejeunia minutissima, Sm. On stones and trunks; generally distributed. L. serpyllifolia, Mich. Onshaded rocks, hedge-stones and trees; frequent. Radula complanata, LZ. Not uncommon in the south on old walls and earthy banks ; mostly the var. propagulifera. MOSSES, HEPATICA AND LICHENS. 197 Porella leevigata, Schr. Not common. Casrouge (IV.) and the neigh- bourhood. P. platyphylla, Z. Occasional throughout the island on banks and boulders. P. Thuja, Dicks. Le Moulin (VI.) Jerbourg. Bazzania trilobata, Z. Very rare. Fermain cliffs. Cephalozia divarieata, Sm. Not uncommon in the south on dry banks. C. bieuspidata, Z. Generally distributed, but not common. C. Turneri, Hook. Fermain cliffs, very sparingly on a gravelly bank. Lophoeolea bidentata, Z. Common. L. heterophylla, Schr. Common, but less so than the last. L. Hookeriana, Nees. In old wells at La Bouvée (III.) and in Saints Bay Valley. Much more fragrant than the other species of this genus. L. spicata, Tayl. On shaded stones. Abundant in a hollow lane at Les Messuriers (IV.) Lane near Les Piques (VII.) Norgiots Valley (II.) Les Ozouéts (I.) Valley below Ozanne’s Mill. Chiloseyphus polyanthos, Z. Rather common in streams in all parts of the island. Saceogyna viticulosa, Mich. Rather common on banks in the south. Talbots Valley. Kantia trichomanis, Z. Common. K. arguta, Nees. Moulin Huet Valley. Seapania compacta, Dun. Common on the cliffs on the earth among the rocks, and occasional in all parts of the island. S. nemorosa, Z. Very rare. Shaded rocks below Doyle’s Monument. Diplophyllum albicans, Z. Rather common on shady banks. — Plagiochila asplenioides, L. Occasional in all parts, varying much in size. P. spinulosa, Dicks. Frequent on banks in the south, and on the cliffs. Jungermannia Genthiana, Hubn. Saints Bay cliffs. Alieularia sealaris, Schrad. Occasional on the cliffs. Fossombronia pusilla, Nees. Common on banks in all parts. Pellia epiphylla, Z. Common on shady streamlet banks. P. ealyeina, Tayl. By streamlets and springs in the south. Aneura multifida, Gray. Frequent in marshy places. Metzgeria furecata, Z. Common on trees and shady stones. Anthoeceros levis, Dil/. Moist banks and streamsides ; frequent. LICHENS. Lichina confinis, Ach. On rocks at high water mark all round the coast. L. pygmea. Lightf. With the last, but much less common. Petit Port. L’ Erée. Collema pulposum, Bernh. Saints Bay. Base of Doyle’s Monument. Beaucamps (VIII.) on a wall. C. eceranoides, Borr. Sandy hollows near Albecq. C. erispum, Huds. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 20). C. cheileum, Ach. Frequent on old walls. C. flaccidum, Ach. Saints Bay, on rocks. C. ee eens. Huds. On old roadside trees; several stations in III. and Leptogium lacerum, Ach. Cliffs between Fermain and Bec du Nez. Petit Bot cliffs. 198 MOSSES, HEPATICA AND LICHENS. L. subtile, Schrad. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 29.) L. plicatile, Ach. Rocquaine Castle. Near Grantez Mill. L. palmatum, Huds. Guernsey, Mrs. Collings (Leight. p. 31.) L. tremelloides, Z. On mossy rocks, Moulin Huet Valley. L. musecicolum, Sw. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 35.) . geri compressum, Ach. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 48. S. eoralloides, Pers. Rare. Jerbourg Head. Corbiére. Boomyees rufus, De. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 50.) Cladonia endivisefolia, fr. Western side of L’Ancresse Common. C. cervicornis, Scher. Petit Bot. C. aleicornis, 77%. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 56.) C. pyxidata, fr. Common, and very variable. C. gracilis, Hofm. Var. Chordalis, Ach. Guernsey, Rey. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 59.) C. fureata, Hoffm. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 60.) C. squamosa, Hoffm. Fermain cliffs. C. eornucopioides, fr. Cliffs at Fermain and Jerbourg. C. rangiferina, Hfm. Common in dry, heathy places. Stereocaulon condensatum, Hfm. Torteval, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 72 S. nanum, Ach. On the earth in crumbly banks and fissures of rocks; not uncommon in all parts of the island. Roccella tinetoria, DC. Guernsey, Mr. Gosselin (Leight. p. 74.) R. phyeopsis, Ach. Frequent on the southern cliffs and on old walls in IX. and X. L’Erée. Rocquaine Castle. R. fuciformis, Ach. On rocks all round the coast; more plentiful than the last. Usnea barbata, Zinn. Rare. On trees at Les Bordages (VII.) On rocks at Jerbourg and St. Martin’s Point. /f. plicata, ZI. Mossy rocks below Doyle’s Monument, sparingly. Evernia prunastri, Z. Rare. Les Prevosts (VII.) Moulin de Haut (VIII.) Ramalina ealiecaris, Hfm. On trees above Jaonnet cliffs (II1.) R. farinacea, 2. Frequent on trees and bushes in all parts. R. fraxinea, Z. On old thorns, Jerbourg. R. fastigiata, Pers. Rather common, especially on old thorns, occasionally on stones. . R. polymorpha, Ach. /f. depressa, Cromb. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 87.) R. pollinaria, Ach. Rather common in many parts of the island on trees ; occasionally on rocks and stones. R. seopulorum, Dicks. Common all round the coast, often very large and fine. Var. subfarinacea, Nyl. Jerbourg Head. ‘Var. incrassata, Nyl. Frequent on the southern cliffs. R. cuspidata, Ach. Common on the coast, growing in company with the last, which it much resembles, but is at once distinguished by the different chemical reaction. Var. crassa, Del. Frequent in the north and north- west. R. Curnowii, Cromb. Rare. Jerbourg. Petit Port cliffs. Coast by Fort Houmet. Platysma szepineola, Zir. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 95.) MOSSES, HEPATICAH AND LICHENS. 199 Nephromium levigatum, Ach. I have searched in vain for this plant in Guernsey, although Mr. Larbalestier records it (Leight. p. 99) as ‘‘com- mon on all the islands.’’ N. lusitanicum, Scher. Frequent in the south on rocks and hedge-stones. Peltigera canina, Z. Generally distributed, but not common, and usually in poor condition. P. rufeseens, Hfm. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 103.) P. spuria, Ach. Jerbourg. Calais (III.) Road to Saints Bay. Near St. Peter’s Rectory. P. polydaectyla, Hfm. Fermain cliffs. Below Doyle’s Monument. Petit Bot Valley. Stictina limbata, Sm. In several places on St. Martin’s cliffs, but always sparingly. S. nos, Dicks. Cliffs between Fermain and St. Martin’s Point. Jer- ourg. S. serobiculata, Scop. Rare. Cliffs south of Fermain, very fine. Stiecta pulmonaria, Ach. Very rare. Tree trunks, Sausmarez (III.) S. aurata, Ach. Jerbourg, Mr. Lukis and Mrs. Collings (Leight. p. 112.) Rieasolia amplissima, Scep. Jerbourg, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 113.) R. letevirens, Lightf. On rocks between Fermain and St. Martin’s Point. Saints Bay cliffs, sparingly. Parmelia eaperata, Z. Common on trees, rocks and boulders. P. olivacea, L. Frequent on rocks on the coast. P. physodes, Z. Rare. Jerbourg, on rocks, sparingly. P. reddenda, Stirt. On tree trunks, generally distributed. It is quite impossible to distinguish this species from P. Borreri by external charac- ters ; but the reaction is very different. P. perlata, Z. Common on rocks and trees. Var. ciliata f. dissectula. Fermain Bay. Corbiére. P. tiliaecea, Ach. Jerbourg (var. scortea, Ach.) P. Borreri, Turn. Much less frequent than P. reddenda. On rocks, Jer- bourg. On trees, Effards (VIII1.) P. fuliginosa, Dub. Rather common on seaside rocks. P. perforata, Wulf. On trees and stones in all parts of the island ; not rare. P. conspersa, Zhr. Common near the sea on rocks, and also on stones in hedges inland. /f. stenophylia, Ach. Southern cliffs. f. isidiata, Anzi. Mont Cuet. Jerbourg. P. sinuosa, Sm. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 125.) P. saxatilis, Z. Common on rocks and trees. Var. omphalodes, L. Fre- quent on the coast. P. levigata, Sm. Generally distributed and frequent. P. Delisei, Dub. Petit Bot cliffs. Near Fort Le Marchant. Near Les Camps (VIII.) Physcia flavieans, Sw. Onrocks, rare. Jerbourg. Icart Point. Between Saints Bay and Moulin Huet. Pezeries Point (V.) P. ehrysopthalma, Z. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 131.) P. parietina, Z. Common. ff. cinerascens, Leight. L’Erée. Near the Hermitage ([X.) Near Les Capelles. /. terricola, on a bank at Plais- ance (VI.) Fr. sm LI. Ona tree near Doyle’s Monument. On trees at Sausmarez TL.) 7 . pulverulenta, Schreb. Vauxbelets Valley, on elms. Les Mourants (VIII.) Wall top near Rousse Martello Tower. . obscura, Hhr. On trees; Videclins Road (VIII.) Calais Valley (IIT.) . adglutinata, Fk. Between Les Blanches and Doyle’s Monument (f. sorediata, Nyl.) . leucomela, Z. Jerbourg and S.W. point of Rocquaine Bay, Mr. Lukis (Leight. p. 138.) . speciosa, Wulf. Jerbourg, frequent. Petit Bot cliffs. Cliffs below Calais. Rocquaine Castle. . erosa, Borr. On trees, rocks and walls in many parts of the island. . astroidea, Clem. On a tree at Les Fallaises (III.) On young trees, Fontenelle Valley (VI.) . Stellaris, 2. Rather common. Var. leptalea, Ach. On trees aboye Bec du Nez. Neighbourhood of Gouffre. Var. tenella, Scop. Frequent. Var. cesia, Hifm. On rocks. Jerbourg. L’Ancresse Common. Les Camps (VIIT.) P. aquila, dch. Common on rocks and boulders all round the coast. Umbilicaria pustulata, Hfm. Near Petit Bot, Mr. Lukis (Leight. p. 143.) Pannaria rubiginosa, Thunb. Jerbourg, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 151.) P. pezizoides, Web. Var. coronaia, Ach. Plaisance (VI.) Le Graie (VI.) Les Bordages (VII.) P. microphylla, Sw. Jerbourg, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 152.) P. plumbea, Lightf. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 154.) P. nigra, Huds. On old wall tops. Fauxquets. Vale Road. Les Camps (VIII.) Often with triseptate spores. Amphiloma lanuginosum, Ach. In several places between Fermain and St. Martin’s Point. Squamaria crassa, Huds. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 157.) S. saxicola, Poll. Eastern side of Vale Castle. Placodium murorum, Hfm. Not uncommon all round the coast and on old walls. f. lobulatum, Smrft. Frequent on the coast. P. miniatum, Ajm. On rocks on the seashore. Fort Doyle. Richmond. jf. obliteratum, Pers. Cove under Doyle’s Monument. P. eallopismum, Ach. Ona ruined brick wall near the rifle butts at Hou- met ; very scarce. P. eitrinum, Ach. On old walls, old posts, and on the earth at the base of hedge-banks ; frequent throughout the island. P. fulgens, Sw. North side of Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier and Miss Lukis (Leight. p. 164.) Leeanora Vitellina, Ach. Common. Var. coruscans, Ach. Calais road- side wall. Old gate near St. Martin’s Church. L. eandelaria, Ach. On anold apple tree in my garden. Mont Cuet, on rocks. L. glauecoearpa, Whin. /. eucarpa, Nyl. Cove, Guernsey (probably a misprint for Cobo), Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 169.) L. squamulosa, Schrad. Vale Castle Hill. Albecq. Fort Le Marchant. L. fuseata, Schrad. Ona wall near Les Vauxbelets. L. cinerea, Z. Vale Castle Hill. Icart cliff wall. Jaonnet cliffs. L. tartarea, Z. Grandes Rocques Head. Jerbourg. Fort Houmet. L. varia, Zhr. Naftiaux (II.): Rocquaine. Corbiére. La L. atra, Huds. Common on rocks and boulders ; rare on trees. L. eireinata, Pers. Guernsey, Rey. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 179.) 200 MOSSES, HEPATIC) AND LICHENS. mM FOr he foe oe MOSSES, HEPATICA] AND LICHENS. 201 polytropa, Zhr. Frequent on the coast. sulphurea, Hjfim. Common on the coast, and on boulders inland. symmicta, Ach. Onan old shed near Fort Le Marchant. expallens, Ach. On old gate posts. Grande Mare. Jerbourg. Les Falaises (II1.) ehlorophzodes, Ny/. Vale Castle, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 184.) subfusea, Z. Verycommon. /f. allophana, Ach., and /f. chlarona, Ach., Naftiaux (II.) /. cotlocarpa, Ach. Frequent on St. Martin’s cliffs. galactina, Ach. On stones in hedges, and on the earth in crumbly, gravelly banks ; common in all parts. prosechoides, Hy/. Rocks on the seashore, frequent. Hageni, Ach. On gate posts near Paradis (IX.) and Frie Baton (VII.) gibbosa, Ach. Frequent on the southern cliffs. Mont Cuet. badia, Ach. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 198.) poliophzea, Whin. Grandes Rocques Head, scarce. Icart cliffs. parella, 2. Very common on trees, rocks and stones. Var. pallescens. Les Mourants (VIII.) glaucoma, Hjm. Common on rocks and hedge-stones. albella, Pers. Bec du Nez cliffs, on a willow. Fermain Valley, on an old ash tree. aurantiaea, Lighif. Mont Cuet, on a detached stone in a hedge. ferruginea, Huds. Very common. /. saxicola, Ach. Petit Port. f. festwa, Ach. Frequent on the south coast. PP re Pe a oll = L. cerina, “hr. Frequent on trees in all parts. L. pyracea, Ach. Mont Saint, on hedge-stones. Var. ulmicola, DC. On old elms. Les Buttes (VII.) and near Mont Saint. L. epixantha, Ach. Vale Castle, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 213.) L. phloginia, Ach. LEtiennerie (VII.), on a gate bar. L. sophodes, Ach. Frequent on all districts on elm trees. Icart, on stones. L. milvina, Whin. Vale Castle, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 216.) L. atrocinerea, Dicks. Fermain. Jerbourg. Icart cliffs. L. holophza, Mont. In crevices of rocks. Southern cliffs. Albecq. Fort Houmet. L. eerie, Ach. Rocquaine Castle. Fort Houmet. Mont Saint. Rich- mond. L. aipopsila, Whin. f/f. maritima, Smrft. Jerbourg, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 219.) L. Ralfsii, Saw. Moulin Huet Bay. L. eonfragosa, Ach. Jerbourg. Petit Port. Jaonnet cliffs. L. prosecha, Ach. Rocquaine Castle. Extremely like the much commoner L. prosechoides externally, but at once distinguished by the septate spores. L. heematomma, Hhr. Jerbourg. Pertusaria ceuthoecarpa, Sm. L’Erée Point. P. dealbata, Ach. Jerbourg. P. communis, DC. Near Catel Church. Les Effards (VIII.) P. fallax, Pers. Saints Bay. P. pustulata, Ach. Fauxquets Valley (VIII.) Phlyctis agelza, Ach. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 237.) Ureeolaria seruposa, Z. St. Martin’s Point. Rocquaine Castle. L’Erée. Wall of Vale Castle. 202 MOSSES, HEPATICA AND LICHENS. Lecidea Salweii, Bory. On the earth among rocks. Jaonnet cliffs. Petit ree soll ll ol oi <= sail all sail = ail ai oll ofl oil ol oll alll ol oll oil of 2) all it all ail wll oll al =illll = Port. atrorufa, Dicks. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 242.) sylvicola, Flot. Below Doyle’s Monument. lucida, Ach. On perpendicular, shady rocks and quarry sides. Petit Bot Valley. Moulin Huet Valley. Near Les Fauxquets (VIIL.) decolorans, //s. On the earth among rocks. Jaonnet cliffs. Saints Bay cliffs. vernalis, 2. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 259.) quernea, Dicks. Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey (Leight. p. 264.) . enteroleueca, Ach. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 264.) parasema, Ach. Common. Var. eleochroma, Ach. Common on thorns and young trees. Var. latypewa, Ach. On rocks. Forest cliffs. St. Briocq Valley (VI.) Jerbourg. . protrusa, Fr. Corbiére. enterochlora, Tayi. Fermain. . uliginosa, Schrad. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 274.) coarctata, Sm. Generally distributed. //f. elacista, Ach. Near Grantez Mill. f. involuta, Tayl. Grantez (VIII.) ff. terrestris. Ona gravelly bank at the south end of the Villiaze Road. . lapieida, fr. Jerbourg. . Pivulosa, Ach. Common on the southern cliffs. Vale Castle. Mont Cuet. . fuseo-atra, Ach. Jerbourg (f. fumosa, Ach.) . Taylori, Salw. On rocks and boulders from Fermain to Jerbourg. . econtigua, Fr. Frequent at St. Martin’s. (/f. limitata, Leight. Frequent on the cliffs. jf. steriza, Ach. Cove below Doyle’s Monument. . alboezerulesecens, Wulf. Cliffs at Portelet (IV.) eonfluens, Wed. L’Erée Point. . didueens, Ny/. Between Petit Port and Jaonnet. Grandes Rocques. Icart Cliff wall. Var. with polarilocular spores, L’ Ancresse Common. . eaneseens, Dicks. Common on trees, rocks and stones, fruiting freely. . stellulata, Zay/. Generally distributed and common. . atroalba, Ach. Moulin Huet Cliffs. Jerbourg. Grandes Rocques Head. . myrioearpa, DC. Rather common. /f. chloropolia, Fr. Mont Saint. Frie Baton (VII.) Paradis. /. areolata, Leight. Saints Bay. . subdiseiformis, Leight. Very common all round the coast. Easily distinguished by the chemical reaction K. yellow then red. Var. meio- sperma. Corbiere. . Chalybeia, Borr. Petit Port. Fermain. Portelet Cove (IV.) On a brick wall, Villiaze Road. . applanata, Fr. Several places on St. Martin’s Coast. Albecq. . eexruleonigricans, Leightf. Cobo. Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 331). . biforpmigera, Leight. L’Erée Point. Moulin Huet Cliffs. . lentieularis, Ach. Occasional on the rocks on the cliffs. Rocquaine Castle. On walls at Vauxbelets. Villiaze Road and L’Erée. lutea, Dicks. Mont Varouf Valley (VII.) Les Prevosts (VII.) . eyrtella, Ach. On elder trees. Fermain. Petit Port Cliffs. Cliffs above Bec du Nez. . Subviridescens, Ny/. Jerbourg. Saints Bay Valley. . inecompta, Borr. On an aged elm at Calais (III.) MOSSES, HEPATIC. AND LICHENS. 203 . alboatra, Hfm. Frequent. f. epipolia, Ach. Not uncommon in all parts of the island. /. ambigua, Ach. L’Erée Point. . ehlorophea, Hepp. L’Erée Point. . mesoidea, Vy/. Jerbourg. . arpomatica, Sm. Common on old walls throughout the island. . abietina, Ach. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 354). earneolutea, Turn. On old elms, occasionally on other trees, rarely onivy stems. Generally distributed. . umbrina, Ach. On rocks, old walls and gate-bars. Not uncommon. At once distinguished by the curious spirally-contorted spores. . Milliaria, Fr. /f. terrestris, Fr. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 362). . phacodes, Korb. f/f. chlorotica, Ach. On old trees. In several places in VI. and VII. Calais Valley. Sausmarez (VIII.) . sabuletorum, F/sé. On old walls among small mosses; frequent. Often in company with L. aromatica. . premnea, Ach. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 365). . earpneola, Ach. On trees on the cliffs above Bec du Nez, scarce. endoleuea, Vy/. On trees, old ivy and furze stems; common. . Pubella, Zhr. On elms, generally distributed. effusa, Sm. Valley below La Fosse (III) on a young elm tree. geographica, L. Rather common all round the coast. . petrzea, Wulf. Common on rocks on the cliffs. L’Ancresse. E concentrica, Dav. Frequent about Petit Bot. Le Moulin (VI.) Fer- main. . eupularis, Hhr. Generally at the base of boulders and rocks, almost concealed by the vegetation. Fermain. Jerbourg. Grandes Rocques. . oehrophora, Nyl. Cliffs above Bec du Nez, on an old elder tree. . Parmeliarum, Smrf. Jerbourg cliffs. Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. 386). pegrapha atra, Pers. Very common. Var. parallela, Leight. St. Martin’s. . Turneri, Leight. Between Fermain and Bec du Nez, on a young oak. . saxicola, Ach. Very common on stones in hedges, and on rocks. Var. Chevallieri, Leight. Spur Point. Albecq. Grantez (VIIL.) . saxigena, Tayl. On the perpendicular face of rocks in Moulin Huet Bay. . grumulosa, Duf. On rocks between Fermain and Bec du Nez, scarce. . Varia, Pers. Common and very variable. /. diaphora, Ach. Fermain. Saints Bay. . Cesareensis, Ny/. Moulin Huet Bay. . vulgata, Ach. Frequent on various trees; occasionally saxicole. . lyneea, Sm. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 409). . prosodea, Ach. On an old ash tree, Moulin Huet Valley. Stigmatidium erassum, Dub. Very common on large tree trunks. S. eireumseriptum, Tayl. Forms snow-white patches usually on the underside of overhanging rocks. Not uncommon at Jerbourg. Cliffs above Bec du Nez. Eastern side of L’ Ancresse. S. Hutehinsiz, Leight. Roadside wall, Saints Bay Valley. Old well, Moulin Huet Valley. Arthonia punctiformis, Ach. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight, p. 419), A. astroidea, Ach. Frequent, usually on young trees. Se et ee Orr pf Serr r eee sos = FF ooooqo.6U.9OOolUwOWlUlUCOCO ¥ 204 MOSSES, HEPATICAZ AND LICHENS. A. epipasta, Ach. Petit Port Cliffs, on a crab apple tree. A. einnabarina, Wally. On trees near St. Andrew’s Church. Bec du Nez Cliffs, on old willows. A. varians, Dav. Parasitic on the apothecia of Lecanora glaucoma; frequent all round the coast. Graphis seripta, Ach. Guernsey, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 428). G. dendritica, Ach. Fermain Valley. Mont Varouf (VII.) Near King’s Mills. Var. obtusa, Leight. Between Villocq and Sausmarez (VIII.) G. inusta, Ach. On trees above Bec du Nez. Moulin de Haut (VIII.) J. simpliciuscula, Leight. Fermain. G. sophistica, Ny/. Bec du Nez Cliffs, on willow and chestnut, sparingly. Valley below Les Issues (VII.) on oak. Chiodecton Sarniense, Salw. Jerbourg Head, scarce. Normandina pulehella, Borr. On trees, usually growing among Frullania dilatata. Les Effards (VIII.), scarce. Endoearpon miniatum, Z. Petit Bot Bay. Petit Port Cliffs. Pezeries Point (V.) Var. complicatum, Sw. Jerbourg. Saints Bay. Moulin Huet. E. fluviatile, DC. Saints Bay, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 448). Verrucaria mucosa, Whin. Petit Port, forming smooth dark olive green patches on hard rocks below high water mark. . halophila, Ny/. Jerbourg, Mr. Larbalestier (Leight. p. 445). V V. margacea, Whin. On rocks over which water trickles. Saints Bay Valley. Petit Port. L’Erée Point. Var. ethiobola, Whin. Portelet Cove. Petit Port. . maura, Whin. Common on rocks at high water mark. . mauroides, Scher. Frequent on stones in hedges. . nigrescens, Pers. Portelet Cliffs (IV.) macrostoma, Duf. Wall of Vale Castle. viridula, Schrad. Moulin Huet. Mont Saint. mupina, Leight. Jerbourg. . Pupestris, Schrad. Fermain. Jerbourg. gemmata, Ach. Frequent on trees throughout the island. epidermidis, 4ch. Near St. Helena. Upper end of Talbots Valley. Var. analepta, Ach. Not uncommon. . biformis, Borr. Rather common on tree trunks. . Salweii, Leight. On the old battery at Saints Bay. . ehlorotiea, Ach On shaded stones in hedges. Frequent at St. Martin’s. Var. trachona, Tayl. Fermain Cliffs. Var. carpinea, Scher. Near the Gouffre. . Nitida, Weig. Common, especially on ash trees. Var. nitidella, Flk. Equally distributed but less common than the type. <<< <4ds<4<<< < THE CICADA OR TETTIGIDA OF GUERNSEY. BY MR. W. A. LUFF. ——0=-—_—— In a paper read before the Society in 1890, I gave a list of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of this island, a group forming the first division of the order Hemiptera, insects characterized by a sucking rostrum instead of cutting jaws, and by their undergoing an incomplete metamorphosis. The insects now under consideration (The Cicade) are included in the second divison of the Hemiptera, under the title of Hemiptera-Homoptera, and differ from the Heterop- tera by the elytra or forewings being membranous and naked, and not overlapping each other at the apex, and the rostrum springing from the posterior portion of the under side of the head, near the base of the fore-legs. To this group also belong the numerous species of Aphides or greenflies, so destructive to our plants in gardens and greenhouses, and the scale insects, which include such species as the Cochineal insect (Coccus cacti), a native of Mexico, the lac insect (Coccus lacca), of the East Indies, and the common scale insect (Coccus adonidum) so well known in our hot-houses and conservatories. The curious ant’s nest species Ripersia Tomlinii, recently discovered for the first time at Moulin Huet Bay also belongs to this family. The Cicadz of the Tropics are often of a very large size, some of them measuring as much as seven inches across the meee Many of the species possess an apparatus for the production of a rather sharp and rattling sound, which is sometimes so loud as to be heard at the distance of a mile. The musical or sounding organs, which exist only in the male, are situated on the sides of the insect, just behind the eee. They consist of drum-like membranes stretched over small cavities; attached to the inside of these are powerful muscles which serve to vibrate the membrane with inconceiv- able rapidity. The noise is sharp, monotonous and tiresome from its constant repetition. It is on account of its song that the Cicada has been mentioned so much in the literature of the countries in which it occurs. 206 THE CICADH OF GUERNSEY. Plato, Virgil, Homer, Aristotle, and others make allusion to this insect in their writings, and it has been often figured on the gems and coins of Ancient Greece. Mr. Buckton in his monograph mentions an ancient Roman ornament, represent- ing one of these insects, probably as old as 300 years B.C. The exotic lantern flies also belong to the Cicade. Their name Fulgora was given by Burnmeister, as suggestive of the luminous property then popularly believed to reside in the singular horny cases protruding from their thoraces, which have fanciful resemblances to Chinese lanterns. Although Madame Merian made the statement, “that she could read the print of a Dutch newspaper by the light afforded by one of these insects,” no reliable entomologist had confirmed her statement of such a phosphorescence. A writer, however, in the Entomologist’s Monthly Maga- zune (Vol. VIII. page 167) calls attention to a statement made in Perry’s “Arcania” (an old book), doubtless on hearsay evidence, that the attendants on travellers in China are in the habit of lighting their way at night by carrying these insects. The editors of the above magazine hint that “if Fulgora be luminous, then it most studiously turns off its ‘bull’s eye’ in the presence of all the modern scientific naturalists who have made a special search for its lamp; and having arrived at this stage of development, we anticipate, that by a process of natural selection, Fulgora will eventually lose all luminous powers and attributes, having found no truth (?) in the motto “ex luce lucellum.” We now turn to the species of Cicade inhabiting this island; they, in common with those found in Great Britain, are small in size and have none of the musical properties which have made their exotic relatives so famous in song and fable. : We have, however, numerous species, which although small, are very beautiful in colour and markings. Some are interesting from their grotesque appearance and gait which has earned for them the name of froghoppers ; indeed most of these insects have the power of jumping to an extraordinary distance in comparison to their size, and are rather difficult to capture in consequence. : One of the commonest species and which is familiar to nearly everyone is the cuckoo-spit insect. The larve of several of the species, especially of Philenus spumarvus conceal themselves in a kind of foam which is called cuckoo-spit. THE CICADA OF GUERNSEY. 207 The belief that the cuckoo spits out this moisture is very general in Guernsey. Mr. Buckton says that “ Ancient beliefs, with a love of the marvellous mixed with credulity, find exponents in our day. In the author's knowledge a question was raised amongst some friends as to the origin of cuckoo- spit. A wag gravely stated that the bird made itself hoarse by singing his oft repeated note, and that during the fits of silence he relieved his throat in the manner shown on the vegetation around. An otherwise intelligent auditor accepted the explanation as satisfactory, just in the same manner as our forefathers have done.” A tenacious liquid is secreted by the larva through which bubbles of air are rapidly blown. It has been known to blow as many as seventeen bubbles in the course of half-a-minute. After remaining on the herbage a week or more and serving as a protection to the soft bodied occupant, both from its enemies and the droughts of summer, the frothy mass thickens by evaporation and then it forms a cavity in which the final beahstmation is effected. An allied species, a native of Madagascar, emits a large quantity of watery fluid which drops from the trees even in the hottest times of the day. J Although this list must be considered very incomplete, still it is the first that has been compiled for any of the Channel Islands. I am indebted to Mr. James Edwards, F.E.S., the best authority on the order in England, for his great kindness in examining and naming the specimens. HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA. ISSIDAL. Issus eoleoptratus, Geof. Beaten commonly from ivy near Moulin Huet Bay in September and October. CIXIIDA. Cixius pilosus, OJ. Taken by sweeping low herbage near the coast. Very abundant near Rocquaine Bay on Midsummer Day, 1892 DELPHACIDA. : Liburnia vittipennis, J. Sahl. One specimen taken at Saints Bay, June, 1891. L. leptosoma, Flor. Several taken during May at Saints Bay and the Gouffre. L. pellucida, Fab. Not uncommon near Saints Bay, May and June. L. lineata, Perris. Two specimens taken at Torteval, June 24th, 1892. L. fumipennis. Common near the borders of streams; has not been recorded from Great Britain. CERCOPIDZ. Aphrophora alni, Fal/. The largest of our Guernsey Homoptera, and is to be had in abundance by beating low bushes near the coast. 208 THE CICADZ OF GUERNSEY. Philsenus spumarius, Lin. This is the familiar cuckoo-spit insect, which is so abundant all over the island. It is exceedingly variable in colour and markings. I have specimens varying from light yellowish brown to deep black. P. lineatus, Zin. Common in grass fields. PAROPIIDA. Megophthalmus seanicus, Fall. One specimen taken at Moulin Huet Bay by Mr. E. D. Marquand. BYTHOSCOPIDA. Agallia venosa, Fal’. Taken commonly by sweeping on the cliffs. TETTIGONIDA. Euacanthus interruptus, Zin. This pretty black and yellow species is not uncommon on the sides of streams at Saints and Petit Bot Bays. I have taken it also in Alderney. ACOCEPHALIDA. Acocephalus nervosus, Schr. Very common. A. albifrons, Zin. Not uncommon under stones; on L’Ancresse Common and near Grande Rocque. Very variable in colour and marking. I have one specimen almost black. A. histrionicus, Fab. This well marked species, which is rare in England, is not uncommon on the sandy coast from Bordeaux Harbour to L’ Ancresse Bay. It is to be found at the sides of stones which are embedded in the sand. Doratura stylata, Boh. I have not yet taken this species in Guernsey, but took a single specimen near Longy Bay, Alderney, on August 6th, 1892. Eupelix cuspidata, Fab. One specimen captured at Fermain Bay. JASSIDA. Athysanus communis, J. Sahi. Not uncommon near the coast. A. obseurellus, Korn. Several specimens taken on L’Ancresse Common. A. obsoletus, Kbrn. Not uncommon at Grande Rocque. Sept. 8th, 1892. Deltoecephalus sabulicola, Curt. I have taken it at Petit Port and Saints Bay in February, June and September. D. striatus, Zin. Common on our southern cliff coast. D. pulicaris, Fal7. Common near Cobo. September, 1892. Thamnotettix dilutior, Kérn. Common in September. T. plebeja, Fall. One specimen taken at St. Andrew’s, June, 1892. T. erocea, H.S. Two taken by Mr. E. D. Marquand, March, 1891. T. attenuata, Germ. Not uncommon amongst grasses in the spring. Limnotettix virescens. Two specimens taken, June, 1891. Cicadula sexnotata, Fall. One taken June 26th, 1892. : TYPHLOCYBIDZ. ‘ Alebra albostriella, fa//. One specimen. Kybos smaragdulus, Fail. Two specimens beaten from willows at Ivy Castle, July 19th, 1892. Chlorita flavescens, Fab. Very abundant in the autumn. C. viridula, Fall. Common in the autumn. Eupteryx melissee, Curt. Very common in gardens on sage, balm, &c., in spring, summer and autumn. E. auratus, Zinn. In company with the preceding species, but not quite so common. E. coneinna, Germ. One specimen taken by Mr. E. D. Marquand, at Moulin Huet in 1892. THE CICADA OF GUERNSEY. 209 Typhlocyba tenerrima, 4.8. Not common. T. quereus, Fab. I have occasionally beaten this pretty little species from oaks in June. Zygina flammigera, Geofr. One specimen was taken by Mr. E. D. Marquand, March, 1891. Z. seutellaris, H.S. Several taken by sweeping near the cliffs. PSYLLINA. Liviide. Livia juneorum, Zatr. Very abundant on bushes over streams at Saints and Petit Bot Bays. In addition to the foregoing a number of Psylle occur, but the species have not yet been satisfactorily determined. ADDITIONS TO THE LIST OF HEMIPTERA-HETE- ROPTERA OCCURRING IN THE ISLAND OF GUERNSEY. | BY MR. W. A. LUFF. —_JO—— I HAVE much pleasure in recording the following additions to the list of Hemiptera-Heteroptera published in the transac- tions for 1890. One species, Heterocordylus parvulus, Reut., is a great rarity and has never been taken in Great Britain ; and several others are very rare and local. The number of species pre- viously recorded was 63. The additions will bring the total up to 107, and I have no doubt that by careful searching many more will yet be discovered. My best thanks are again due to Mr. E. Saunders, F.LS., for his kind assistance in identifying my captures. Odontoscelis fuliginosa, Zin. A single specimen taken at the Corbiére by Mr. E. D. Marquand in the summer of 1892. It is a rare British species, being found in only three localities on the south coast. Eysacoris sneus, Scop. One specimen taken by sweeping in a damp meadow near Petit Bot Bay. It is very rare in England. Piecromerus bidens, Zin. One at the Gouffre, September 13th, 1891. Corizus crassicornis, Zin. Very local; not rare on the cliffs near Gouffre in June and July. Corizus magnicornis, Ff. One specimen taken at the Gouffre, Septem- ber 13th, 1891. Metacanthus punctipes, Germ. Very common wherever its food. plant, Ononis arvensis, occurs in August and September. Nysius thymi, Wolf: Common in sandy places on coast, Grande Rocque and L’Ancresse. Common, August and September. Rhyparochromus proetextatus, H.S. One specimen on sandy common near Grande Rocque, September 8th, 1891. Peritrechus geniculatus, Hahn. Taken commonly by sweeping on the cliffs at the Gouffre in July and August. P. mabuls Fall, One specimen captured at Grande Rocque, August 16th, 892. P. luniger, Schil/. Two specimens taken on L’ Ancresse Common, May 18th, 1891. Notochilus contractus, H.S. One specimen taken by Mr. Marquand in March, 1891. ‘Two others captured at the Gouffre, May 12th, 1892. Seolopostethus affinis, Schi/. Common in May and June. Orthostira parvula, Fal/. One taken by Mr. E. D. Marquand, Septem- ber 28th, 1891, on L’ Ancresse Common. Dictyonota erassicornis, Fal/. Several taken under stones on L’ Ancresse Common in July and August. HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA. 211 Nabis major, Cost. Exceedingly common under stones on the little islet of Chapelle Dom Hue, near Perelle Bay, on August 2nd, 1892. I have not yet met with it elsewhere. Temnosthus pusillus, H.S. One. Triphleps minutus, Zin. Several beaten from sallows. Grande Mare, Vazon. September and October. Miridius quadrivirigatus, Costa. One specimen, taken on the cliffs, July 28th, 1891. It isa rare and local British insect. Plesiocoris rugicollis, Fall. Several specimens taken by sweeping near Ivy Castle, 19th July, 1892. Caloeoris Chenopodii, Fall. Two specimens taken near Gouffre, July 26th, 1892. Lygus pastinace, Fall. One taken by Mr. Marquand, May, 1891. Seve- ral taken by myself on May 8th, 1892, near Petit Bot Bay. L. cervinus, 4.8. One specimen taken May 29th, 1892, on the cliffs near Doyle’s Monument. Peeciloseytus Gyllenhalii, Fall. One taken by sweeping at the Gouffre, May 12th, 1892. Strongylocoris luridus, Fali. Not uncommon. Taken by sweeping on clitts at Petit Port. July and August. Labops saltator, Hahn. Not uncommon. By sweeping grass near the shore at Perelle and Richmond. July and August. Campyloneura virgula, H.8. One specimen ; at rest on a wall in Mount Durand on October 8th, 1891. One on gate post near Grantez Mill, July 12th, 1892. ZAtorhinus angulatus, Fab. Two specimens on walls, September 18th and October 13th, 1891. ey tas Scotti, Reut. One taken by Mr. E. D. Marquand, August 25th, O. viridinervis, K.B. One taken at Ivy Castle, July 19th, 1892. 0. marginalis, Reut. Several specimens beaten from hedges near Ivy Castle, July 19th, 1892. Hypsitylus bicolor. Two specimens, near Doyle’s Monument, July 7th and September 16th, 1892. Heterocordylus parvulus, Reuwt. I took two specimens of this rare non- British species by sweeping on cliffs near the Gouffre in 1891; and an- other, also by sweeping on the cliffs near Bon Repos, on June 21st, 1892. Macrocoleus Paykulii, fal/. Common near the coast in July and August. Psallus ambiguus, Fal/. Found one in a spider’s web, August 21st, 1891. P. lepidus, Fieb. One specimen beaten from an ash tree near Fauxquets, July 12th, 1892. P. varians, H.S. Several specimens taken in June and July. P. diminutus, Kb. Two beaten from hedges near King’s Mills, July 12th, 1892. Plagiognathus arbustorum, fab. Several, by sweeping at the Gouffre, July 26th, 1892. eerixa Sahlbergi, Ficb. Common in ponds and ditches at Grande Mare, azon. C. Linnzi, Fieb. One at Grande Mare, Vazon, April 19th, 1891. C. semistriata, Fieb. Several at Grande Mare, Vazon, April 19th, 1891. C. Panzeri, Fieb. One specimen, Grande Mare, Vazon. C. striata, Z. Common; Grande Mare, Vazon, April and May. GUERNSEY CLAYS. BY MR. G. DERRICK. —)-———_- GUERNSEY offers a better field for the mineralogist than for the geologist. Where fossils abound they eR attract the attention of observant individuals, many young persons become interested in the search for them, and so gradually acquire a taste for geology, which in such districts become a favourite science. Guernsey unfortunately possesses no fos- siliferous rocks, and so geology obtains few enthusiastic followers; but those who ier devoted themselves to this science have gradually obtained a fairly complete acquaint- ance with the characteristics of our rocks, and in the article written by the Rev. E. Hill on this subject (see Transactions of Geological Society), we appear to have a reliable account of the variety and disposition of the different rock formations. But in my estimation too little attention has been given to the superficial deposits found in the island. I hope the discussion this evening will draw attention to this subject and lead to the collection of information, which, when laid before some specialists will enable them to give an authorita- tive idea of the origin and relative ages of these deposits, and perhaps even to show their connection with the tertiary deposits of England and France. I do not wish on this occasion to open the question of all the superficial deposits, for that would afford matter for many evenings; it would include (1) raised and ancient beaches ; (2) peat and the submerged forest ; (8) the sand deposits of the north-western coast ; (4) the landslips from the cliffs on the south and east coasts; (5) the clays and loams, and (6) the varied soil of the island. One of the duties devolving upon this Society is to make a list of the various ancient beaches with accurate details of their elevation and composition. The peat has received very little attention, accurate measurement and close examination might lead to the correlation of the different deposits and give an idea of the relative periods of their formation. The deposits are very extensive; peat has been met with not only GUERNSEY CLAYS. 213 at Vazon and Cobo Bays, but also at St. Sampson’s and the Town Harbour, at the back of the Rohais and lower Foulon Valley, it probably occurs in many parts of the low-lying lands of the north-west, and a bed of it was pierced in sinking the well for the Waterworks Company at St. Saviour’s. The subject to which I wish more particularly to draw attention this evening is the Guernsey Clays. The term “ Clay” is applied locally to any material which can be used for brick-making. This employment of the term is quite justified by the scientific dictionary, which says: “Economically the term is applied to any finely divided mineral matter, which becomes plastic on being wetted, and retains its shape when moulded or pressed into any particular form.” Its occurrence in Guernsey has long been known and turned to profitable account. Formerly, bricks were made here in such quantities as to be exported, beside supplying the local demand, and pottery (red ware) was made at the Millbrook Brickfield. Latterly, however, the local demand has been greater, some kilns have been demolished, and bricks have been imported from England. The clay is very widely distributed ; it is found almost all over the table-land, spread- ing from Saumarez Manor, in St. Martin’s, on the east, to the Forest Church, or even further west, and from that southern line throughout St. Martin’s, St. Andrew’s, and the Town Parish, to the edge of the high land. It is found in widely scattered localities in the low land, at St.John’s, Cobo, Delancey Hill, &c., and it has been worked at the Salt Pans. The character of the material varies greatly. I shall divide the Guernsey clays into two sections :— 1st—Those found in veins. 2nd—Those forming true superficial deposits. To the first section belongs Kaolin clay; to the second those clays which have been used for brick-making. Kaolin clay is not a superficial deposit in Guernsey. The most conspicuous example of it in the bailiwick is at the Coupée, in Sark, where the constant action of the rainfall has carried it down the slope of the cliff and formed a true superficial deposit. This clay is a direct produce of the disintegration of certain veins in granitic and gneissic rock, and is formed from the felspar which those rocks contain. In Guernsey it occurs in numerous directions in veins :— It may be seen in considerable quantities in the old clay pit on the north of the Rohais Road. The mass is very impure, 214 GUERNSEY CLAYS. the other ingredients of the rock, quartz, &c., are present in large proportions, but these could be removed by washing, as is done in Devonshire, and good Kaolin clay produced, if it would repay the labour. The section here is intersected and over-arched by veins which follow the habit usual in such situations, to which Mr. De La Mare drew our attention at the Vrangue clay-pit.. More striking examples of the same may be seen at the St. Andrew’s clay-pit. Here narrow veins rise vertically or nearly so from the lower level, but when ap- proaching the superincumbent clay or surtace soil, they bend over to a horizontal direction, generally agreeing with the slope of the surface. These veins are rendered conspicuous by their high colouring, blue or pink. I show specimens from two of them at the St. Andrew’s brickfield; the rough Kaolin is from one at the Vrangue ; the specimen of prepared Kaolin clay, or pipe-clay, is the material imported from Devonshire for use in the local manufacture of pipes. On our beaches, bands of clay, or broad veins filled with clay, are rather numerous, the daily action of the tide hasten- ing the process of decay. One such at the Longstore and another at St. Sampson’s Harbour are noted, the clay is highly plastic, and when exposed at low tide after a gale is dug by iron founders and others, and is used for stopping furnaces, cracks in ovens, &c.; this kind 1s locally varie “ Butt clay.” 2nd.—Clays forming true superficial deposits. These, as I have said before, are very widely distributed. They cover the disintegrating rock and are nowhere covered by the rock or intersected by the veins, which rise towards the clay and turn off horizontally beneath it. These clays lie in a solid compact layer of varying thickness, they show scarcely any signs of bedding, angular stones can occasionally be obtained from them—these are nearly always irregular and sub-angular pieces of local rocks. At the base of the clay lying on the rock, larger masses of stone of similar character frequently occur. These clays are nearly always of a reddish yellow colour; when fresh dug, especially from some depth, they are sometimes blue, but turn to the normal colour after exposure to the air. They vary in composition, being gene- rally a clayey loam rarely plastic. The more plastic beds can be seen at the Vauquiédor clay-pit, at the Naftiaux, at St. Martin’s, new brickfield at Cobo (near the Guet), at the back of Delancey Hill, &¢. Sometimes the two qualities are found in the same pit, as at the Vrangue, where the clayey loam nearer the surface changes into plastic clay at a greater — depth without any definitely marked dividing lme. The term — GUERNSEY CLAYS. 215 “Plastic Clay” is technically applied to clay of a grey colour, which burns white in the kiln, and is used as a fire-clay; ours therefore cannot be properly called plastic clay. The clayey loam seems to vary from the plastic variety mainly from the large proportion of sand it contains, and even our purest clays when washed are found to contain a good proportion of sand with angular surfaces. The deposit at the Vrangue is the one which requires most special investigation, for here only are found three superficial deposits overlying each other:—Ist, A layer of clayey loam. 2nd, Good clay, so strong as to have to be mixed with other material before being used for brick-making. srd, A stratum of sand. The pit has been sunk to a depth of about 20 feet; the thicknesses vary, but may be put down as (in the centre of the pit) 4 feet of loam, 3 feet good clay, 2 feet sand; the rest disintegrating rock worked for gravel, and traversed by numerous veins, some changing into Kaolin. The sand diminishes towards the south end or higher part of the pit, just disappearing where the works terminate. In one spot it is intersected by a narrow vein of bluish clay, and resting on this I found in the sand the stones exhibited ; elsewhere the sand is uniform. I searched well, but could find no signs of shells, and the sand gives no reaction with acids, which it would do if particles of shell were present. The manager of the brickfield showed me two large flint pebbles which he said had been dug out at the base of the sand. We found some at the base of the clay. We have no means at present of determining how far this sand extends. At Millbrook clay-pit, about 300 yards west, neither sand or good clay is to be seen, clayey loam only. On the other side of the adjoining road, 7.c., eastward, the face of the old pit is masked by a wall and cannot be examined. All we know is that the sand extends from south to north about 50 feet, and from east to west about 10 feet. From the south-east corner of the pit it thins out and dis- appears about 10 feet to the west. The hill slopes downward to the north, and about 200 yards in that direction a new sinking has been made, where good clay, more plastic than any in the old pit, has been found, but it is thickly and irre- gularly intermixed with large angular fragments of local rock, the whole having a totally different appearance from that in the upper pit; it looks as though it had been washed down with the angular stones from the upper part of the hill. In most of the pits the change from loam to plastic clay, or from loam or clay to gravel or the decomposing rock 216 GUERNSEY CLAYS. beneath is so gradual, that it leaves the impression that a continuous decay of the rock in sitw had produced all the present conditions, as though the rock in these spots had consisted almost entirely of quartz and felspar, the infiltration of water had changed the felspar into clay, the freed quartz particles had sunk through it on to the gravel below. Quan- tities of such fine quartz particles can be seen in the clay in the cutting on the hill-side beyond St. Andrew’s brickfield, but they do not form a bed or even lines. In nearly all the pits an irregular line of angular fragments of local rock occurs in the lowest part of the clay; these generally lie on their broader faces. Clay is formed of the impalpable particles of solid matter which have been carried down by rivers or violent currents. Rapid streams loaded with solid matter on entering the still waters of a lake or the open sea, are checked in their course, and drop, first, the heaviest and largest materials they had ° been carrying along, fragments of rock, pebbles, &c., then the smaller particles resembling sand would be deposited, and lastly and at a greater distance from the shore, those light impalpable particles which go to form clay. Guernsey rocks contain all the materials requisite for the formation of clay, so that the beds here may have been formed in lakes or quiet reaches of the sea covering the whole or part of what is now the surface of the island. But clay is found on the highest ground in the island, if then it were deposited in water covering those parts there could be no large extent of land within the present area of the island from which rivers could have come. Are we to suppose then that the deposits were formed when Guernsey was much larger than at present, when perhaps it formed part of land continuous to the con- tinent ? This theory seems to me to lack probability, and not to meet all the facts of the case. Preserving our present relative level, and submerging Guernsey to allow the deposit of clay in its highest part, we should have to imagine a river running west from high land in France; how far off this high land would be is a matter of conjecture, but unless the levels have changed there would be so much submerged land to the east of Guernsey that the clayey particles would have been precipitated much further to the eastward; beside, such a river could not still carry in it the stones now embedded in the clays (of which I show specimens) ; and how comes it that the stones are similar to our local rocks? On the other hand there is special difficulty in accounting for the flints in the Vrangue clay; these must have been swept off a surface where GUERNSEY CLAYS. DAT flints were found. Perhaps this special deposit belongs to a different period from those on the table-land, and may have been formed in a different manner; being on a lower level it is more easy to imagine streams flowing over the higher parts of Guernsey, then perhaps much larger than now, and depo- siting this clay in a sheltered area of the sea, or large pond. Then the previous deposition of the sand has to be accounted for. I show a sample of the sandy material, and also of the loam, deposited by our present streams, which can be com- aed with the Vrangue sand, and the clay and loam of the rickfields. When last visiting the clay-pit behind Nant’s farm at St. Andrew’s, from which all the good surface material has been removed, I was much struck by a process now going on there. The rock, as usual, is in a very decomposed state, having the appearance of hard plaster on the exposed face, ‘ but on applying a knife it can easily be cut away. Some of the decaying veins yet retaining their original shape and position have changed into clay of varying ealotey some blue, some yellow. The rainfall acting on the material thus exposed and on masses perhaps designedly thrown down, has formed in the lower corner of the pit a deposit having much the same colour and surface appearance as our ordinary clay. But it is only the thinnest surface which is clay, beneath, particles of various sizes are mixed irregularly. The idea occurred whether all our deposited clay could have been formed in a somewhat similar manner. A very lengthened period would be required to enable the material to be accumulated to its present depth slowly as the result of the flow of the present rainfall. The clay would have to lie in shallow hollows with banks around them; such conditions cannot now be traced. Vegetation would prevent such a process going on, so that it could only take place if the surface were bare, which would imply a very severe climate, and would agree with the fact that no signs of animal or vegetable life have been discovered in the clays; then again, the stones included in it would be local stones, not having been much rolled or carried far they would still be angular, and so, many of the difficulties of the case would be met. We have at present scarcely any facts collected bearing upon the age of the formation. It is covered by falls from the higher part of the cliff at Fermain Bay (north side), &., and members will remember that a deposit of yellow clay was found 20 feet below the present surface in sinking a well at the Truchot, and that it was followed by 2 feet of peaty mould. 218 GUERNSEY CLAYS. On the other hand, a peaty formation overlies hardened beds of clay at the Guet, Cobo; and at Fort Doyle common, on the east side, there is a peaty-clay earth of dark colour and hardened, containing numerous pebbles of local stone and flint, lying above a hard yellow clay, the upper part of which is free from stones, but in the lower part are angular pieces of Guernsey blue stone, and a few pebbles from the same. The following description of the Continental Liss is so perfectly applicable to our Guernsey clay that I cannot help adding it ;—Geikie’s Prehistoric Ewrope, pp. 144-5: The Loss very often contains concretions or nodules of irregular form ; it is not always an unstratified mass .... lines of beddin . may be traced ; intercalated layers and laminz of san make their appearance. In some regions it loses its carbonate of lime, becomes more argillaceous and passes into plastic clay ; or it may graduate into loam. . . . The only character which all these deposits have in common is their extremely fine texture. P. 146: It must not be supposed that the Liss is restricted to valleys ; extensive accumulations may be fol- lowed .. . . over the neighbouring plateaus. P. 152: In the north of France it frequently becomes more or less argillaceous, and even passes into a regular brick-earth. THE RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS OF GUERNSEY. BY MR. A. COLLENETTE, F.C.S. The elevations have been ascertained by levelling from mean sea-level by JOHN JAMES Carey, Esq., F.R.G.S. O THE object of this paper is to give an account of the superficial deposits of the island so far noticed by the Society, or by any of its members, such deposits having attracted but little attention on the part of geological authors, who appear to have been satisfied with a passing glance and a rather hasty deduction. The present paper will deal with the matter in a systematic manner, but will necessarily be but introductory, for this field of enquiry may be said to have just been opened, and therefore the information conveyed must necessarily be incomplete. As far as I know there exists no previous account of these deposits, though many authors have alluded to them when writing on such formations in other places. I. think I may safely say that the longest notice of these form- ations as they exist on this island is to be found in a paper read before the Geological Society on January 22, 1851, by R. A. C. Austen, Esq., F.R.S., “On the Superficial Accumula- tions of the Coasts of the English Ghannell I shall first describe the RAISED BEACHES. These are mere patches or remnants not yet destroyed by the rapidly advancing sea, which in many cases has nearly succeeded in sweeping away the deposit, and in one or two cases has succeeded in destroying extensive deposits and removing their very last remnant. The patches of “raised beaches” exist nearly all around the island, as far as we have levelled them, are found to range between 23 feet and 65 feet above mean sea-level. The part of the coast which has, so far, yielded no evi- dence of a raised beach, at any elevation, is the stretch of cliff between Pleinmont and Icart on the south side of the island. All around the coast, and even well removed inland, we find these evidences of a former sea-level, or possibly it would be more correct to say of former sea-levels. At Hi 220 RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. ICART POINT There exists a deposit of shingle in an old cave; this has been described by Mr. Derrick * who believes that the whole cave was filled with pebbles and afterwards cemented into a con- glomerate. The same conditions exist at the cave at MOULIN HUET. Here we have a cave opening from the beach by a narrow passage which has been produced by the wearing away of a comparatively soft vein in the gneiss. Once inside we find a ledge of rock extending the length of the cave at its back, and standing about three and a half feet above the present shingle floor of the cave. This height varies, for the shingle of the floor is moved about by extreme high tides so as to alter its level from time to time. On the ledge is a similar mass of conglomerate as found in the Icart cave. We may speak of it as being about four feet in thickness on the ledge, but in reality this is but a remnant, for the back, upperside and roof of the cave is plastered over with the cemented beach stones, proving that this cave also has been at one time filled with pebbles. Before passing on to the consideration of other deposits there are a few points to be noticed. First: the pre- sent floor is undoubtedly lower by more than three feet than when the deposited pebbles commenced to be attacked. Mr. Carey and I have thoroughly and exhaustively examined the cave, and are led to this conclusion by the following evidence. On the level of the lower portion of the ledge of the cave, the sides of the entrance are worn away by the attrition of the loosened pebbles, but the lines thus produced are not directed ooee ar to the present sea-level, but are horizontal. It follows, therefore, that the lower three feet of the present passage was closed, either when the lowest layer of pebbles was being laid or when the sea commenced, after centuries of rest, to eat away the deposit. Second: The question of the relative order of deposition and erosion 1s somewhat compli- cated by the levels found. As stated in the heading of this paper, the levels have been taken by Mr. Carey, and I know, tor I have worked with Mr. Carey through many of the levellings that nothing has been taken for granted. The starting place for all the levels but one have been points, the elevations of which have been previously ascertained by Mr. Duquemin, who in his turn has used a mean sea-level, as deduced by Mr. Lister and the engineers of the harbour, as the ZeYO. * See full description, page 81, Natural Science Transactions for 1889. RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. 2 Mr. Carey gives the elevation of the ledge deposit in the cave as 24 feet above mean sea-level, consequently the erosion of the sides of the passage must either have been produced by a sea much higher than our present one or by storm waves acting on the ‘lapoait from the present level, with the three or four feet of passage below the eroded part closed to their action. But if the latter, the erosion is carried back into past time, a much longer period than most of us would be willing to admit, for the lower sides of the passage show the wear of long periods. Again, if the present sea-level, even assisted by storm waves, had produced the erosion, surely the lines of erosion marked in the solid rock would be obliquely downwards and outwards, but instead of that they are de- cidedly horizontal and at an elevation of from three to five feet over the present floor of the passage. I cannot pretend to formulate a theory that agrees with all the observed facts, but I think the idea of the cave having been filled from the present passage is disproved by the high level of the conglo- merate on the roof, which is some 15 feet above the ledge, in some spots quite 40 feet above the present mean sauclovel Mr. Carey has taken the trouble to run a series of levels to the top of the spring high tide of the 5th of October, 1891, and found that mark to be 17 feet above the mean sea-level adopted. We have this series of facts to account for :— 1.—A deposit of pebbles in a cave extending between 22 and 40 feet above mean sea-level. 2.—A well marked and firmly conglomerated portion showing apparently the position of the main deposit, 24 feet above mean sea-level. 3.—Present high water mark (spring tides), 17 feet above mean sea-level. 4.—A corroded channel, horizontally grooved, 7 feet above high water spring tides. At the same elevation as the main deposit in the cave is found a number of patches of semi-hardened raised beach along the shores of Moulin Huet. These extend from the foot of the roughly-paved slip to the cave described. This line of beach is irregular and interrupted, but it is evidence of a past beach of somewhat the same type as the present one, but no doubt considerably above it. We may assume that most of these patches are of the same period as the cave deposit. Such patches are found in two places between Moulin Huet and Petit Port, viz., at the Silver Mine,* and at the base of the serpentine path leading to the smaller bay. These * See Mr. Derrick’s paper previously quoted, ae RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. patches are situate in the clefts of rock and all rest on the rock and are covered by cliff-head. At St. Martin’s Point many small patches of beach are found. Usually these exist in pockets, occupying small spaces in the rocks immediately under the cliff-head, and in most cases associated with a rough rock platform extending some yards from the cliff. At the battery which is found here a layer of beach passes right through the cliff, being visible on both sides of the small promontory. Just here also in a gully is a pair of twin caves, the sides and roof of which contain deposits of beach stones. In several places along this portion of the coast small patches occur giving evidence of the former existence of considerable deposits. Proceeding northwards, traces of raised beach deposits continue until Divette beach is reached, where some well- marked deposits are visible. This portion of the cliff has been described in the transactions and its connection with the cliff- head ; later on, however, I shall allude to these formations again. Crossing Divette Bay, patches are visible under the cliff- head, on which the battery rests at Bec-du-Nez. North of Bec- du-Nez itself a deposit existed up to the date of the Society’s excursion to that point on the 14th June, 1892, but when examining the cliff on that date the patch was found to be completely washed away, only a remnant as large as a dinner plate was found detached and waiting its turn to be carried away by the eroding action of the sea. From Bec-du-Nez to Fermain Bay no traces have been found to exist, though, the coast being difficult of access, some may exist without having been seen. At Fermain Bay, however, we have some very satisfactory portions visible under the cliff section. I am sorry to say that owing to the encroaching sea we must not hope to preserve this evidence of a former sea-level long. This deposit exists as a line under the cliff head and immediately over the rocks, for some yards north of Fermain Bay Point. Mr. Carey has taken the levels of two portions, one on the east face and one on the south face of this point. These levels are 25°59 and 25:94 respectively. It is evident that this deposit is of the same level as Moulin Huet, and no one can examine the intermediate deposits without beliey- ing that these are all of exactly the same elevation. We may therefore say that we have evidence of a series of beaches — which at one time extended from Icart Point to Fermain, at an elevation of 25 feet above mean sea-level. RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. 223 Having enumerated the raised beach deposits of this portion of the coast I shall now describe their surroundings. FIGURE 1. ig. urcbon tne ee ees a0. 0: agate Oe eee ee 51°03 69°47 Scale in ft. BEACHES. 95 IROUVEG Gee 75°10 feet Rocque Maingay.. . .68°36 feet Le Huray Quarry....64°96 feet Tea MOVes .oca5 ee. anes 55°21 feet Grand Miellette. .... 54°87 feet 320 feet). Capelles, mean...... 54°51 feet Noirmont....--... 54°13 feet a = 50 8 45 2 aay 40 % 35 § Mont Cuet........... 29°59 feet 30 3 L’Islet Quarry. ...... 26°53 feet = Grande Rocque...... 26°27 feet 25 iS Mermaine ebsescee-. 25°29 feet ae Moulin Huet........ 25°56 feet 20 L’Ancresse .......... 24°46 feet Grande Rocque...... 24°28 feet Fort Le Marchant ..23°85 feet Mont Cuet........... 23°17 feet Present mean sea-level line. DIAGRAMMATIC REPRESENTATION OF THE BEACHES ARRANGED ACCORDING TO LEVEL. With a few exceptions the raised beaches are formed under a cliff-head or under a rubble-head. These heads will be discussed later. As a rule the patches of beach on the south side are purely remains which have been preserved in rock crevasses or in caves, and have been so preserved by having been completely covered by the cliff-head which has formed over them. These patches naturally, owing to the positions in which they have been preserved, are irregular in RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. 229 elevation, in size and in form, but as you have seen by the tables, they belong to the low series of levels. On the east side there is more irregularity if we take the whole east coast, but we can, by dividing the coast into two parts, viz., from St. Martin’s to town, and from town to Fort Doyle, reduce the patches of beach to regular series. The first division from St. Martin’s to town contains the raised beaches, invariably in one condition and in one posi- tion. They are all mere patches. They extend in a broken line along the bottom of the cliff, with the cliff-head resting on them. The line which they describe is rarely more than two feet thick, and is in many places but one foot. These appear to be the very last remains of extensive beaches, and to be just on the point of disappearing. In elevation they are undoubtedly of low level agreeing with those of Fermain Bay, the level of which has been ascertained to be 25 feet. They also agree in being, all along the coast, associated with a well marked rock platform. From town to Fort Doyle each patch seems to deserve special study, for they vary in their conditions. At the Bouét the beach is a flat one. Its elevation has not been taken because it has not been exposed except in excavations. From what I have heard I believe that it is extensive, with a maximum depth of 8 feet, and to be covered with sand or sandy clay. The association of this covering sand with the cliffand rubble-heads has still to be determined. Several levels have been taken near to this subterranean beach, and from them I judge that it is a low level one, viz. : averaging 25 feet above mean sea level. At the Tunnel quarry also sand only seems to be asso- ciated with the beach. The case is different with the patches extending from Spur Point to Fort Doyle. Here we meet with raised beaches on the land, in the quarries and on the Hommets at an apparent elevation of 25 feet, all covered with a low rubble head, which seems identical with the cliff-heads of the south and east coasts, except in the height, which is wanting, owing to the absence of high ground. Following on the low levels for the moment, we find them more or less associated with rubble-heads all down the west coast, and in some places, such as Port Grat and Port Soif, the foreshore gives ample proof of the former existence of an extensive covering of rubble-head containing stones of comparatively large size. I think, therefore, that we have evidence of the 25 feet level, being fairly regular in elevation, being always succeeded in order by a cliff or rubble-head. It is also asso- a 230 RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. ciated largely with rock platforms, which appear to have been formed by the beaches themselves. I now wish to show that the same conditions do not exist for the higher levels. At the Miellette and Le Huray quarries the true rubble- head is wanting, the patches of beach being found with only a very recent covering of fine rubble, which seems to me to be of a different character to the rubble-heads of lower levels. At the Capelles there is no head, the beach being flat and simply covered with blown sand and recent rubble. The same facts apply to Noirmont and La Moye, where the cover- ing seems to be of the nature of blown sand with admixtures of loose rubble and soil of very recent deposition. At the Rouvets there is more appearance of a head, but it does not satisfy me as being the equivalent of the cliff-heads, and is certainly very different to the rubble-heads found along the Perrelle coast just below. At all the low levels and at most of the high levels of the low-lying part of the island the patches of beach are directly associated with well preserved and recently exposed sea- washed rocks. These have mostly been covert with sea sand, which in former times covered the rocks and beaches and turned them into high or low hougues. Man and time have exposed the rocks and removed the sand, but enough remains to show that around our north coasts many a secret still remains buried. The sea-washed rock is found at all levels up to 76 feet, as far as ascertained, probably may be found to be of greater elevation when they have been studied. CLIFF AND RUBBLE-HEAD.* The formations which I designate “heads” are collections of loose material consisting for the most part of rubble, loose stones, gravelly earth, clay and sand. These rest on the rock in most places, but with a distinct separation. Mere decom- posed rock, or rubble im _ situ, which results from such decomposed rock, I am not dealing with to-night. I will admit in starting that it is difficult to distinguish between the upper part of true “heads” and the newer col- : lections. This indecision is, however, only possible with the extremely recent upper layer of the “heads,” and cannot in any way affect an argument founded on the general conditions found to exist in the “heads ” proper. A general description of the cliff-heads is all that is needed in this paper. I have carefully examined the cliffs * See page 127, Geological Report for 1891. RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. 231 . almost everywhere, and I have drawn a diagram to show their general conditions and contents. | FIGURE 2. Lo Sa = Paes rs a o Good a Clay, & iC) i a Rubble Band, few large stones. Sandy Clay and Rubble, no large stones, Rubble with angular stones, many large stones. 1 foot Raised Beach resting on Rock Platform. eeceeeeeeeexeeesecce f Rock Platform. / High water mark. / Present mean sea-level. / D1AGRAMMATIC SECTION oF CiLirr sHOWING Positions oF Rock PLatTForm, Ratsep BracueEs, RuBBLE AND CuAy BAnps. Commencing from their bases we invariably find large detached angular stones, varying in size from 2 feet diameter to pieces of a few inches (see diagram). At places large de- tached blocks are found embedded in this portion, but they This layer are not so commonly found as the smaller pieces. varies largely in different places and can only be described in general terms as a collection of loose stones, angular, unworn, unweathered and usually identical in kind with the rock * 232 RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. existing in the immediate neighbourhood. Exceptions to this rule exist, but with our present knowledge we are bound to reason on the fact as stated. This portion of the cliff-head will vary from one to six or seven feet in thickness. The next layer, though mixed up with the first in a sense, is neverthe- less a distinct formation. It is a sandy clay. ‘This also varies in its nature, being more sandy in some places than in others, where a small rubble and clay mixture seems to rule. The probability is that a stony mass was first deposited, and the sandy clay, which came next in order, permeated into the interstices of the fallen stone, and thus produced the apparent mixture. This formation rarely exceeds fifteen feet, and in some cases does not exist. This is followed by a rubble-head more or less distinct from the lower portions, and in places possessing the appearances of bedding, very indistinct, but traceable wherever a long section is exposed to view. This band is never very decided, and no general depth can be given to it, but at Divette Mr. Cooper fixed its depth at 5 feet. I think it would be fair to average it at that figure, but I really believe that I have found it as deep as 8 feet in one or two places inland, to be alluded to directly. We next come to a distinct and very well marked layer of clay. This is very plainly marked everywhere in the head. It is yellow in colour, of good plastic consistency and very impermeable to water. It is to this clay layer that the con- cretions and breccia existing at St. Martin’s Point and studied by the geological section, only yesterday, is due. At Divette this layer is i feet in depth. At St. Martin’s Point it is in places quite eight feet thick. I am inclined to give it an average not much below eight feet, but I am not sure that I am right in this. Over this clay is usually a clayey sand and earthy clay, true earth and mould. These upper layers are very modérn, and will not be of much importance in forming conclusions. THE RUBBLE-HEAD Is a formation met with inland. I have found it generally present on the sides of hills and hougues, very visible in road- side cuttings, field hedges, where the field has been lowered, and on the sides of quarries. It usually rests on the rock of the district, and roughly follows the order of deposition found in the cliff-heads, commencing with the upper bands of rubble, upwards. The true cliff-head is found wherever a cliff exists in the island, but where the slope is gentle:and inland it is more RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. 233 usual to find that portion of it which I have designated rubble-head. Portions of the formation are present in some parts of the island and not in others. For instance, I have found in several places at St. Saviour’s and at the Vale formations answering to the rubble-band, but without any other portion of the head. In others I have found the rubble and clay. In others again the clay, or clay and clayey sand, is found with- out rubble. As far as my observations guide me, I believe that the order I have described is maintained all the island over, that is, that the yellow clay is always above the rubble band, and the rubble band above clayey sand containing loose stones. The presence of stones in the clays help to determine the layer to which they belong. The lower sandy clay is full of rubble, whilst the upper clay deposit contains but few, and in many cases, none at all. I have come to the conclusion that at one time cliff-head or some of its component parts covered the island completely. THE RELATION OF THE “HEAD” TO THE RAISED BEACHES. The 25 feet level beach is invariably found under the whole of the head, in fact it rests directly upon the rock wherever it occurs. The Capelles series (50 feet) also rests on rock, but is different in this sense, that it rests on the sides of rock out- crop and on flat out-crop platforms chiefly. It is not directly covered with “head,” but is at times associated with quite modern deposits. This series seems to rest on the tops of “hougues,” on their sides and in their hollows. The Rouvets series appear to be chiefly in association with the upper rubble-head, but the number of deposits so far found (3) is insufficient to justify any positive assertion. The upper clay has been found (in common with the upper portion of the rubble band) to contain numbers of pebbles. These occur at all elevations. For instance, at the Vale, opposite Omptolle islet, Mr. Carey found the elevation of such a deposit to be 32°60 feet. Another patch, higher up the same hill, was at 35°52 feet elevation. Another place in the same hill was estimated as at 38 feet. At Divette pebbles are fonnd in the clay at 39 feet. At various places on the rise of the west coast I have seen them in clay or rubble at elevations of from 20 to 40 feet. On the upper plateau of the island I have found them on the slopes of Plemmont and tracked them to its summit, so 234 RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. that they occur from 50 feet to 300 feet elevation. From Pleinmont, towards Torteval, they are still to be found in various places. I have not examined clays between Torteval and the Forest, but on the St. Martin’s side of the Forest I have seen them, though more sparsely distributed than at Pleinmont. Inland I have found them at Les Fauxquets. At the Varclin, Captain Carteret Carey found a few pebbles in the upper clays, and kindly brought them to me. The Society itself yesterday had an opportunity of seeing pebbles at Jerbourg, also in the upper portion of the head. In the two last cases the elevation of the deposits is 300 feet and above. I have noticed these facts for the last two years, but have not drawn any conclusions from them, not feeling sure that they were not accidental occurrences. I have, however, satisfied myself that the Plemmont deposit, which is fairly important, owing to the number of pebbles and the area covered, which is not far short of a square mile, is not acci- dental. Feeling satisfied, I have no hesitation in systematising the deposit. I conclude that a deposit of beach stones, the location of which is as yet undetermined (or possibly a number of small deposits) existed on the highest levels of the island before the deposit of the upper portion of cliff-head, and that the pebbles occur in this portion of the head in consequence of the destruction of such deposit or deposits simultaneously with the deposit of the clay in the head. THE PROBABLE ORDER OF THE FORMATIONS. Inasmuch as the beaches rest on the rocks and are under the “heads,” they must have been laid before the “ heads.” The large stones at the base of the “heads” are next in order. Their deposit was followed by the lower clay or what we may term stony clay, owing to the large proportion of stones present. This was followed by a re-deposit of rubble of smaller size than the first, and then the fine yellow clay was laid down. Lastly, the earthy clay with fine rubble imme- diately below the soil covering the “ head.” CLAY DEPOSITS. The Society is already acquainted with the fact that clay exists in large quantities on the very highest portions of the island, as well as in many lower portions. RAISED BEACHES, CLIFF AND RUBBLE HEADS. 235 I am seriously inclined to associate these clay deposits with the clay of the “heads.” They are alike in colour and consistency, and occur in the same order, for I have traced the margin of the Forest bed (18 feet thick), on the north- west edge to its connection with the overlying uppermost layer of the “head.” ‘The clays in some places show a distinct stratification. You will see that my views have recently enlarged and that I am now obliged to admit that the evi- dence of submergence for the whole island has gained such strength as to oblige me to believe in such submergence. I shall, in a few words, place my conclusions and the evidence for such submergence before you. CONCLUSIONS. That the beaches and heads prove that the island has been completely submerged during the “recent” period. Evidences :—The beaches and their remains at all levels. The association of the clays with the remains of the beaches. The evidence of stratification in the clays. The presence of the clays at the highest levels. For the purpose of to-night’s paper I confine myself to this conclusion. I am perfectly willing to admit that there exists a strong amount of contrary evidence, in fact, it was the presence of that contra-evidence which prevented my coming to my present conclusion long ago. I thought the apparent want of stratification in the lower portions of the head unanswerable, but I have given the matter careful examination in the field during the last year, and I now am forced to the conclusions I have placed before you. A GLANCE AT THE ROCKS OF ALDERNEY. BY C. G. DE LA MARE. - ———() On the 25th June, 1891, I took advantage of the excursion by the Cowrer to pay a visit to the above island, and, during the few hours I spent there, noted a few points in connection with its geology which I thought might be of interest to this Society ; Alderney, though not distant, being comparatively little known. I first directed my course towards the east end of the island. After passing Fort Albert I noticed that the head- lands and outlying rocks were composed of a coarse granitic or syenitic rock, presenting a tabular appearance, and contrasting strongly with the diorite forming the main body of the island. This granite appears to be intrusive in the diorite. On the west side of Corbelets Bay I noticed a dyke of mica-trap cutting the diorite. It is about 2 feet wide, of reddish colour, somewhat schistose, and lies about E. and W. The sandstone or grit formation for which Alderney is noted commences abruptly on the east side of Corbelets Bay. There is a flat beach between the diorite and the grit, and this probably conceals a fault separating the two formations. It is therefore impossible to say to what depth the sandstone may exist beneath the beds first exposed. The dip is about 30° E. or N.E. The sandstone formation continues to the eastern extremity of the island, the beds being passed over in ascending order, and their shelves form on the sea-shore an interesting type of rock scenery not seen elsewhere in the Channel Islands. The road passes through Maunez Quarries, whence the chief part of the materials for the construction of the breakwater and forts has been extracted. These quarries present fine sections of the grit series—which there shows alternating bands of purplish and greenish tints. The rock varies in texture, as the Rev. E. Hill states in his paper on Alderney, from a coarse sandstone to a fine mudstone. The sandstone in these quarries is cut by two dykes of greenstone, whether diorite or diabase I] cannot say. These dykes are only a few yards from each other and parallel, so that they are probably connected with one another. Their direction is approximately E. and W. The adherence between the green- THE ROCKS OF ALDERNEY. 937 stone and the sandstone is slight ; the sandstone is altered at the contact and beeomes a species of white quartzite. At the extremity of the island I saw another dyke of the same nature running out to sea, which may be a continuation of those in Maunez Quarries. Returning along the south-east coast of the island I came to the quarry under Essex Castle, where, as well as on the adjoining beach of Longy Bay, I noticed occasional seams of pebbles in the sandstone, these pebbles being mostly small, but occasionally reaching three or four inches in their longer diameter. They consist of quartz, diorite, and felsite. After having visited the town I found I had yet a short time at my disposal; I walked along the coast to the west of the breakwater, and noticed the intrusion of the felsite or quartz-felsite veins in the diorite. These veins, further west, become so thick and numerous as to seem to form the princi- pal rock in that part of the island, being the “ porphyry” referred to by MacCulloch and Ansted. I noticed raised beaches all along the eastern extremity of the island, also in Longy Bay, where it is overlaid by “head.” These beaches correspond in appearance and position with the “low level” beaches in Guernsey. A very extensive raised beach, overlaid by “ head,” occurs in Plate Saline Bay (somewhat resembling that near Fort Le Marchant in this island). The pebbles are chiefly local rocks, some being about a foot in diameter. A large proportion of the pebbles do not lie horizontally, but dip inland at an angle of about 60°. Flints are found in this and other raised beaches. The present beach of Plate Saline Bay contains a considerable proportion of flints, mostly small. The age of the Alderney sandstone or grit has been discussed in Rev. Hill’s paper, read before the Geological Society, and I referred to it in the paper which I read before you about eighteen months ago; but I have thought that by means of a diagram the subject might, perhaps, be made some- what clearer. I have, therefore, shown on the annexed diagram the correlation of the rocks of France with the typical series of England and Wales, according to M. Bigot, and also with the Channel Islands rocks. By the investigations of M. Bigot and Rev. Hill the following points appear satisfactorily es- tablished :— 1st.—That the Alderney grit is identical with the “Grés feldspathique” of the northern part of Contentin. 2nd.—That the “Gres feldspathique” immediately underlies the “Grés armoricain,’ the oldest 238 THE ROCKS OF ALDERNEY. fossiliferous rock hitherto found in north- western France. 3rd.—That the fossils of the “Grés armoricain ” establish its correspondence with the Arenig rocks of Wales and Shropshire. The Grés armoricain is the quartzite found at Cherbourg, Falaise, Domfront and Mortain, in Normandy, and which runs through Brittany, terminating near Brest. It follows that the Aideane grit is somewhat, but probably not much older than the Arenig rocks; as there appears to be no unconform- ability between it and the Gres armoricain. M. Bigot con- siders it to be contemporaneous with the “ Lingula Flags.” It would therefore be Lower Silurian according to the nomen- clature adopted by the Geological Survey, but would be placed either at the base of the Ordovician or summit of the Upper Cambrian, according to the system proposed by Lapworth, which is viewed with increasing favour by geologists. The Alderney grit, as will be seen by the diagram, 1s a newer formation than the Jersey conglomerate. DIAGRAM. Typical Rocks of Nomenclature.* French Rocks accord- {Channel Island England & Wales. n “ C ing to M. Bigot. Rocks. Ludlow Series.... Wenlock ,, ....| 4 a8 = a Pale WE non DET Noe Bala Seats 4 8 : Oe iS Llandeilo ,, ....| 2 I E Ss 3 Arenig Bd ee te te ae © | Grés Armoricain. oD a a = Tremadoc ,, ....| 3-2 E 5-5 ces 4 ae Grés Feldspathique. { Ae a Lingula Flag Ser.| S 3 aye ; oO ie) Menevian ,, ... | | | SE | 8 | 22 | chistes Vert Clai ES 5 ES chistes Ver alr. Harlech Pa ere A | S$ | Schistes Pourprés. HS Ss & |(Grés et Conglo- ) | ( Jersey Con- Caerfai. 5 7, he Fe ee merat Pourprés. glomerate. ; i . A Jersey Ar- Precambrian..... Schistes de St. Lo. { eillites. *The nomenclature in column A is that adopted by Sedgwick: in column B, that of Murchison, adopted by the Geological Surveys of England and France: in column C, Lapworth’s. LOCAL SUPERSTITIONS.—OMENS, SIGNS AND WARNINGS. BY MR. DENYS CORBET. -——— () ——— I sPOKE to you some time ago about “Local Witcheraft,” or “ Witchcraft in Guernsey,” as one of the many superstitious notions in which nine persons out of ten of our rural popula- tion, at least, were firm believers some forty or fifty years ago, if they are not so still. But, although I did not exhaust the subject on that occasion, I do not mean to return to it to-night, but rather to speak to you about another popular delusion, quite as superstitious, if not more so, and which had quite as many adherents as witchcraft, at the time to which I refer, but which, I have every reason to believe, has now lost much of its popularity, owing, no doubt, to the spread of education, and, consequently, of civilisation—I mean the belief in omens, signs and warnings. There was then scarcely an old woman, or an old man either, to be found, at least in that part of the country where I was born and brought up, who was not quite an adept in the art of decyphering and predicting, from the various ways in which either the fire; or the primitive fish-oil lamp, or crdsset, as it was called ; or even the old-fashioned dip-candle—to say nothing of the farthing rushlight—burned, what was to happen, not only on the following day or week, but possibly for a month to come. To begin by the coal fire, for instance :—If it burnt dull, it was a sure sign of rain; if bright, it denoted easterly wind and dry weather; if it emitted a blueish flame, it was the sure sign of a gale; if a greenish one, witches were abroad and at their tricks; if a piece of coal flew out, it was examined most attentively, and, if it bore the least resemblance to a ship or a boat, that denoted a sea voyage by the person towards whom it flew; or else either news from, or the speedy arrival of, some seafaring relative or member of the family, according to the manner in which the bit of coal was shaped ; on the contrary, if it resembled a box or a coffin, it was a warning of the death of some friend or relation. Infinite again were the deductions drawn from the various fantastic shapes assumed by the coal or wood embers as they burned in the old brick grate, or under the terpid, as it was, 240 LOCAL SUPERSTITIONS. and is still called—trom the French trepied—a simple barred contrivance, usually with three legs, called in Fnglish a “tripod,” and which is still in daily use in every country- house. Many of these deductions, however, I cannot now bring to mind, and if I could they would not be worth your listening to, on uccount of their complete absurdity. I now come to the crdsset, or primitive lamp, a very perfect specimen of which I have brought with me for your inspection. Unfortunately, I have not been able to procure all its accessories, but I think I can show you a rough draw- ing of most of them, especially the old-fashioned stand, which was the crdsset’s constant companion, that is, when it did not hang from the ceiling above, by a simple lath, perforated with holes throughout its length, for the sake of putting the lamp higher or lower, as convenience required. Thus,—the lath was made to run on a horizontal rod, along which it slid at pleasure, thus giving light in different parts of the room. The first to be moved about the room as occasion required, the second to hang over the green-bed, where the women inva- riably sat of an evening to knit, or mend the family linen. Quite a favourite place for the crdsset to hang from was the oven-mouth, especially when some sort of cooking was going on, at night, or in the early morning, or when the family baking was being done, in which case it threw its light all over the inside of the old-fashioned furze oven, where every family baked its own bread at that time, bakers’ carts being then totally unknown about the country. Indeed, this last place, the oven-mouth, has become almost proverbially identified with the crdsset ; so much so, that quite a popular anecdote was frequently told of one who pretended that he recollected perfectly when he was born, since, “on his first opening his eyes in this world he saw the crdsset hung to the oven-mouth, which was then closed by a thick wooden door —part of the trunk of a large tree—and plastered round with yellow clay, as the bread was baking at the time.” But to return to my subject, viz., the erdsset and its tell- tale manner of burning, I have already said that in my part of the country, at least, which abounded with fishermen, the crasset was almost always fed with fish-oil, made from the liver of the cod, the conger-eel, or the ray-fish. The wick was nothing but a half-burnt, or singed rag, twisted like a small rope, or a thickish piece of twine. Of course, like the common dip candle, it required frequent snuffing, and this was usually done with a small piece of wire, or by means of a stick, kept in the crdsset itself. In the case of the candle, an old pair of LOCAL SUPERSTITIONS. 241 scissors was used, and frequently the finger and thumb, for few houses possessed such things as snuffers. This is illus- trative of the following: A man was boasting that he never was frightened of anything. “Then you never snuffed a candle with your fingers,” said someone who heard him. He was silenced. But before snuffing, great notice was taken of the manner in which the wick had burnt. If there appeared a kind of bright head or ball at the end, it denoted a death in the family or in the neighbourhood; the head itself repre- senting that of the prieua-dentérr’ment, as the person— invariably a man, and, if possible, a nephew of the deceased individual—was called, who went round, sometimes from one end of the island to the other, inviting, by word of mouth, the various friends and relations of the departed, to attend the funeral. But, sometimes, the burnt end of the wick was flat ; this was a sign of ghosts, and denoted the shroud in which their dead bodies had been laid out. If very small, however, it was a token of news, and meant a letter. The manner in which the dip candle, and even the rushlight burnt, was interpreted much in the same way, with this addition, that eat notice was taken of the various fantastic forms assumed the tallow, as it melted and ran down the candle or candle- stick. If it formed a kind of handle, or handles, it was a figure of those usually attached to both ends of a coffin, and was another omen of death. Perhaps you will allow me to quote a few stanzas relating to this subject of omens, from a poem in Guernsey-French, composed by myself some forty years ago, and published some ten or twelve years later in a volume of poetry in English, French, and Guernsey-French, entitled: Les Fieilles dla Fouarét—The Leaves of the Forest. This short extract relates to the very subject of which I have been treating, viz., omens, and it will show you that what I have just read is not mere imagination, but a simple narrative of what I was in the habit of seeing and hearing frequently when young. It must also have made considerable impression on my mind at the time to induce me to preserve the superstitions in the form of verse. These stanzas form part of a description of what I frequently saw and heard at evening parties in the country, such as used regularly to take place among neighbours and friends in the long winter evenings. Part of the poem relates to other superstitious beliefs, but I will confine myself solely to that which treats of the omens or warnings which we are now considering. The piece is entitled: “Les Vill’ries du Vier Gllawme—Old William’s Evening Parties.” 242 LOCAL SUPERSTITIONS. - Ll’ya pus d’vingt dns ; pourtant coum si ch’tait dhier I mest avis que j’le r’vé, ’bouan vier G’llaume, Au couain de s’n’atre assis, ser apres ser, La pipe au bec, & marmounnair quiq siaume : A cdtai d’li s’en p’tit fortificat— Ah! d’mandaiz-mé, si l’vieil aimait se-n-huile ! Sil y wnait fier sur l’barbari muscat ! Et sil avait pour tout pertu sa g’ville! Mais chu que l’vier avait l’pus prés du queur, Ch’tait sen craset—i pouvait nous en dire si Sus chu chapiter 14 jusqu’au p’tit jeur, Tant qu’atouar d’li j’étion nets paumais (rire. Ch’tait l& sen livre: Ah! coum il y liésait— Et que l’bouan vieil était fin sous sen roue— En savait-i? l’cat en heurlait, ma fé, Surtout quand l’vier li pilvaudait la coue. Si brdlait blld, ’lend’main Il’érait du vent ; Si vert, ll’y-avait pus d’un sorchier en route ; Téte ou malon ch’tait |’prieux d’enterr’ment, Et un lincheur, des r’venants, sans nul doute. - Hors d’sen vier bec, & quand nou l’amichait, Sil écanchait d’sortir une étinchelle, Pour la personne en d’viers qui a’ volait G’llaume était saeur que ch’tait pour quiq nouvelle. Mais sla chandelle, aurun du vier craset, V’nait sus la tablle, 4 quand nous manquait d’huile, A nos ha! has! craquotant (si ventait) Sus les chervons nou s’érait oui la tuile! Jamais prophéete au béni temps jadis N’vit ossi cllair dans les visions d’un réve, a Coum faisait G’llaume & quand purotait I’si, Coum 7’ll-avient, quand l’gros vent d’nord endéve. Aut’fais assis sans d’auter veue ou lun, Qu’un beluet d’faeu, |’vier nou liésait sins paine Dans |’querbon rouage, ou ner, ou jaune, ou brun Chu qui nou s’arrivrait durant la s’maine. S'll-avait parent ou vaisin en s’mouarant, De d’dans la fllambe i faisait volair l’coffre ; Slettre ou ami du large était en v’nant, D’mourtrair l’navire i nou s’érait fait offre. 40 (The following literal translation of the above interesting Franco-Norman stanzas;-has been kindly furnished by the author :—] It is more than twenty years ago, nevertheless it seems to me as if it were but yesterday i That I used to see good old William Sitting in his chimney corner night after night, Pipe in mouth, and humming some old psalm tune. Beside him stood his little pick-me-up (or mug of cider), Oh! you needn’t ask if the old fellow liked his oil ! If he got merry on his favourite apple juice, And if he had for every hole a peg (1.¢., for every question an answer). LOCAL SUPERSTITIONS. 243 But what the old fellow had nearest his heart Was his crésset—he could talk Upon that subject till dawn, While around him we were all convulsed with laughter. Tt was his book : ah! how he read it ! And wasn’t the old chap bright under his rust ! -Didn’t he know a thing or two! On my faith, even the cat howled at hearing him, At least when the old fellow trod on its tail. If it (the crdsset) burnt blue, next day there would be wind ; If green, there surely were witches on the road. A head or scab (on the wick) denoted an inviter to a funeral, And a winding-sheet was a sign of ghosts. If, when it was snuffed or trimmed, A spark happened to fly from it, Then for the person towards whom it flew William was sure that it portended news. But if the candle, instead of the old crasset, Came upon the table when the oil ran short, With our ah! ah! if it blew hard enough, The very tiles on the roof would clatter. There never was a prophet in those blessed old times Who so clearly saw into the visions of a dream As did William in the way in which the mutton-suet dribbled, As it does when the strong north wind is raging. At other times, when seated without any other light Than that of a small flickering fire, the old man would read to us without difficulty, In the very coal, red, or black, or yellow, or brown, What would happen to us during the week. If a relation or neighbour was dying, Out from the flame he made the coffin to fly ; If a letter or a friend was expected from abroad, He would show (in the grate) the vessel that was bringing the one or the other. 40 I may also mention another object whose every move- ment was fraught with intelligence oe what was to happen in a given time—this was, and still is, the domestic cat. For instance, if it was seen washing its face with its paw in the morning, some strange visitor would be sure to call during the day; if at night, then the stranger would come on the morrow. But for the prediction to come true it was necessary that the cat should be a female, and that its paw, in washing, should pass quite over its ear. Moreover, if the cat washed itself on the right ear, the visitor would be a man, if on the left, a woman. I should scarcely end were I to tell you all that I have seen and heard on this subject. But, perhaps the most fruit- ful source of omens, signs, and warnings were dreams. Yet these were mostly interpreted by contraries, like that of the L 10 30 old Irishwoman who went into a grocer’s shop,’and there found a lady and gentleman making some purchases. Ad- dressing herself to them, she told them that she had dreamed the night before that the lady had given her a pound of tay, and the gentleman a pound of sugar. “Ah! but my good woman,’ replied the gentleman, “ dreams are always explained by contraries.” “Oh! very well,” said the old woman, “ your honour can give me the tay, and your lady can give me the sugar.” It will readily be seen that according to this most convenient way of interpreting dreams, they can be made to coincide with almost anything that comes to pass, or rather, anything that happens may be made to coincide with them. However, as the continuation of this subject would lead one to an interminable length, I will conclude by simply observing that there must have been persons, at all times, somewhat sceptical on the subject of dreams denoting future events, otherwise we should scarcely have the old Guernsey proverb, which says: “Senge nest quwombre, et ombre west rien.” That is: “Dreams are but shadows, and shadows are nothing.” Furthermore, I cannot help thinking that what has helped in a great measure to perpetuate the belief in dreams among the ignorant, at least, has been dream-books. I have seen several in country houses—though I never had the patience to read any of them through—which. professed to interpret all kinds of those visions of the night as gravely as if their authors had been so many Josephs of dream-interpreting memory. Young people also pretend to find out the time of their marriage by means of the number of kernels, or stones, found in the portion of plum-pudding which they eat at their Christmas dinner. Thus reckoning the stones, they say: “This year, next year, never, now,’ or something of the kind, over and over again, till they come to the last stone, which is supposed to give the desired information. It is also a popular notion, as regards death-omens, that opening a book all at once at the required page, or hitting upon the exact number of anything in like manner, is a sure sign that the person so doing will die during the year. Other prolific sources of omens and signs are the various aspects of the weather. I am not going into this now, but will simply observe that the rainbow has given rise to this proverb :— 244. LOCAL SUPERSTITIONS. »“Ardaillance au matin fait la mare au ch’min, . Ardaillance au ser fait bel aver.” LOCAL SUPERSTITIONS. 245 or, in English :— ** A rainbow in the morning is the sailors’ warning, A rainbow at night is the sailors’ delight.” Finally, I could also say a great deal about ghosts and apparitions as having been made to foretell coming events, but, as I may possibly take up that subject at some future time, I will refrain from referring further to it at present. But I can scarcely close this subject of signs and omens without touching lightly upon that other Seance mania, Viz. : pretending to discover indications of one’s intended among the dregs or tea-leaves in the bottom of the last cup of tea, whenever that beverage is taken. After giving the cup a few whirls to separate the dregs, it is set down in the saucer bottom upwards for a few seconds. Then, upon turning it up again, the examination takes place. Should a longish stem be conspicuous among the rest, it is at once set down as the tea-drinker’s beau, if a young woman. Ifa man, of course he will look for something more typical of a young lady. This may be practised now as mere child’s fun, but yet the fact of its still continuing so general, clearly implies that there must have been some faith put in it at one time. I believe it was first practised by professed fortune-tellers. Be that as it may, I know one elderly widow even now who seldom fails to end her “ tea” in this way. Nor is she at all ashamed to say that she expects to see her next spouse in the bottom of her tea- cup one of these days. That her faith in this prediction has not been shaken appears to me strange, for, when in her teens, she never failed to look for her young man’s apparition in the same way; and though she often pretended to have seen him, yet, when he did come, it was in the shape of a middle-aged widower. Surely the tea-leaves must have proved awfully treacherous. That this pretended reading of the future in tea-leaves is not limited to Guernsey I have often had occasion to observe. Only the other day, while taking tea with a Jersey friend—a clergyman of the Church of England, too— I was surprised to see him make the same examination of his tea-cup. Upon my making some remark about it, he told me that it was quite a practice in the sister isle. This leads me to ask myself, in conclusion, whether the Guernsey com- munity, with all its ignorance, superstition and popular delu- sions, is more benighted as a whole than the people of any other country in these respects? I think it is not. rae ym a See ee a ee pee eee GUERNSEY SOCIETY or NATURAL SCIENCE ’ Fae ace We a ae He ee Ga Carr AND LOCAL RESEARCH. ior? pro rieeg arse ed rn TAT | ey weet ig it ig i a a a Peo pgs A REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS \ | TPT AL MALL Ira Re vn wre ffen sion wa ese. iTiufe scr nee Sige ce + ms x ee se ees Tig gg oT ig oy ea ey sini ae ye ae 2 GALS YD LA ALS AVS MSS hf hdl" eh ed a f"*, + ° Guernsey PRINTED BY THOMAS MAUGER BICHARD, Px, ee a ee a &: > we BORDAGE STREET. 1894, Spas esa | ( en ince siti foot ne ha Ay ne x rea Teal AL a Fano wall Camus Ceol) aan ae Mac Nc sss GUERNSEY SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCE LOCAL RESEARCH. . —__———@—__ AaroRT AND TRANSACTIONS 1893. ... GHruevmsey ; PRINTED BY THOMAS MAUGER BICHARD, 1894, : 4 » by es f we bs - OFFICERS AND COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR 1894. PATRON: Sir EDGAR MACCULLOCH, F.S.A. PRESIDENT: Mr. ERNEST D. MARQUAND. VicE-PRESIDENTS: Mr. THOMAS GUILLE. Mr. FREDERICK M. ALLES. Mr. JOHN WHITEHEAD, F.R.G.S., F.S.A. HON. TREASURER: HON. SECRETARY: me. W. A. LUFF. Mr. WILLIAM SHARP. COMMITTEE: Mr. J. LE M. BOUGOURD. Mr. G. T. DERRICK. Mr. A. COLLENETTE. Mr. J. L. PITTS. Mr. C.G. DE LA MARE. Mr. T. C. ROYLE. Sl LIST OF MEMBERS. Br. Aikman, M.D.,-C.M.. MansCss: Queen’s Road. Mr. E. Allen, 55, Hauteville. My. F. Allés, Bon Air. Miss Beaty, Ladies’ College. Colonel Bell, C.B., Swissville. Miss M. Best, Ruettes Brayes. Mr. T. M. Bichard, Canichers. Dr. R. 8. Boley, St. Martin’s. Mrs. Boley, St. Martin’s. Mr. J. Le M. Bougourd, Gipps Land. Mr. Cecil Carey, Hauteville. Mr. F. Carey, Grange. Mr. W. Carey, Grange Hill. Capt. Carteret Carey, Castle Carey. Mr. J. J. Carey, F.R.G.S., Perelle. Miss B. Carré, 2, Cameron Place. Mr. E. A. Carré, 2, Cameron Place. Mr. W. C. Carré, Valnord. Mr. A. Collenette, F.M.S., Hauteville. Mrs. A. Collenette, Hauteville. Colonel Collings, Eaton Place. Miss M. B. Collings, Clifton. Miss R. Cole, Canichers. Mr. H. Crousaz, De Beauvoir. Mr. H. Cumber, Rocquettes. Mr. T. W. M. De Guérin, Mont Durand. Miss C. M. De Guérin, Mont Durand. Mr. G. Derrick, Valnord. Mr. C. De La Mare, Mount Durand. Miss M. Dawber, Ruettes Brayes. Mr. T. Domaille, St. Martin’s. Miss Domaille, St. Martin’s. Colonel C. Durand, Grange. Mr. Espinasson, Hauteville. Miss D. Fox, Ladies’ College. Mrs. J. Gardner, Old Government House. Miss F. A. Gilbert, Ladies’ College. Mr. F. Guerin, High Street. Miss Guille, Union Street. Mr. T. Guille, Montauban. Mr. M. St. G. Glasse, Doyle Road. Captain Gostling, 6, Brock Terrace. Colonel P. Groves, Candie. General Harvey, Queen’s Road. Lieut.-Col. Harvey, Queen’s Road. Mr. A. Hewitt, Brock Road. Mr. J. S. Hocart, Les Mielles, Vale. Mr. S. G. Hugo, Allez Street. Mr. J. W. Jones, Arcade. Mr. Sausmarez Le Cocq, Sausmarez Street. Commander Le Cocq, St. George. Mr. T. Le Pelley, Beaucamp, Castel. Rev. J. L. Le Pelley. Mr. B. H. G. Le Febvre, Blancheland, St. Martin’s. Rev. G. E. Lee, M.A., F.S.A., Union Street. Mr. G. Le Masurier, Victoria Road. Rev. F. E. Lowe, M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage. Mr. W. A. Luff, Mount Row. Sir E. MacCulloch, F.S.A., Le Pollet. Dr. M. MacCulloch, M-D., F-G.S5 Les Touillets. Captain Macrae, Grange. Mr. E. D. Marquand, Fermain House. Mr. EK. P. Marquand, Fermain House. Mr. H. D. Mauger, George Road. Mr. H. Morgan, Havilland. Mr. A. Mourant, Rozel Terrace. Mr. D. Mollet, Hauteville. Mr oH. J Morgan, Havilland. Mr. P. Nicolle, Foulon. Mr. J. B. Nickolls, Grange. Major C. H. Ozanne, St. James’ Square, London. Mr. J. S. Ozanne. Mr. J. 8S. Paint, Arcade. Miss KE. R. Paint, King’s Road. Mr. T. W. Palmer, Mill Street. Rev. W. C. Penney, M.A., Elizabeth College. Mr. J. L. Pitts, F.S.A. (Normandy), Canichers. Mr. A. C. Quick, Church Square. Mr. Z. Robert, Mauxmarquis. Mr. T. C. Royle, Areade: Surgeon-Maj. Ryan, L.R.C.S., George Road. Mr. W. Sharp, Granville House. Mr. R. L. Spencer, Esplanade. Major-General Standen, Beaulieu. Col. A. Simon, Caches, St. Saviour’s. Mr. W. Stranger, jun., St. Sampson’s. Brigade - Surgeon Thornhill, A.B., M.B., T.C.D., Grange. Miss Tupper, Candie. Miss Turner, Ladies’ College. Mr. H. Tourtel, Market Square. Mr. J. Whitehead, F.R.G.S., F.S.A., Royal Hotel. Rev. J. Woodhouse, Hauteville. a TRANSACTIONS UF THE SUCIETY, Monthly Meeting held on November 9th, 1892, Mr. E. D. Marquand, President, vn the chair. The minutes of the last meeting having been read and confirmed, Mr. J. W. Morgan, of La Croute, St. Martin’s, was unanimously elected a member of the Society. The subject of birds being introduced, Mr. Derrick mentioned that he had seen about a dozen swallows at Le Bourg, St. Andrew’s, on October 29th. The President said he had seen during the past week a pair of Golden-crested Wrens, and a Goat-sucker, the latter being a very rare bird here. Mr. Z. Robert presented to the Society Vol. III. of Dr. MacCulloch’s “Description of the Western Islands of Scotland and Isle of Man,” for which he was cordially thanked. The President stated that he had lately received from Mr. W. F. Miller, of Sidcot, North Somerset, a list of plants observed by him in Sark during a fortnight’s stay there last August. It comprised between 60 and 70 additions to Babington’s list, and about 30 species hitherto unrecorded for Sark. The total number of Flowering Plants recorded for Sark now amounted to some 320 or 330 species, a number which the President did not consider by any means exhaustive. About a dozen species occur in Sark which are unknown in Guernsey. Mr. Derrick read a paper on “Guernsey Clays,” which will be found printed in full on page 212 of these Transactions. Monthly Meeting held on December 14th, 1892, Mr. E. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. After disposing of the formal business of the evening, Mr. Cecil Carey was unanimously elected a member of the Society. Mr. Luff read from the Field Club an interesting paper on “The Insusceptibility of some individuals to the Stings of Wasps, Bees and Nettles,” detailing particular cases in Jersey and Herm in which persons had been repeatedly stung on the neck, arms and hands by scores of wasps, and yet experienced no pain or inconvenience whatever; and an instance where children had been known to be incapable of feeling nettle stings. Mr. Z. Robert entertained the meeting 252 MEETINGS. with a varied collection of local proverbs and scraps of folk- lore, explaining the use and application of many curious words and idioms used in the Guernsey patois. The President read an excellent paper (Part I.) written for the Society by Mr. Hornell, of Jersey, on the Marine Worms of the Channel Islands, dealing chiefly with the strange and unaccountable habit known as “ commensalism,” of which many remarkable examples were given. Monthly Meeting held on January 11th, 1893, Mr. E. D. Marquand, President, in the charr. The minutes of the previous meeting having been duly read and confirmed, Mr. G. E. Derrick read the following note : “A deposit of limpet shells was dug through in a field at the town side of the corner formed by the Fort Road and the lane leading to the Damouettes. > >> b> > > > 300 THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. D. melanocephalus. Rather common. -D. veetensis, 2y/. One near Doyle’s Monument. One, May 12th, 1892; Gouffre. Blechrus maurus, Sturm. Not uncommon by sweeping on cliffs. Metabletus foveola, Gyii. Common. L’Ancresse, Grande Rocque, &c. Haliplus ruficollis, De G. Common, ponds at ]’Ancresse. H. lineatocollis, Marsh. Pool by Fort Doyle (E. D. and E. P. M.) Pelobius tardus, Herbst. Common. Laccophilus obseurus, Panz. Quarry pool at Pulias, Vale (E. D. and 1g Le IME ’ Noterus sparsus, Marsh. Pond on l’Ancresse Common. Bidessus unistriatus, Schr. One in pool at Grande Mare, Vazon, October 4th, 1893. Hyphydrus variegatus. Common in ponds at Vale; it has never been taken in England. Czelambus ingequalis, F. Quarry pool at Pulias, Vale (E. D. and E. P. M.) Hydroporus lepidus, 07. Pond on 1’Ancresse Common. H. piecipes, 7. Quarry Pond, Vale. One. H. Gylenhali, Schiédte. Grande Mare, Vazon. One. H. pubescens, Gyii. Common. Agabus paludosus, F. Pond on 1’Ancresse. A. didymus, 07. Ditch near Ivy Castle, July 19th, 1892. A. conspersus, Yarsh. Pool near Vale Coast. One. © A. nebulosus, Fors¢. In quarry pools, Vale. A. ehaleonotus, Panz. L’Ancresse, one. Rocque Maingay, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. bipustulatus, Z. Not uncommon. Rhantus Grapii, Gy//. Grande Mare, Vazon. Two. Colymbetes fuseus, Z. Not uncommon in ponds and ditches, 1’ Ancresse and Grande Mare. Dytiseus marginalis, Z. Common in ponds, l’Ancresse. I once found more than twenty in a small zinc cistern on a roof in Bordage street. D. ecirecumfiexus, #. Pond on l’Ancresse Common, two. Acilius suleatus, Z. Grande Mare, one. Gyrinus natator, Geof. Very common. Hydrophilus piceus, Z. Quarry pool, Vale. One. Hydrobius fuseipes, Z. Common. H. oblongus, Herbst. Grande Mare. Vazon. Two. Philhydrus testaceus, /. Grande Mare, one. P.. maritimus, Zhoms. Pools at Pulias (EK. D. and E. P. M.) P. Nigrieans, Zeit. L’Ancresse, one. Anacza limbata, Ff. Common. A.'bipustulata, Steph. (E. D.) Berosus affinis, Bruite. Grande Mare, one (W. A. L.) Pool by Fort Doyle, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Cheetarthria seminalum, Herbst. Pool near Rocque Maingy. Plentiful. (E. D. and E. P. M.) Helophorus aquaticus, Z. Grande Mare, three or four specimens. H. seneipennis, Zioms. Albecq, one. Pulias, one (HE. D. and E. P. M.) H. brevipalpis, Bede. Grande Mare, one. THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. 301 Octhebius bicolor, Germ. Pool at Rocque Maingy, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) O. punctatus, Steph. Pool near Grandes Rocques, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) ere obiculare, F. Cliff stream at Petit Port, one (E. D. and my. .P. M. Spheridium searabzoides, /”. Common. S. bipustulatum, Fad. Not so common as the preceding. Cercyon obsoletus, Gyi/. L’Ancresse and St. Saviour’s (E. D. and E. P. M.) C. flavipes, ”. Common. C. melanocephalus, J. reanent C. unipunetatus, Z. L’Ancresse (E. D. and E. P. M.) C. lugubris, Pays. Rather common (E. D. and E. P. M.) Megasternum boletophagum, Marsh. In haystack refuse, St. Saviour’s, two (E. D. and E. P. M.) Aleochara bipunctata, 0/7. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. nitida, Grav. Forest, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. grisea, Ar. Under decaying seaweed, |’ Ancresse (EK. D. and E. P. M.) Astilbus canaliculatus, 7. Forest, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Homolata vestita, Grav. North coast, frequent (E. D. and E. P. M.) H. aquatica, Thoms. Talbots Valley, one. H. euryptera, Steph. By sweeping, St. Saviour’s, two. H. trinotata, Hr. Common in haystack refuse. H. sericea, Wuls. In garden, St. Martin’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) H. fungi, Grav. Fermain cliffs, two (E. D. and E. P. M.) Falagria suleata, Pays. Near Gouffre stream, two. Hypoecyptus longicornis, Pays. Jerbourg, one (EH. D. and E. P. M.) H. leviuseulus, Mann. Sweeping at Gouffre, one. econ. pubescens, Grav. In garden, St. Martin’s, one (E. D. and : 2. M. C. lividum, £7. Common in hedges in spring (E. D. and E. P. M.) Taehyporus echrysomelinus, Z. Common. T. hypnorum, /. Common. T. formosus, Watth. St. Saviour’s Valley, one. T. brunneus, /. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Cilea silphoides, 2. Ina garden at Mount Row, one. Tachinus rufipes, 2. Common. T. subterraneus, Z. St. Martin’s, one. Forest, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Mycetoporus splendens, Marsh. L’Ancresse Common (E. D. and E. P. M.) Heterotophs quadripunctula, Gyi/. Forest, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Quedius fuliginosus, Grav. Common under stones. Q. tristis, Grw. Near Grandes Rocques (E. D. and E. P. M.) Q. semizeneus, Steph. Coast by Rousse Tower, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) One taken at Herm in 1891 (W. A. L.) Creophilus maxillosus, 2. Common. Leistotrophus nebulosus, /#. Not common. L. murinus, L. More frequent than last. Staphylinus czsareus, Ceder. Under stones near Grandes Rocques, two. Ocypus oleus, Mili. Not very common. 0. cupreus, Rossi. Common. 0. ater, Grav. Under stones near Grandes Rocques. | « a 302 THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. Philonthus splendens. L’Ancresse, one. Castel, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) P. laminatus, Creutz. Common. P. seneus, Rossi. Gouffre, one. P. proximus, Ar. Gouffre, one. P. politus, #. Not uncommon. P. fimetarius, Grav. St. Martin’s and St. Saviour’s (E. D. and E. P. M.) P. sordidus, Grav. L’Ancresse Bay (E. D. and E. P. M.) P. eruentatus, Gmel. Common. P. varius, Gyll. Not uncommon. P. varians, Pay. Generally distributed. P. agilis, Grav. St. Saviour’s, one. P. trossulus, Nord. L’Ancresse. Cafius xantholoma, Grav. Common on the coast under decaying sea- weed, &c. Var. variolosus, Sharp. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Xantholinus glabratus, Grav. Not uncommon. X. punctulatus, Payi. Common. X. linearis, O/. Frequent. Leptacinus linearis, Grav. Frequent. Stilicus affinis, 27. Common. Seopzeus suleicollis, Steph. Gouffre, one. Medon propinguus, Bris. Petit Port cliffs, by sweeping, one. M. melanocephalus, /. Rather common. Sunius diversus, 4Auwbé. Vale, two. , Ss. eS Paykull. Hedges at St. Martin’s and Forest (E. D. and S. filiformis, Zatv. L’Ancresse Common, one. Pzederus littoralis, Grav. Common. P. riparius, 2. Marshy spot, Rocque Maingy, Vale (E. D. and E. P. M.) Py aE Ey. Generally distributed, but not common (E. D. and Stenus bimaculatus, Gyii. One specimen under a log at Gouftre (EK. D. and E. P. M.) S. en Er. St. Saviour’s one (W. A. L.) Forest, two (E. D. and S. speculator, Z7. St. Saviour’s Valley, one. S. declaratus, Hr. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) S. brumipes, Steph. Common. S. annulatus, Crotch. Not uncommon (E. D. and E. P. M.) S. flavipes, Steph. Not uncommon (E. D. and E. P. M.) S. similis, Herdst. Frequent. S. ossium, Steph. One. S. eicindeloides, Grav. Grande Mare, Vazon. One. Platystethus arenarius, Mow. In moss, one. Oxytelus laqueatus, Marsh. Several in haystack refuse, Delancey Hill. O. sculpturatus, Grav. Ina garden, one. O. tetracarinatus, Block. Common in hedges (E. D. and E. P. M.) Philorhinum sordidum, Steph. Common in furze blossom on the cliffs in spring. Homalium rivulare, Pays. Common (E. D. and E. P. M.) THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. 303 H. a Gyll. In decaying seaweed, l’Ancresse, one (E. D. and H. riparium, Zhoms. Rather common. Proteinus ovalis, Steph. Common. P. macropterus, Gyi/. In garden refuse, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Megarthrus affinis, ¥%i/. Common in garden refuse (E. D. and E. P. M.) eon) elypeatum, Mii. Jerbourg. St. Saviour’s (E. D. and Bryaxis juncorum, Leach. One under a stone, Petit Bot Valley (E. D. and E. P. M.) ot dubius, Marsh. Haystack refuse, St. Saviour’s (KE. D. and Neerophorus humator, /. Under a dead sheep, Petit Port, one. N. vestigator, Heer. Under dead birds, two, St. Martin’s. N. vespillo, Z. Not uncommon near the coast. Silpha tristris, Z7. Saints’ Bay, one. Sark, one. S. sinuata, /”. Common. S. atrata, 2. Frequent. Choleva fusea, Panz. One at Gouffre, by sweeping, in June. C. grandicollis, Zr. Saints’ Bay, one. C. nigrita, Zr. In a garden, St. Martin’s, one (KE. D. and E. P. M.) Gouffre cliffs, two (W. A. L.) C. tristris, Panz. L’Ancresse, two specimens by sweeping. C. Watsoni, Spence. Gouffre, one by sweeping. Hister quadrimaculatus. Z. Two or three specimens under stones at Saints’ Bay. H. unicolor, Z. L’Ancresse, one. H. cadaverinus, Hof. Not uncommon. H. 12 striatus, Sch. Near St. Appoline’s Chapel, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Petit Port, one (W. A. L.) Careinops minima, 4wsé. Common under stones in early spring (E. D. and E. P. M.) Saprinus zneus, #. Common. ae wt striatus, 7. Near St. Appoline’s Chapel, two (E. D. and ee, Corylophus ecassidioides, Marsh. Beaten from hedges, often in abun- dance (E. D. and E. P. M.) Sericorderus lateralis, Gy//. St. Martin’s,one. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Sub-coccinella globosa, Scheid. Abundant on our southern cliffs. Coccinella 11 punctata, Z. Sometimes abundant. C. 7 punetata, Z. Common. Halyzia 18 guttata, Z. One specimen beaten from an apple tree in a garden at Mount Row, Sept. 4th. H. conglobata, Z. By sweeping near Saints’ Bay, two. H. 22 punetata, Z. Common. Mieraspis 16 punetata, 2. Common (E. D. and E. P. M.) Seymnus frontalis, f. By sweeping at St. Andrew’s, two. Platynaspis luteorubra. Common under stones near the coast. Chilocorus bipustulatus, 2. Local. On the cliffs, Saints’ Bay, Gouffre, &c.; often abundant on furze, broom, and heath. E 304 THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. Rhizobius litura, F. Common. Myectzena hirta, Marsh. Common in garden refuse (E. D. and E. P. M.) Eustilbus testaceus, Panz. One by sweeping. Brachypterus pubescens, Zr. Not uncommon. Epursea melina, Zr. Vale, one. Nitidula quadripustulata, /. Petit Port cliffs, July, one. Soronia grisea, L. Took two specimens from wet burrows of Cossus ligni- perda in elm tree, top of Moulin Huet Water Lane. Carpophilus hemipterus, Z. One found in a box of raisins, 15th Novem- ber, 1873. Olibrus liquidus, Zr. Generally distributed. O. particeps, Muls. Generally distributed (E. D. and E. P. M.) Omosita discoidea, F. Gouffre cliffs, under an old bone, in some numbers (E. D. and E. P. M.) Fermain Bay, two (W. A. L.) Pria duleamaree, Scop. St. Saviour’s, one specimen by sweeping. Meligethes rufipes, Gy//. By sweeping, two. M. picipes, Sturm. In flowers of pilewort, St. Saviour’s (E. D. and E. P. M.) M. obseurus, Zr. Forest, by beating hedges, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Coninomus nodifer, Westw. Common (E. D. and E. P. M.) Enicmus minutus, LZ. In a garden, St. Martin’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) E. transversus, 0/7. One in moss from Gouffre. Cartodere ruficollis, Marsh. Several in haystack refuse. Melanopthalma gibbosa, Herbst. Common. M. fuseula, Humm. Forest, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Antherophagus pallens, Gyi/. One by sweeping, Gouffre. Cryptophagus lycoperdi, Herdst. Common. C. pilosus, Gyi. In our garden, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) C. saginatus, Sturm. Ina garden, St. Martin’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) C. seanicus, LZ. Ina garden, St. Martin’s, two (E. D: and E. P. M.) Mierambe vini, Panz. Common. Atomaria analis, Zr. Fermain cliffs, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. atrieapilla, Steph. Gouffre, one. A. ruficornis, Marsh. In garden refuse. Ephisvems eg we Marsh. St. Saviour’s, three specimens (E. D. and E Byturus tormentosus, Ff. Gouffre, three by sweeping. Simplocaria semistriata, F. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Dermestes murinus, 2. Common under dead birds and animals near the coast. D. undulatus, Brahm. Near Petit Port, one under dead bird. - D. lardarius, Z. One in a house in Mansell Street. Attagenus pellio, Z. Common. Byrrhus pilula, 2. Not uncommon. Elmis zeneus, Muli. Under stone in stream at Saints’ Bay, one. Parnus prolifericornis, f. Gouffre Valley, two. Potaminus substriatus, ii. Two specimens near Gouffre stream. ce lunaris, 2. Common in sandy places on the north and west coasts f the island. otein phates taurus, L. Local; not uncommon in sandy fields on the — north-west coast of the island in "May and June. THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. 305 0. eoonobita, Herbst. Not uncommon. 0. vacea, Z. Common on the north-west coast with Taurus. O. fraticornis, Payk. Frequent. QO. nuchicornis, Z. Not so common as the preceding. Aphodius erraticus, Z. Common. A. fossor, Z. Common. A. hemorrhoidalis, 2. Grandes Rocques, two. A. fimetarius, 2. Common. A. ater, De G. L’Ancresse, one. A. pusillus, Herbst. Common. A. grpanarius, Z. Vale, two (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. merdarius, F. L’Ancresse, one. A. inquinatus, Ff. L’Ancvresse. A. punetato-suleatus, Sturm. Common. A. luridus, Ff. Vale, one. A. rufipes, Z. Not uncommon. A. eontaminatus, Herbst. Common. Heptaulacus testudinarius, /. Not uncommon in the sandy fields near the west coast. H. sus, Herbst. One near Grandes Rocques. FEgialia arenaria, /. Near Grandes Rocques, three. Geotrupes typhezeus, L. Generally distributed but not common. G. spiniger, Marsh. Common. G. stercorarius, Z. Not uncommon. G. sylvaticus, Panz. Not common. G. vernalis, Z. Common. Trox seabulosus, 2. Fermain Bay, one. T. seaber, 2. Common amongst dead leaves in a greenhouse in Mount Row ; several at Moulin Huet and Gouffre. Serica brunnea, Z. L’Ancresse, one. Talbots Road, one. Rhizotrogus solstitialis, 2. Common. Melolontha vulgaris, /. Common. Cetonia aurata, Z. It is curious that this beautiful beetle has never been taken in Guernsey, although it is very abundant in Sark, and taken occa- sionally in Herm. C. morio. Several specimens taken on our southern cliffs on blackberry blossom, and one taken in Herm Lacon murinus, Ll. Very abundant. Melanotus puncto-lineatus, Pel. Not uncommon in the Vale parish. Athous longicollis, 07. Two specimens taken near Richmond. A. hemorrhoidalis, #. Common. Dolopius marginatus, LZ. Petit Port cliffs, one. Adrastus limbatus, #7. Common under stones in hedges, &c. Agriotes sputator, Z. Fermain Bay, one (W. A. L.) Gouffre cliffs, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. lineatus, Z. Common. Corymbites Quercus, Gyi/. Common. Helodes minuta, Z. By sweeping at Gouffre cliffs, one. H. marginata, /#. Common by sweeping. 306 THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. H. livida, F. Gouffre cliffs, three. Cyphon nitidulus, Thoms. St. Saviour’s, by sweeping, two. Telephorus bicolor, /. By sweeping, two. T. fulvus, Scop. Common. T. flavilabris, Fail. Not uncommon by sweeping in damp meadows near Claire Mare. Malthinus fasciatus, Fall. Two by beating near Vazon. | Axinotarsus ruficollis, 07. Several specimens by sweeping near the coast. Dasytes flavipes, /. Common by sweeping on the southern cliffs. D. xrosus, Kies. Two, by sweeping. Psilothrix nobile, 7/7. Common by sweeping flowers of the thrift on the south cliff coast. Neerobia ruficollis, #. Common. Niptus hololeucus, Faid. Two in a house in Mansell Street. Anobium domesticum, Four. Common. Cis boleti, Scop. Not uncommon. Callidium violaceum, Z. One on a skylight in Bordage Street; had probably flown to light. C. variabile, Z. One crawling up a post in a shop in Bordage Street. Clytus arcuatus, Z. On board a ship in the Town Harbour, one. Clytus arietis, 2. Common. Gracilia minuta, /. By beating hedges at St. Andrew’s, one. Aeanthoeinus eedilis, Z. Found by a boy on a wall in Victoria Road, and brought to me alive. Bruchus rufimanus, Boh. Several in lentils purchased in town. B. villosus, Ff. Several by sweeping at Pleinmont. Lema lichenis, Voet. Generally distributed. L. melanopa, L. Gouffre, two (W. A. L.) Near Grantez Mill, one (E. D. and HE. P. M.) Cryptocephalus morei, Ll. By sweeping on south cliffs, not common. C. vittatus, 7 Moulin Huet cliffs (EZ. D. and E. P. M.) Abundant on Gouffre cliffs on a species of Leontodon (W. A. L.) Timareha violaceonigra, De G. Abundant. Those found on ]’Ancresse Common and the north coast are a much smaller race than those of the southern cliff coast. Chrysomela Banksii, /. Common. C. heemoptera, Z. Common on the sandhills. C. hyperici, Forst. Not common. Phytodecta olivacea, Forst. On broom on the Gouffre cliffs. Gastroidea polygoni, L. By sweeping near the Corbiére, three. Prasocuris junei, Brahm. By sweeping water plants in streams at Saints’ Bay, Petit Bot and Gouffre. Common. P. phellandrii, Z. Common in the Grande Mare, Vazon, by sweeping. Adimonia tanaceti, Z. Near Grandes Rocques, one. Sermyla halensis, 2. Petit Port, two. Longitarsus brunneus, Duft. St. Martin’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) L. atricillus, Z. Jerbourg, one. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) L. melanocephalus, 4//. Fermain Point, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) L. tabidus, 7. Rocquaine, two. L. jacobsese, Wat. Frequent on ragwort (E. D. and E. P. M.) THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. 307 L. leevis, Duft. Generally distributed (E. D. and E. P. M.) Haltiea oleracea, Z. Hedges at the Forest (HE. D. and E. P. M.) H. ampelophaga, Guér. Not uncommon. H. pusilla, Duft. By sweeping, Gouffre, one. Phyllotreta consobrina, Curt. Generally distributed (E. D. and E. P. M.) P. erucifere, Goez. Apthonia nonstriata, Goez. On the yellow flag. Local, but abundant where it occurs (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. venustula, Huts. On wood spurge, lane behind Forest school (E. D. and iB. P.M. Batophila serata, Varsh. Frequent. Sphzroderma testaceum, /. Petit Port, three. Apteropeda orbiculata, Marsh. Generally distributed. Mantura ehrysanthemi, Koch. Generally distributed (EK. D. and E. P. M.) Crepidodera ferruginea, Scop. St. Saviour’s, several by sweeping. C. ventralis, 77. St. Saviour’s, one (KE. D. and E. P. M.) C. aurata, Marsh. St. Saviour’s, one. Pleetroseelis conecinna, Marsh. Jerbourg (E. D. and ieee Via) Psylliodes ehrysocephala, L. One. P. napi, Hoch. On sea radish, Gouffre cliffs (E. D. and E. P. M.) Cassida nebulosa, Z. By sweeping in a field near Gouffre, one. C. hemispherieca, Herbst. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Petit Bot Valley, one (W. A. L.) Blaps mucronata, Latr. In cellars ; not uncommon. B. similis, Zatr. In a cellar, two. Crypticus quisquilius, 2. Not uncommon on the sand hills near the Vale coast, also on the cliffs near Gouffre. Opatrum sabulosum, Gy//. Common near the coast. Heliopathes gibbus, 7. Common. Mierozoum tibiale, # Albecq, in sandy places, two (E. D. and E. P. M.) Phaleria cadaverina, Ff. Frequent. Tenebrio molitor, Z. Victoria Road, two. M. obseurus, F. One in a house in Mansell Street. Helops striatus, fowrc. Common. Cistela murina, Z. Abundant by sweeping, Gouffre. Cteniopus sulphureus, Z. Abundant on the cliffs. Lagria hirta, Z. Abundant. ale nobilis, Scop. Not uncommon by sweeping on the southern cliffs. O. lurida, Marsh. Common. ee ene pumila, Gyi/. Common on the flower of the ox-eye daisy, ouffre. Anapsis ruficollis, 7. Frequent on May blossom. A. maculata, Foure. Common. Notoxus monoceros, Z. Grandes Rocques, two. Anthiecus tristis, Schmidt. Common. Meloe proscarabzus, LZ. Frequent. Rhynehites minutus, Herbst. Generally distributed (E. D. and E. P. M.) Apion ulicis, Forst. Common on furze. 308 THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. A. fuscirostre, F. Several by sweeping near Petit Bot. A. malvee, Ff. By sweeping at Gouffre, one. A. miniatum, Germ. Rather common. A. eruentatum, Walton. Jerbourg, Forest (E. D. and E.P. M.) A. heematodes, Kirdy. Forest, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Vale, two (W. A. L.) A. rubens, Steph. Near Grandes Rocques, one. A. rufirostre, Ff. One. A. difforme, Germ. Jerbourg (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. leevieolle, Kirby. One. A. aprieans, Herbst. Common (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. dichroum, Bedel. Fermain cliffs, one. Forest, one (KE. D. and E. P. M.) A. eae Kirby. Probably the commonest of the genus (E. D. and A. onopordi, Kirtsy. Common (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. virens, Herbst. St. Martin’s, one. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. striatum, Kirby. Common (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. immune, Kirby. Hedges at Forest, two (EK. D. and E. P. M.) A. marehicum, Herbst. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) A. humile, Germ. Forest, beating hedges one (HE. D. and E. P. M.) Otiorrhynehus atroapterus, De G@. Aber: one (EK. D. and E. P. M.) L’Ancresse, two (W. A. L.) O. seabrosus, Marsh. Gouffre, one. O. picipes, 7. Common. O. sulcatus, F. Common; often abundant in greenhouses. O. rugifrons, Gyll. Fairly common. Trachyphleus myrmecophilus, Seid?. Generally distributed. T. aristatus, Gyll. One by sweeping near Gouffre. T. squamulatus, 07. Under leaves of sea radish, Gouffre cliffs, two (E. D. and E. P.M.) By sweeping at St. Saviour’s, three (W. A. L.) T. seabriculus, L. Grandes Rocques, by sweeping, three. T. secaber, LZ. By sweeping, two. Csenopsis Waltoni, Schén. Vale, one. Strophosomus coryli, /. Frequent. S. capitatus, De G. Pleinmont, St. Saviour’s. S. retusus, Marsh. Not uncommon, Gouffre, &c. S faber, Herbst. L’Ancresse Common, one (KE. D. and E. P. M.) S. lateralis, Payk. Gouftfre cliffs, two. Sciaphilus muricatus, Ff. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and E. P. M.) Barypeithes sulcifrons, Bos. Common (E. D. and E. P. M.) : Liophleeus nubilus, F. Near Moulin Huet Bay, beating, three. Polydrusus confiuens, Steph. Gouffre Valley, two. Phyllobius oblongus, Z. Talbots Road, two. . P. pyri, Z. Common. P. pomone, O/. By sweeping at Torteval, common. P. viridiseris, Laich. By beating, Talbots Valley, several. Philopedon geminatus, /. Common. Alophus triguttatus. Generally distributed, but not common. Sitones griseus, /. Not uncommon, near Richmond. | THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. 309 S. pregensteinensis, Herbst. Gouffre cliffs, one. S. tibialis, Herdst. Gouffre cliffs, three (W. A. L.) Saints’ Bay cliffs, two (E. D. and E. P. M.) S. hispidulus, F. Vale and Cobo. S. flaveseens, Marsh. Gouffre, one. S. puneticollis, Steph. Cobo, not common. S. suturalis, Steph. Petit Port, by sweeping, one. S. lineatus, Z. Common. S. suleifrons, Ziwmbd. Rather common. Gronops lunatus, Z. Cobo, one. Hypera punetata, /. L’Ancresse, Cobo. Not common. H. fasciculata, Herbst. Near Vazon, two. . pollux, F. Gouffre, by sweeping near stream. . Pumicis, Z. By sweeping, three. alternans, Steph. Gouffre, two. polygoni, Z. Hedges at Forest, two (E. D. and E. P. M.) . Suspiciosa, Herbst. Not uncommon. . variabilis, Herdst. Two, by sweeping. plantaginis, De G. Gouffre, several. . trilineata, Marsh. Grande Mare, one. . higrirostre, /. Common. Cleonus suleirostris, Z. Resting on gate posts at St. Martin’s, three at various times (W. A. L.) Ronceval, one. St. Saviour’s, one (E. D. and f. P.M.) C. albidus, F. Near Cobo, one. Lixus bicolor, 0/. Top of Petit Port cliffs, two. Near Grandes Rocques, one. Liparus coronatus, Goez. Gouffre, two. Hylobius abietis, Z. Two near Doyle’s Monument. Orechestes quereus, L. On oaks. O. alni, Z. Beaten from elms, not uncommon. O. ilicis, F. Common. Pachytychius hematocephalus, Gyi/. Gouffre cliffs, one. Dorytomus tremule, F. St. Martin’s, two. St. Saviour’s, two. D. tortrix, Z. Petit Port, one. D. maculatus, Marsh. Not common. Sibinia arenarize, Steph. Two, Rocquaine. S. sodalis, Germ. Saints’ Bay, one. Gymnetron pascuorum, Gyi/. Petit Port, one by sweeping. G. antirrhini, Payk. Gouffre, one. Mecinus pyrastii, Herbst. One specimen under bark at St. Saviour’s (E. D. and EK. P. M.) Several by sweeping near Doyle’s Monument (W. A. L.) M. eollaris, Germ. Vale, one. Anthonomus ulmi, De G. On elm. A. pedicularius, Z. St. Martin’s, one. A. rubi, Herbst. St. Andrew’s, one. Cionus hortulanus, Marsh. Saints’ Bay. C. thapsus, /. Several at Gouffre. bod bat St ct ct ct ct pt 01. o> a ee u 7 My 310 THE COLEOPTERA OF GUERNSEY. Orobites eyaneus, J. Near Grantez Mill, one (E. D. and E. ; Acolles turbatus, Boh. Moulin Huet, one specimen taken ( Coeliodes rubricundus, Herbst. Gouffre, two by areca : C. quadrimaculatus, Z. Common (E. D. andE.P.M.) Poophagus nasturtii, Germ. St. Saviour’s Valley, one. — ‘ Ceuthorrhynechus assimilis, Payt. Common. C. ericse, Gyll. By sweeping on the cliffs. C. contractus, Marsh. On sea radish, &. Common. C. quadridens, Panz. One, cliffs at Pleinmont. C. pollinarius, Forst. Common on nettles. C. pleurostigma, Marsh. Cobo, one. C. chrysanthemi, Germ. Richmond, one. Ceuthorrhynehidius troglodytes, 7. Common. C. rufulus, Dufour. Generally distributed (E. D. and E. P. M.) - Rhinoneus pericarpius, Z. Common on nettles (E. D. and E. P. M.) ~ Baris picicornis, Marsh. Two on cliffs. Calandra granaria, Z. Common in old corn bins, &c., amongst whast Ceara? Huttoni, Wollaston. Under a log, St. Savio 's (E. D. ond poole y pis geneopiceus, Boh. In rotten stump of tamarisk near Cob : three 7 Seolytus destructor, 0/7. Two from an elm log, Saints’ Bay. Cryphalus fagi, Nord. St. Saviour’s, by beating, one. Hylesinus fraxini, Panz. By sweeping near Gouffre, two. a? oA Ba He Ga Me Mae Mae ae AG! SNS oe ee I Mine” Se tar - GUERNSEY iil, ty ant Lies 1 ee easy tient ett CT TR LN ee IY OF NATURALSC AND LOCAL RESEARCH. fred oth ty, meaty al fama hs tut file ty ibe inf Poul) ntthignio= I 1SQ+t. ps cone paar a oS Ce — = ZF G2 Ire REL rs eT TL Tr By I 0 F Metis tt eeee th At Mina GAAP AAA Ah (kL hb PP df BVA halo, TH ramet) eon Ne SSS Guernsey : PRINTED BY THOMAS MAUGER BICHARD, BORDAGE STREET. Ss Se Se. 1895. TN emt at eT cen ee ett ett ' } Ri 1 \ \ ieee lg i. Sa So cp. ee aT a Ad A LT A A A ian Stn Mane ta gestion Maun Moline stan iin we aes Se See MMe MN Mniye Seve Mle UN Othinwee SOW ra GUERNSEY SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCE LOCAL RESEARCH. REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS | 1894. Guernsey : PRINTED BY THOMAS MAUGER BICHARD, BORDAGE STREET. 1896, OFFICERS AND COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR 1895. PATRON: Str EDGAR MACCULLOCH, F.S.A. PRESIDENT: Mr. A. COLLENETTE, F.C.S. VicE-PRESIDENTS: Mr. JOHN WHITEHEAD, F.R.G:S. Mr. THOMAS GUILLE. Mr. KE. D. MARQUAND. HON. TREASURER: Hon. SECRETARY: mee Ww. A. LUFF. Mr. WILLIAM SHARP. COMMITTEE: Mr. J. LE M. BOUGOURD. Mr. G. T. DERRICK. Mr. J. J. CAREY. Mr. J. L. PITTS. Mr. C. G. DE LA MARE. Mr. T. C. ROYLE. = LIST OF MEMBERS, |= >So Dr. Aikman, M.D., C.M., L.R.C.S., Queen’s Road. Mr..E. Allen, 55, Hauteville. Mr. F. Alles, Bon Air. Colonel Bell, C.B., Swissville. Miss M. Best, Ruettes Brayes. Mr. T. M. Bichard, Canichers. Dr. R. 8. Boley, M.D., St. Martin’s. Mrs. Boley, St. Martin’s. Miss S. Brock, The Hermitage. Mr. J. Le M. Bougourd, Gipps Land. Mr. Cecil Carey, Hauteville. Mr. F. Carey, Grange. Mr. W. Carey, Grange Hill. Capt. Carteret Carey, Castle Carey. Mr. J. J. Carey, F.R.G.S., Claire Mare. Miss B. Carré, 2, Cameron Place. My. E. A. Carré, 2, Cameron Place. Mr. W. C. Carré, Valnord. Dr. Dobrée Chepmell, 6, Brook Terrace, Hanover Square. Dr. Cockburn, La Porte, St. Jacques. Mr. A. Collenette, F.C.S., Hauteville. Mrs. A. Collenette, Hauteville. Mr. S. J. Collens, Union Street. Colonel Collings, Katon Place. Miss M. B. Collings, Clifton. Miss R. Cole, Canichers. Mr. H. Cumber, Rocquettes. Lord De Sausmarez, Sausmarez Park, Castel. Mr. T. W. M. De Guérin, Mont Durand. Miss C. M. De Guérin, Mont Durand. Mr. G. Derrick, Valnord Road. Mr. C. De La Mare, Mount Durand. Miss M. Dawber, Ruettes Brayes. Mr. P. S. Domaille, Seonie Villa. Mr. T. Domaille, St. Martin’s. Miss M. Domaille, La Colomberie. Colonel C. Durand, Grange. Mr. Kspinasson, Hauteville. Miss D. Fox, Ladies’ College. Mrs. J. Gardner, Old Government House. Miss F. A. Gilbert, Ladies’ College. Mr. F. Guerin, High Street. Miss Guille, Union Street. Mr. T. Guille, Montauban. Mr. M. St. G. Glasse, Doyle Road. Captain Gostling, 6, Brock Terrace. General Harvey, Queen’s Road. Lieut.-Col. Harvey, Queen’s Road. Mr. A. Hewitt, Brock Road. Mr. J. S. Hocart, Les Mielles, Vale. Mr. 8. G. Hugo, Allez Street. Rev. d’E. Tennyson Jesse, M.A., Rohais. Mr. J. W. Jones, Arcade. Mr. G. EH. Kinnersley, L.R.C.P., Lisle Terrace. Mr. Sausmarez Le Cocq, Sausmarez Street. Captain Le Cocq, St. George, Mr. T. Le Pelley, Beaucamp, Castel. Rey. J. L. Le Pelley. Mr. B. H. G. Le Febvre, Blancheland, St. Martin’s. Rev. G. E. Lee, M.A., F.S.A., Union Street. Gen. F'. B. Mainguy, Les Rocquettes. Mr. G. Le Masurier, Victoria Road. Rev. F. E. Lowe, M.A., F.E.S., St. Stephen’s Vicarage. Mr. W. A. Luff, 7, Mount Row. Sir E. MacCulloch, F.S.A., Le Pollet. Dr. M. MacCulloch, M.D., F.G.S., Les Touillets. Mr. EK. D. Marquand, Fermain House. Mr. KH. P. Marquand, Fermain House. Mr. H. D. Mauger, George Road. Dr. Merrall, St. Sampson’s. Mr. A. Mourant, Rozel Terrace. Mr. D. Mollet, Hauteville. Mr. P. Nicolle, Foulon. My. J. B. Nickolls, Grange. - Mr. EK. Osmotherly, Union Street. Major C. H. Ozanne, St. James’ Square, London. Mr. J. 8. Ozanne. Mr. J. S. Paint, Arcade. Miss EH. R. Paint, King’s Road. Mr. T. W. Palmer, Mill Street. Rev. W. C. Penney, M.A., Elizabeth College. Mr. J. L. Pitts, F.S.A. (Normandy), Canichers. Mr. A. C. Quick, Church Square. Mr. Z. Robert, Mauxmarquis. Mr. T. C. Royle, Arcade. Mr. W. Sharp, 2, Ross Place. Mr. R. L. Spencer, Esplanade. Major-Gen. Standen, Beaulieu, George Road. Col. A. Simon, Caches, St. Saviour’s. Mr. W. Stranger, jun., St. Sampson’s. Brigade-Surgeon Thornhill, A.B., M.D., T.C.D., Grange. Miss Turner, Ladies’ College. Mr. H. Tourtel, Market Square. Mr. 2 : bere F.R.G.S., Royal otel. TRANSACTIONS OF THR SOCIETY. Monthly Meeting held on January 10th, 1894, Mr. E. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. Dr. R. 8S. Boley, M.D., and Miss M. Domaille were unanimously elected members of the Society. The President exhibited a rare lichen, Umbilicaria pus- tulata, lately found by him on the cliffs between Petit Bot and Le Jaonnet. Being a strictly subalpine species it seemed to indicate that the cliffs of Guernsey must at one time have attained a far higher elevation than they do now. This lichen is common in all the mountain districts of England. The subject of the indigenous mammalia of Guernsey was introduced by the President, who gave the following list of species from his own knowledge :—Hedgehog (introduced about fifty years ago, and now comparatively common) ; Rabbit; Hare (introduced and exterminated) ; Brown Rat ; Common Mouse; Short-tailed Field Mouse; Common Shrew; Horse-shoe Bat; Long-eared Bat; Little Bat, and Common Porpoise. From information supplied by members present the following species were added :—Stoat (a specimen shot by Colonel Collings, and also two in the museum recently taken in Guernsey) ; Long-tailed Field Mouse (two specimens from Guernsey in the museum ; Mr. Hocart said they used to be plentiful at Mont Crevelt) ; Seal (specimens taken in Alder- ney, Sark and Herm). The Weasel is said to occur in Guernsey, and it is probable that one or two additional Bats are native. The Black Rat occurs in Herm, Sark and Brechou, and it seems probable that it still survives in Guern- sey. Any reliable information upon the mammalia of Guernsey will be welcome, with a view to compiling a correct list with notes on the relative frequency or rarity of the various species. Monthly Meeting held on February 14th, 1594, Mr. EF. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. Dr. H. Merrall, of George Place, St. Sampson’s, was unanimously elected a member of the Society. The Honorary Secretary announced the receipt of four parts of the proceed- 316 MEETINGS. ings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Mr, Luffread anote from Mr. Newstead upon a species of Coccid (Dae- tylopius citri) found upon an orange by Mr, Luff; it was said to be the first specimen ever found on an imported orange. Mr. Hocart exhibited a piece of limestone con- taining Pholas borings, found at lAncresse. A curious bifurcated example of the worm Glycera alba was exhibited by Mr. Puttock. The President drew attention to the structural differences noticeable in the flowers of the common Primrose—differences in the relative position of the stamens, and the length of the pistil, 80 that the flowers w ere popularly divided ‘into “ pin- centres” and “rose-centres.” An interesting discussion followed on the subject, especially with regard to its bearing on the evolution of the flower. Monthly Meeting held on March 7th, 1894, Mr. EF. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. Mr. Luff reported that the small Tortoiseshell Butterfly had been seen on the wing as early as February 24th; and further noted the occurrence on the 4th inst. of a large number of sea-birds, apparently Puffins, floating about dead in the bay at Petit Port, the question being whether they had succumbed to the recent cold and storms. The President exhibited a number of dried specimens of the common Sea-horse ( Hippo- campus ) probably from the Belgian coast, as he had bought them in Brussels some years ago. The President then opened a discussion on the “ Divining Rod,” tracing its use back to ancient times and quoting a number of recorded instances in which its efficacy in finding water or minerals was attested by credible witnesses. It was largely believed in among Guernsey people, and its use fre- quently resorted to. He offered no personal opinion on its merits, but it was certainly not a question of wilful fraud or deception. Those who practised the art of Rhabdomancy generally admitted that they could not explain how it worked —and yet there ought to be some simple scientific explanation of the cause. Mr. Pitts said he had invited a gentleman to be present whose services were in wide request in the island for finding water by means of the divining rod, but unfortunately a pressing engagement prevented his attendance. Mr. Pitts, however, was able to show, by means of a rod actually in use, the modus operandi as practised in Guernsey. Mr. Hocart also demonstrated the use of the rod, a simple forked twig MEETINGS. 317 about two feet long, the two branches being held in the hands, with the stem pointing outwards. Several other gentlemen offered observations on the subject, and then Mr. Collenette came forward and showed that there was nothing mysterious about the movement of the rod in the operator’s hand—it was simply the result of muscular force applied in a certain way. The action was mechanical and involuntary, and the “ diviner ”’ was quite unconscious of it. Mr. Collenette illustrated his theory by diagrams on the blackboard, and also by various rods he had prepared, one of which, composed of numerous strands of wire, showed the movement referred to. Many of the members present tried the experiment for themselves with varying degrees of success. It was pointed out that Mr. Collenette’s theory, while no doubt applicable in many cases, still left certain points unaccounted for, and, therefore, if it were possible to secure the attendance of a professional “ diviner ” the subject might be further discussed with much advantage. Monthly Meeting held on April 11th, 1894, Mr. E. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. The Rey. T. D’E. Jesse, M.A., was unanimously elected a member of the Society. Among the visitors present was Mr. Charles Mellish, who for some years has used the “ divining rod” professionally in this island with great success. He very kindly gave a clear and detailed description of his method of using the rod, from which it became at once evident that Mr. Collenette’s theory of unconscious muscular action, so ably propounded at the last meeting, was wholly untenable, or at any rate inapplicable in this particular case. Mr. Mellish, however, frankly admitted that he could not explain how or why the rod was deflected when held over a spring of water, but, in the hundreds of cases he had been engaged in professionally, he had never had a failure. On behalf of the meeting the President warmly thanked Mr. Mellish for having favoured them with his experience as a rhabdomantist, and his views on a subject which must still remain an unsolved mystery. With reference to the extraordinary severity of the frost which occurred during the first week in January last, Mr. G. Derrick read the following notes :— “ The frost which visited Guernsey in common with the adjacent parts of England and France was the severest on record for many years, and though fortunately of brief dura- tion, had a most disastrous effect upon vegetation, 318 MEETINGS, “ At that early period of the year there were no out-door crops to suffer much, but the stocks of potatoes and roots, which were only covered with the usual slight protection, were, In many instances, completely destroyed, some farmers affirming they had lost many pounds’ worth of seed potatoes. “In green-houses, potato plants suffered severely, and even peas, though generally hardy enough to stand all the winter frosts in the open, were in many instances rendered valueless, and where not actually dug up, have yielded com- paratively poor crops. Freesias in boxes and in the soil of ereen-houses, where the flowering stem was already developed, were completely destroyed, even the bulbs perishing ; but where the leaves were only just above ground no harm was done. “The Nerine (Guernsey lily) were in most places com- pletely killed, nurserymen thus suffering severely. “ Many cacti and nearly all the geraniums were killed. Iiven where fires were burning and a good heat maintained in the house generally, the cold air and snow penetrated close under the glass and destroyed the foliage. “There was great destruction among ornamental trees and shrubs. (Guernsey has long been a noted acclimatization station, but it will take years to replace plants which had thoroughly established themselves and become practically naturalised among us. Fuschias generally have been cut down to the roots, but will shoot again and soon recover. New Zealand flax has generally perished, though in a few instances a few sheltered roots are shooting afresh. Gum- trees seem completely destroyed, though one thought that in their native country they were often exposed to frosts as severe. The Cordylines, forming such a conspicuous ornament in many frontages, have almost universally perished, a few apparently sheltered from the direct drift of the frozen storm have escaped, and will revive. Myrtles and heath trees have been cut down. “ Yet, amidst this destruction, the trees of camellias and rhododendrons continued blooming profusely, and now in the first week of April, vegetation generally is more forward than usual at this period, and when the withered stumps of perished trees are removed, the frost of January, 1894, will be for- gotten.” Monthly Meeting held on May 9th, 1894, Mr. E. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. After disposing of the formal business of the evening, the President said he had great pleasure in recording the occur- MEETINGS. 319 rence of the Nightingale in Guernsey. In company with a friend he heard one in full song at Saints’ Bay on the 20th of April, between three and four in the afternoon. He had lived for years where nightingales abounded, and the song was per- fectly familiar to him, so that there was no possible mistake about it. Probably the bird had just arrived ; a day or two after he visited the spot at might, but could hear nothing of it. Mr. Marquand said he had “always been so sceptical about newspaper records of the occurrence of the Nightingale in this island, that it was with unbounded pleasure that he listened to the sweet songster on the day in question. Mr. Luff reported the finding of three interesting species of Cocecids, which he exhibited, viz. :—Lecanium hesperidium on lemon and roses; L. hemisphericum on stephanotis ; and Pulvinaria camellicola on camellia. These insects are very injurious to stove and greenhouse plants. The sectional secretaries read their reports on the excur- sions to the cromlechs at lAncresse on May Ist, and to the eave at Icart on May 8th. Monthly Meeting held on June 13th, 1894, Mr. E. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. General F. B. Mainguy was unanimously elected a mem- ber of the Society. The Transactions for the year 1893 were distributed to the members present, and the President complimented the Society on the excellent character of the work embodied in its pages, and its high scientific value. Mr. Luff recorded the recent capture (and exhibited specimens) of several Hemiptera and other insects new to the Guernsey list. Mr. Royle announced that several additions to our flowering plants had been made this year, particulars of which will be found in the botanical report. A very rare fungus ( Clathrus cancellatus ) had been sub- mitted tothe President who exhibited and described it, remark- ing that he had seen it in this island on two previous occasions. The work done during the weekly excursions was detailed by the sectional secretaries, and many points in connection therewith were discussed. Monthly Mecting held on July 11th, 1894, Mr. EF. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. Mr. Luff exhibited a living specimen of the rare non- British beetle ( Cetonia morio) which he took flying at Petit 320 MEETINGS, Port, also a large dragon fly (Anaz formosus) taken by Mr. Hugo in Allez Street. Also a singular ant-like spider ( Salticus formicarius ) taken by the President at Grande Mare. It is an excessively rare species, only a few having ever been taken in Britain. The very enjoyable excursion to Jethou onthe 26th of June afforded much material for notes and records. The list of insects captured on that occasion comprised 58 species, viz.: 12 Lepidoptera, 25 Coleoptera, 6 Hemiptera, 14 Hymenoptera and 1 Karwig. Twenty new plants were added to the flora of Jethou, so that the number is now raised to 184 flowering plants and 7 ferns. Some interesting observations were made throwing further light on the geology of the island, and spe- cimens of the rocks were exhibited. The results of the excursion to Creux Mahié on July 3rd were noted, especially as regards the measurements which had been taken, and Mr. Collenette presented a plan of the cave, drawn to scale. [ No indoor meetings were held during August and Sep- tember. | Monthly Meeting held on October 10th, 1894, Mr. E. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. Miss Dawber exhibited a very beautiful specimen of the so-called “green rose.” The President exhibited an ox-shoe, as used in Guernsey at the present time ; also the yellow- berried variety of the Black Nightshade (Solanum nigrum ), found by him on St. Martin’s cliffs ; it had not been found in ~ Guernsey before. Mr. Collenette read a statement of account in connection with the weekly excursions during the past summer, showing a balance in favour of the Society of over four guineas. The sectional secretaries made their respective reports of the work done since the previous meeting, and Mr. Luff announced the discovery by him of a coccid new to science, which Mr. R. Newstead had provisionally named Exaretopus formiceticola. Mr. N. Gaudion, of Alderney, communicated a> paper (which was read by Mr. Luff) on “The Leaf-cutting Bee, and its Honey-barrels.” The President read a paper on “The Land and Fresh Water Shells of Guernsey,” with list of species ; this will be found in the following pages. MEETINGS. 321 Monthly Meeting held on November 14th, 1894, Mr. E. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. Mr. P. S. Domaille, Mr. G. IE. Kinnersley and Dr. Dobrée Chepmell were unanimously elected members of the Society. Mr. Luff exhibited several beetles recently captured here which are additions to the Guernsey list. Mr. Hocart exhi- bited a fungus (Clavaria fastigiata) found on lAncresse Common. Mr. Collenette presented to the Society a photo- eraph of the Priory at Lihou Island taken by himself during the Society’s excursion there on August 21st. Mr. Collenette announced that Professor Gwatkin, of Cambridge, had presented to the Society, conjointly with the Guille-Allés Museum, a valuable collection of Palates of Mollusca, comprising about one hundred slides. He would have much pleasure in exhibiting them to the members one evening and saying something on the subject. The President read a paper on the “ Seaweeds and Fresh Water Alez of Guernsey,” with lists of indigenous species. Mr. Luff read a paper kindly communicated by the Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge, on “ The Spiders of the Channel Islands,” with list of species. Both these papers are published in full in these pages. Twelfth Annual Meeting of the Society, held on December 14th, 1894, Mr. EF. D. Marquand, President, in the chair. Lord De Sausmarez and Dr. J. B. Cockburn were unani- mously elected members of the Society. Mr. Luff read a paper on “The Ants, Bees and Wasps indigenous to Guernsey,” with lists of species; and Mr. Collenette followed with a paper on “The Year’s Sunshine in Guernsey.” Both these contributions are printed in the fol- lowing pages. The Hon. Secretary then read the Report of the Council as follows :— “In presenting its Twelfth Annual Report, the Council has much pleasure in stating that the Society continues to do good and useful work, and is gradually but surely fulfilling the object of its existence. The attendance at the indoor meetings, which have been ten in number, has been rather less than that of last year. We have had, however, an addition of ten to the list of members, which has now reached a creditable total of 92, the highest yet attained. The outdoor meetings inau- gurated three years ago have been continued during the year, 322 MEETINGS, and have both scientifically and financially proved a great success. An account of the work done at these excursions, and the discussion thereon formed not the least interesting part of the business of several indoor meetings. A resumé of the results will be supplied you in the reports of the sectional secretaries. Besides exploring various distant parts of the island, another visit was paid to the neighbouring islet of Jethou, and it proved the most popular excursion of the season. Evidence is not wanting that the work of the Society is becoming, through the medium of its printed Transactions each year, more widely known. It is gratifying to find from the Treasurer’s Report, about to be read to you, that the finances of the Society are in a more flourishing state than in previous years, there being at present a balance in hand of £7 17s. 34d. The Council acknowledges with many thanks the gift of a valuable set of 100 slides of the Palates of Mollusca from Professor Gwatkin, of Cambridge, and also of a most interesting paper on “The Spiders of the Channel Islands,” by the Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge. The best thanks of the Council are also returned to the donors of the following works duly received :— Report and Transactions of the Penzance Natural His- tory and Antiquarian Society, 1893-94. (From the Society). Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 1892. (From the Institution). Report of the United States National Museum, 1891-92. (From the Museum). “The Council desire again to tender their sincere and hearty thanks to Messrs. Guille and Alles for the free use of a room in which to hold the meetings of the Society. And in conclusion the hope is expressed that during the ensuing year the number of working members may be materially increased, so as to enlarge the sphere of the Society’s work.” W. Suarp, Hon. See. The Hon. Treasurer (Mr. W. A. Luff) then read a state- ment showing in detail the receipts and expenditure for the year, leaving a balance in hand of £7 17s. 34d. After the reading of the Sectional Reports which are given below, the address of the retiring President followed, at the close of which Mr. A. Collenette was unanimously elected President of the Society for the ensuing year, with the Coun- cil consisting of Mr. W. Sharp, Hon. Sec., Mr. W. A. Luff, Hon. Treasurer, and as Committee, Messrs. J. Le M. Bougourd, J. J. Carey, C. De La Mare, G. Derrick, J. L. Pitts and T. C. Royle. ; MEETINGS. 323 REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION. In Phanerogamic Botany the work of the Section has been mainly confined to the search for new plants, and the collection, verification, and preparation of others required for the completion of the Society’s herbarium. The search for new plants has resulted in the addition of thirteen new species to the list, bringing up the total to 711. To illustrate the progress made in this direction I may say that in Professor Babington’s Flora, compiled in 1838-9, he records 553 species for Guernsey. This number has now been exceeded by 158, or more than one-fourth. Again, for the whole of the six islands, 848 species were recorded. ; now the list for Guernsey alone comes within 137 of this number. Of the thirteen new plants recorded, four are undoubtedly natives ( Orobanche cerulea, Carex levigata, Myosotis Balbi- siana and Catabrosa aquatica), while two others, probably casuals, are interesting from their great rarity ( Centaurea calcitrapa and Medicago falcata). On the other hand, the non-occurrence of many common British plants, which, in view of the constant intercourse with and imports from England, one would expect to find, is very remarkable. New stations for the following plants, rare locally, have been noted :—Orchis morio, Briza maxima, Trifolium suffoca- tum, Geranium columbinum, Lathyrus pratensis. In Cryptogamic Botany we have the pleasure to record the publication of Mr. Marquand’s list of the Fresh Water and Marine Alge of the island; this list brings our Flora Phanerogamic and Cryptogamic (with the sole exception of the Fungi) up to date, the whole being recorded in our Transactions, and every plant having been seen in a living state by members of the Society. The Section has again to acknowledge the great obligation it is under to Mr. Marquand for bringing this very difficult work to a successful conclusion. The Section has been represented at each of the seven- teen excursions organised by the Society, and has made two extra ones confined to its members. The Section is very desirous of obtaining the help of persons residing in or visiting the other islands of the baili- wick, in the compilation of their respective floras, and any plants sent in to the Secretary will be gratefully received and duly acknowledged. | PHANEROGAMS.—ADDITIONS IN 1894. Ranuneulus Drouetii, God. Quarry pool, Vale, in 1891 (T. C. Royle). Reseda lutea, Linn. Spur Point (G. EH. Derrick and T. C. Royle). 324 MEETINGS. Medicago faleata, Zinn. Bordeaux Harbour (J. S. Collens). Melilotus parviflora, Zan. Doyle’s Column (E. D. Marquand). Trifolium inearnatum, Zinn. St. Briocqg, St. Peter’s (excursion). Trifolium hybridum, Zinn. St. Sampson’s Harbour (excursion). Lathyrus aphaea, Zinn. Field at Paradis (J. 8S. Collens). Centaurea ecaleitrapa, Zinn. Near Vale Castle (Miss Dawber). Anagallis coerulea, Schicb. St. Andrew’s (E. D. Marquand). Pleimmont (Miss Dawber), Also very fine at Jethou. Myosotis Balbisiana, Jord. Cliffs at Icart (Miss Dawber). Wagener coerulea, Vil’. Field near St. George Lookout (Rey. G. F. axby). Carex levigata, Sm. Field path between Les Paysans and Caudre Mill (Miss Dawber in 1888). Catabrosa aquatica, Beaw. Ditches near Ivy Castle (EK. D. Marquand). T. C. Roy ue, Sec. Bot. Sect. REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. ‘Owing to the wet summer, butterflies have been far less abundant than usual, and there has been a noticeable scarcity of such common species as the Garden Whites. Colias Edusa (the Clouded Yellow) has been seen both in the early spring and late autumn, but not in any numbers. The Black Rose-chaffer (Cetonia morio), one of our Guernsey prizes, has been again captured on the cliffs between Moulin Huet Bay and Petit Port. It was flying swiftly in the sunshine, and would be easily mistaken when on the wing for the common Dor Beetle. It had not previously been taken for some years. Fifteen species have been added to the list of Coleoptera already published. Amongst these Cistela fusca does not occur in Great Britain. Meloe brevicollis, one of the oil beetles, is very rare and local in England. Gyrinus colymbus, a whirligig beetle, is also extremely rare. I noticed a specimen of Brachinus crepitans (the Bom- bardier Beetle) amongst some insects collected in Guernsey by Mr. Peter Fourneau about twenty years ago. Dr. Lukis records it for Guernsey in “ Ansted’s Channel Islands.” I have never taken it myself. It must be extremely local, or it may be one of those species which is gradually dying out. There are seven additions to the lst of Hemiptera- Heteroptera, Of these Sehirus bicolor is the largest and most conspicuous. | The species of Cocctd mentioned in the last report as taken near Bordeaux Harbour turns out to be quite new to : science. Mr. R. Newstead, F.E.S., has given a full descrip- ( tion of it in the Lxtomologist’s. Monthly Magazine for | MEETINGS. 395 September of this year, under the name of Ezeretopus formiceticola. Not only is it a new species, but a new genus has been named to receive it. Mr. Newstead says that “so far this is the only Coccid described having a two-jointed tarsus, and it is for this reason alone that I establish a new genus for it.” The specimens were taken in ants’ nests, under stones, just on the edge of a beach, part of which had been rolled up beyond the action of the tide, near Bordeaux Harbour. They were attached to the roots of Dactylis glomerata, not Nardus stricta, as wrongly stated in the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. Under the same stones were larve of a_ beetle Platynapsis luteo-rubra, which were thickly covered, as is usual, with a white fluffy ma- terial, and at a glance scarcely to be distinguished from the Coccids. E. formiceticola is rather larger than R. Tomliniz. The female, which is the only sex known at present, envelops herself in a white felted sac. One addition has been made to the list of Neuroptera, a fine species of Lace-wing Fly, Chrysopa flava. The beautiful Blue-winged Grasshopper, Gvdipoda ceru- lescens, has been taken in abundance at a spot on the cliffs between Moulin Huet Bay and Petit Port. Hitherto it had only been noticed between the Gouffre and Pleinmont Point. On the occasion of the Society’s excursion to Lihou Island on August 21st, a very large species of earwig was found in some numbers under stones near the shore. These, as far as I can make out, are Forficula forcipata. I have also taken the same species on the little islet of Chapelle Dom Hue, but never on the mainland of Guernsey. During the season Mr. Gaudion, of Alderney, kindly sent some fresh specimens of the honey-barrels formed by the leaf-cutter bees in that island, for exhibition to the members of the Society. He also wrote a graphic description of the habits of the perfect insect as observed by himself. Unfortun- ately he did not send speeimens of the bee, so its name remains uncertain. It is probably, however, either Megachile maritima or M. argentata, both of which occur in Guernsey. A list of the Aculeate Hymenoptera of Guernsey will appear in this year’s Transactions, most of the species being captured during the last three seasons. A paper on “ The Spiders of the Channel Islands” has been communicated to the Society by the Rev. F. O. Pickard Cambridge, and will form a valuable addition to the lists of our fauna already published. 326 MEETINGS. ADDITIONS TO THE LIST OF COLEOPTERA PUBLISHED IN THE TRANSACTIONS FOR 1893. Chlenius vestitus, Payi. Several taken in a damp quarry near Spur Point by Mr. W. B. Waterfall, of Bristol. Stenolophus vespertinus, Paz. In a marshy hollow at l’Ancresse, July 21st, 1894. Brachinus erepitans, Z. (Bombardier Beetle). One specimen noticed amongst some insects captured by Mr. Peter Fourneau nearly twenty years ago, and labelled ‘‘ Vale.”’ Gyrinus colymbus, Z7. One taken at the Grande Mare on April 8th, 1894. Octhebius marinus, Pays. One specimen taken by Mr. E. D. Marquand. Ptenidium evanescens, Marsh. In garden refuse, March 5th, 1894. Coccinella 10 punetata. ‘Two, by sweeping, near Cobo. Coccinella bipunetata. Taken by the late Mrs. Collings in Sark. Omosita colon, Z. Several beaten from old sheep-bones on the cliffs near Petit Port on July 7th, 1894. Cryptophagus eellaris, Scop. Common amongst dead leaves in a green- house at Mount Row. Hoplia philanthus, iss. One specimen taken in a garden near St. Jacques by Mr. Peter Fourneau many years ago. Cassida nobilis, Z. One, by sweeping near Petit Bot Bay, June 3rd, 1894. Cistela fusea. I took one specimen of this non-British species by sweeping on the cliffs at Torteval, June, 1894. Anthicus floralis, var. guisquilarius. Common in haystack refuse at Grande Mare, Vazon, Dec. 2nd, 1894. Meloe brevicollis, 2anz. I took two specimens, male and female, of this great rarity many years ago, near the Gouffre. ADDITIONS TO THE LIST OF HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA ALREADY PUBLISHED. Sehirus bicolor, Zinn. Two, taken near Petit Bot on June 3rd, 1894. Berytus minor, Z. Schf. One, by sweeping at Petit Bot in June, 1894. Piesma quadrata, Ficb. One specimen taken by Mr. E. D. Marquand near Vazon. Piesma capitata, Wolf. Several by sweeping on the cliffs near Petit Bot. Gerris lacustris, Zinn. Several taken in streams at Grande Mare, Vazon, April 8th, 1894. Anthocoris nemoralis, 727. Common at Grande Mare, Vazon, Septem- ber 28th, 1894. Asciodema obsoletum, J. ¢ S. Two specimens by sweeping near Saints’ Bay in July, 1894. ADDITION TO THE LIST OF NEUROPTERA PREVIOUSLY RECORDED. NEUROPTERA-PLANIPENNIA. Chrysopa flava, Scop. One specimen taken im the Talbots Valley on April 21st, 1894. : W. A. Lur®, Sec. Ent, Sect. ~ MEETINGS. 32 REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL SECTION. This Section has taken part in all the excursions and has continued its work on the lines laid down in the preceding years. The following are the results, classified in the order previously adopted. SUPERFICIAL DEPOSITS. 1.—Hauterille and Strand. Excavations for drains were made in the early part of the year, and revealed a deposit of sandy clay or “jaune terre,” commencing near Capt. Lihou’s house and extending some 80 feet up the road. In the deepest part the bottom was not reached at 11 or 12 feet from the surface. This deposit showed no signs of stratification. A pebble, evidently of great age, being very much pitted, was found. A similar deposit was found in Strand Lane, about east of that in Hauteville. It extended 105 feet along the lane. It is doubtless connected with the Hauteville one, and indi- cates that the deposit fills a small valley running from Haute- ville towards the cliff. In this cliff, but more to the south, the same kind of material has also been exposed, by the cutting back of the cliff at two levels for the erection of greenhouses. It was shown in both levels and follows the slope of the cliff. 2.—Tsabel Road. In the cutting leading to the quarry recently opened a section is seen showing :— . (a) Soil, 1 foot. (b) Clay, thickening towards the north from 0 to 3 feet. (c) Decomposed rock, curved and drawn out into a pseudo-stratified arrangement following the slope of the hill. 3.—Neighbourhood of Vale Church. The eastern margin of the raised beach surrounding the hill on which the church is built has been traced in the field to the east of the “ Abbey.” A small pocket of raised beach was observed in a quarry behind “ Ville Baudu.” 4.— Neighbourhood of Fort Le Marchant. On the sea face of the rock called Le Catelain some pebbles have been observed which agree in altitude with the patches of high-level beach found in other localities, but whether they are remains of such a deposit or whether their presence in B 328 MEETINGS. that position is only accidental remains undetermined. The low level beach is well marked in the immediate neighbour- hood. 5.—Clay Pit in Lane from Mauxmarquis to Bailiff’s Cross. This pit has been again visited. There is but a foot or so of clay above the disintegrated rock. This capping had been removed on a certain area, and on the surface thus exposed were found pebbles, some of flint, one of porphyry, one of quartzose granite, and some of diorite; also some angular pieces of diorite and some flint flakes. One of the diorite pebbles and one of the angular pieces showed striations of undetermined origin. 6.—St. Peter-in-the-Wood. A little head was observed near Le Lorier and in St. Brioeq Valley, but this district is generally bare of superficial deposits. The surface of the decomposed rock under the soil is in many places (notably near the Vinaires) remarkably smooth and distinct. 7.—Waterworks Well near La Villiaze, St. Andrew’s. A well excavated in Mr. A. Mansell’s field showed clay about 1 foot in thickness between the soil and decomposed rock. 8.—Waterworks Wells at St. Martin’s. A well in “Pompe Lane,” close to the site of Hougue Hatenez, showed soil passing into clay, together about 6 feet in thickness, overlying decomposed rock. Another well, near the Half Moon Inn, showed 3 feet of soil and 5 feet of clay overlying decomposed rock. The clay resembles that in Mr. Heaume’s well and, like it, exhibits lenticular patches of more sandy character. | 9,—Les Douvres, St. Martin’s. In an excavation clay 2 feet thick was found overlying decomposed rock. 10.—St. Martin’s Brickfield. This has been revisited. The sandy clay or “jaune terre” is 10 feet or more in thickness, overlying decomposed oneiss. At the bottom, resting on the rock, and occasionally at a higher level, are found pieces of quartz. Most of these have the angles rounded, especially the smaller pieces, but no . true pebbles were found. | MEETINGS. 329 11.—East Coast, between Bec-du-Nez and Calais Valley. Calcareous concretions in the head similar to those at Jerbourg and Fermain Bay have been noticed. 12.—Jethou. RAISED BEACHES. On the east of the landing is a good specimen consisting of pebbles up to 6 inches in diameter, resting on 2 or 3 feet of sand and overlain by head. In Grand Fauconniére Bay there is a raised beach about 300 feet in length, with large pebbles up to a foot or more in diameter. The extreme thickness 1s 15 feet. The above beaches are of no great elevation above present sea level, but on the south-west a patch of raised beach about 50 feet above mean tide occurs over the mouth of a cave. Head is generally found, in some places containing blocks up to 6 feet in diameter. The beach in many places is strewn with similar blocks, doubtless derived from the de- struction of the head by the action of the sea. ROCKS. 1.—Tsabel Road. The rock exposed is very much decomposed and generally stained with iron peroxide. It appears to be a fine grained syenite, but in the quarry, where it is seen in a better condi- tion, it has a gneissic appearance and contains red felspar and chlorite. Veins of felsite and diorite are also seen in the quarry. 2.—Gravel Pits near St. George. The gravel is chiefly decomposed granite similar to that at Cobo, and, like some parts of said granite mass, it contains many inclusions of gneiss and the associated diorite veins. These veins were intrusive in the gneiss, and have been caught up with the gneiss into the newer granite, although in one or two places one might be misled by appearances. 3.—Cliffs from Pleinmont to Creux Mahié. In these cliffs dykes are numerous. Most of them are of fine grained diorite, but in a gorge eastward of that known as Victor Hugo’s is a dyke of somewhat different character, resembling vesicular lava ; the cavities, however, appear to be due to the weathering out of crystals, probably felspar. At the Thielles the dykes are also numerous and dip N.E. at an angle of about 30°. Some of these dykes appear to blend in DOU MEETINGS, places with the gneiss, a peculiarity also observed at La Moye and other places along the southern coast. The country rock from Plemmont to near Mont Herault is granitoid gneiss, similar to that of Richmond. At Mont Herault the gneiss is porphyritic and very compact, almost resembling granite or syenite ; thence to Les Thielles and further east, the prevail- ing rock is coarse porphyritic gneiss, to which the abundant large red orthoclase felspar crystals give a warm tint of pleasant and picturesque appearance. 4,—Creux Mahié Cave. The roof appears to be a fault plane partly coinciding with the boundary of a diorite vein. The slope of the cliff west of the cave is the upper surface of another vein of the same nature. The following measurements were taken :—The cave descends from the mouth inwards until a depth of about 20 feet is reached, then the floor continues at the lower level to a distance of 76 feet from the mouth, then rises at an angle of 29° for a further distance of 109 feet, making about 180 feet for the total length of the cave. The greatest width is 60 feet. The height at the mouth is only 53 feet, but in the centre at least 18 feet. At the further extremity of the cave the floor meets the roof, at a point about 50 feet in vertical height above the lower level of the floor. The direction of the level part of the cave is nearly south to north, N. 5 E., but the ascending portion bends considerably to the west. 5.—East Coast of St. Martin’s. The marble caves under Doyle’s Monument have been visited. They are probably the most picturesque in the island and only inferior in size to the Creux Mahié. They are due to the erosion of diorite veins. The length of the principal one is 70 to 80 feet, its extreme width 18 feet, height 10 to 12 feet. The side cave 1s open to the sky, forming in the side of the cliff a funnel opening, which is overgrown with bushes. The rock is a bluish gneiss very much contorted with white veins of calcite mixed with quartz. From a distance it has the appearance of marble, hence the name. 6.—Jethou. The prevailing rock is a syenitic granite containing numerous inclusions of a darker rock (similar to that occur- ring abundantly in Herm, and probably correspondiug to the St. Sampson’s and Vale diorite), but nowhere in Jethou occurring en masse. This included rock is, however, distin- guished from the generality of the Guernsey diorite by its con- MEETINGS, 331 taining felspar crystals, giving it a porphyritic aspect. These erystals may be derived from a fused portion of enclosing rock, having become mixed with the inclusion. The enclosing rock, though evidently an igneous rock, is slightly eneissic, and occa- sionally reminds one of the gneiss of the southern coast of Guernsey. In this granite or syenite there are also numerous veins of a more egneissic and schistose character, and oceasion- ally almost slaty. These do not, however, seem to be true veins, but are probably similar in origin to the slaty rocks noticed at Roequaine and Sommeilleuse, being due to pressure and crush- ing of the rock in early ages and subsequent reconsolidation. Rocks of this nature have been termed “ Mylonite,” from the Greek word for a mill. A vein of felsite 2 feet wide crosses Crevichon. Some smaller veins were observed ; one of these in the first cove to the west of the landing was of a soft nature, and presented a banded appearance. No veins of diorite (so abundant in Guernsey) have been noticed. MICA TRAP VEINS. Two of these occur close together some distance to the north of Bec-du-Nez. One is 10 feet in width, with mica in rather large flakes. Its erosion has given rise to a small but picturesque cave. Its direction is N.E.to S.W. The other vein, a few yards to the N.,1is much smaller but of similar character, and is probably a branch of the larger one. A very wide vein of mica trap is found in Monument Bay, south of the marble caves above described, running E.N.E. to W.S.W., close to and parallel to the well-known quartz vein which crosses the isthmus near Doyle’s Column. The mica flakes are small and not very noticeable, but the rock exhibits the characteristic roughness and fantastic weathering. Jethou. Mica trap dykes abound. The following were noticed on the west coast, going from north to south :-— (a) Direction, N.E. and S.W. Width, 4 feet. (6) Direction, N.W. and 8.E. Width, 10 feet. The rock on each side is altered to a distance of 10 feet. fe) Dircetion, WNW. and F:S.E. Narrow. (d) Direction, EK. and W. Width, 14 feet. (e) Direction, N.E. and §8.W. Width, 14 feet. (f) Direction, W.N.W. and E.8.E. Width, 4 feet. This dyke is remarkable on account of its un- decomposed condition, 302 MEETINGS. On the S.E. coast, from S. to N., some of which may be continuations of the above after having crossed the island :— (g) Direction, E.N.E. and W.8S.W. Width, 8 inches, in Grande Fauconnicre Bay. (h) Direction, E.N.E. and W.S.W. Width, 3 feet, in Grande Fauconni¢re Bay. (i) Direction, E.N.E. and W.S.W. Width, 1 foot. (j) Direction, EK. and W. Width, 12 feet. | This forms the gully south of the “ Creux,” or funnel. Mica trap also appears at the side of the archway forming the entrance to the “ Creux ” from the sea. C.G. Drm La Marg, Sec. Geo. Sect. REPORT OF THE FOLKLORE SECTION. Among the various communications which I have received during the year connected with the Folklore of the island, is one from the Rev. R. H. Tourtel, B.D., Rector of the parish of Torteval. This document, which is of considerable local interest, is a copy of an old manuscript giving the ancient names of the rocks, creeks, and bays on the south coast of Guernsey, extending from Castle Cornet to Pleinmont. Many of these names, I am informed, are passing away from popular recollection, and therefore it is very desirable that an authentic record of them should be preserved. The names are, of course, all in French, and the signification of many of them is well worth examination. Instead, therefore, of pub- lishing Mr. Tourtel’s very interesting “find” just in the form it now assumes—as I had at first intended to do—I think it will add much to its permanent value as a record of local place- names, if I delay its appearance for a short time, so as to obtain, if possible, an [nglish translation of the names, and also a few additional topographical elucidations, which will tend to throw further light upon their origin and history. This I hope to accomplish by the aid of some of the dwellers in the different localities, and then to publish the names and their sig- nification side by side, together with any of these explanatory notes which I may be able to gather. Some of these rocks, &c., I find have local proverbs or popular sayings connected with them, which are also of much interest. A number of the popular beliefs, &c., which have been brought to my notice during the past twelvemonth, were merely repetitions of similar ones already recorded. But even these re-discoveries have their value, if only as showing the prevalence and extensive distribution of the traditions to which MEETINGS. 333 they relate. There appears to be a great dearth of folk-stories in the island. If any genuine old versions of tales of this kind do really exist they ought to be carefully preserved. I should like to urge very strongly upon members of the Society, and others who take an interest in folklore researches, the great desirability of preserving as far as they can every scrap of legend and tradition which may come under their notice. This kind of local lore is rapidly vanishing, as the older gene- ration of Guernseymen and Guernseywomen gradually pass away; much of it has already gone beyond recall ; hence it is increasingly needful that the remainder should be preserved. I shall always be glad to receive authentic items—however slight and apparently trivial. They may form missing links in the lengthy chain of traditional continuity, and will all help towards the formation of that symmetrical whole, which we Guernsey folklorists are so earnestly endeavouring to construct out of the ancient legends of the Channel group. J. Linwoop Pitts, See. Folklore Sect. REPORT OF THE ARCHASOLOGICAL SECTION. It was getting late in the season when I first met the Society of Natural Science in their excursion trips, so that I can only describe what came under our notice for the three or four days I was with the members. Lveryone knows that high stone situated in a field just off the road from I’Erée to St. Peter’s, on the west side. It is called on the maps “ Longue Rocque,”’ close to the farm called “ Les Paysans,” now occupied by Mr. Le Mesurier. He kindly allowed me to excavate underneath this stone. The old legend accounts for its being there that a fairy had in the quiet of the night brought it in her silk apron, and placed it in its present up- right position; further, the general belief in Guernsey was that the stone was as deep in the ground as what it shows above. I was determined to find this out, so, accompanied by Mr. Nesfield, we commenced on the north-east side ; digging down 2 feet 6 inches through yellowish soil we came to gravel. In this gravel we found a long oval round water-worn stone weighing about 23lb., and about 18 inches from the surface came on a stone which appeared to us like a support to the large stone. At 3 feet 2 inches below the surface, we came to the bottom of the stone, bedded in yellow clay. Thus the total length of the stone is 11 feet 6 inches out of the ground and 3 feet 2 inches below the surface—14 feet 2 inches in all. The average circumference 1s about 11 feet ; so the weight of 334 MEETINGS, this huge stone is about 8 tons. There are decided water- worn markings on the south side of this Longue Rocque and also on top. In the Paysans Farm is a small trough supposed at one time to have been used to hold holy water, hollowed out of a beach stone. I know many of these little troughs lying about at different farm houses in this parish. There is also a niche in | the hall, similar to those at the King’s Mills, in three or four houses there. These may have been intended to hold figures of saints. We then passed on to visit an old farm called “ Lorier,” in St. Saviour’s parish, belonging to the Torode family. The date given is 1687, printed in small pebbles stuck in plaster over a window in an upper room, with the letters MOYN’, believed to be that Nicolas Torode built the house. In the same room is a handsome only fireplace in well-carved stones ; over the fireplace are the words ‘ La paix de Dieu soit ici,”— “The peace of God be here.” This is about the finest old fireplace I have seen in this island. Some have carved heads and are very quaint; the workmanship is rough, but there is a refinement about this. In the same room is a bedstead or cupboard, the first of its kind I have seen in Guernsey. How the people of old could have passed eight or ten hours in such a miserable box, 6 by 6 by 5, when the curtains were closed, sunk down in feather beds and feather pillows in a small stuffy room, is beyond belief. Yet they were a hardy race ; strong and able, used to hard labour, either walking to market, or on horses with their garden and dairy produce, and sitting in open market in all weather to sell their vegetables or butter, not as now, when they must have their omnibuses and carriers. Passing over from the mainland, we on another day, visited Lihou Island. The new causeway crosses and runs alongside the old causeway, which was on a higher level, made by the monks of old. The lower level raised beach is visible right round the Island of Lihou, showing it must have been detached from the Island of Guernsey many hundreds of years ago. The severe storms we have had lately, accompanied by very high tides, have undermined many banks, exposing and washing very clean these raised beaches. In one spot, in fact the only spot on the island, I found some very good flint chippings. The ruins of the old chapel and convent show a great determination to withstand nature’s forces: wind, rain and frost ; the mortar | used was very strong, composed of sand, sea-shells, limpets and lime, quite as compact as the stone it cemented. Had that stupid order of one of our Governors never been issued, | urged on by the sage advice of an engineer officer who ima MEETINGS, 335 gined that an enemy landing here might make the building a shelter, from which he could bombard the island, this fine old relic might have lasted to this date intact; other yandals also had a finger in the pie of destruction by removing much of the carved Caen stone which formed part of the arches in the chancel doorways and windows, carrying them away to build out-houses and wallings of the residence now occupied by the caretakers of the island. Fortunately, years ago Mr. Lukis resided there with his family for a few days, making excavations and plans of the buildings, eleaning much information. Ah, indeed, Guernsey is not half erateful enough to him and his family for all they did in find- ing out the antiquities of the island. Their efforts were unceasing, but the fruit of their labours has been vast; and yet how little is known of that splendid museum. Very few, comparatively, have ever seen it, and very many care less to see it, having no interest in it. Added to this museum are volumes of valuable exquisitely-done drawings of all cromlechs, celts, whorls, pottery, bronzes, &c., &c., found by them; volumes of manuscript showing an immense amount of labour, care and thought, all tending to show what the Lukis family have done. I doubt if there is another private collection of antiquities to compare with this. There is now in the possession of Mr. De Garis, Bon Air, Les Adams, St. Pierre-du-Bois, a stone which was removed from the outside of an old house, now taken away (close to the present residence), which was supposed to have been where the Padre of Lihou lived. This carved stone or picture represents the Lihou Chapel with a tower; to the right or east of the tower is a high cross, with the initials L.H.M., and to the west end of the building the initials H.p.M., and under- neath the date, 1114. This would make this chapel to have been built about the time of St. Sampson’s and the Vale churches. On some rocks called “ Lihoumets,” a few hundred yards beyond Lihou, grass grows, and is the dwelling of many rabbits. There is no doubt land extended to these rocks and to the “ Prudantes,” not far off, and from here right away to the “Hanois,” just off Pleinmont. In my prowls, gaining information here and there, I heard of a paper or contract, now in the possession of the Lenfestey family, given to a woman who had the maintaining of the road between the mainland and the Hanois. In many places iron rings are seen at low water fixed into the rocks, showing the sites of gates. A small island called “De Dom Hue,” in lErée Bay, contains the foundation of an old chapel, which was once 336 MEETINGS, erected there. In making excavations I started on the west wall, working south, coming to a large corner stone, which eave the line of the south wall. Along this I worked until coming to what I supposed was a buttress, as the masonry turned off from the main wall. I dug about there and tried in vain to find the east wall. I failed also in finding the north wall, at least to any very great extent, as from the corner about 18 inches, it butted up against a rock. I next turned my attention to digging in the interior of what I supposed was the chapel. The walls are 2 feet 6 inches thick, having an offset of 8 inches, two feet from the top of the wall, on the inside of the space. I commenced digging on the south-west corner and worked to below the offset, about one foot; there appeared to be a loose flooring of stones, under which the soil was sandy mixed with small stones, easily worked. I found small pieces of lime mortar, which was odd, as the walls are not built in lime, and a few bones; these were found in various places. There was no decided layer or uniformity in the find of these, simply found here and there. I paid a second visit to the excavation I had previously made, and for four hours dug away underneath the rough flooring ; I found the brain portion of a skull, which I am quite satisfied 1s that of a deer, for it so closely resembles the head of a black buck, a small deer found in great numbers in India. Two portions of the lower jaw I also found, along with other bones. The lower jaws of deer are, as a rule, never kept, only the skull for the sake of the horns as trophies. There is no doubt whatever that in the old days deer roamed about the forests which existed along the whole of the coast from the Vale right away to Pleinmont, when the beech, fir and oak shaded the low lands of Cobo, Vazon, Perelle, PErée and Rocquaine Bays. There is a family in the island who had a contract for feeding pigs in Cobo and Vazon Bays on the beech nuts found there. A celt was found in Vazon Bay imbedded in the peat, 8 feet below the surface of the beach. This celt is in the posses- sion of the Lukis family. The surface of these forests is below the level of our low-lying raised beaches. An old farm-house was visited in the parish of St. Peter’s called “Le Clercs,” now occupied by James Robilliard. Here we saw a small trough, on which the date 1762 was cut, also a round wooden bushel measure with the date 1765. On looking over some of Mr. Robilliard’s old family papers I saw mentioned that a ‘“ fouidre,” or stone celt, fell through the roof of St. Martin’s Church during a thunderstorm in the year 1819, in the night. Another paper mentioned that in the MEETINGS. 337 year 1761 (29th July) the right ears of cattle were slit right down the ear, and a nick on each side of the ear was made. The supposed site of the old chapel of St. Brioc (Tor- teval parish) was visited. There is nothing to indicate decidedly the situation of the building; but tradition, handed down from generation to generation, says that the chapel once stood here, so we must rest satisfied to take this rumour as fact. The only chapel which has stood the wear and tear of some hundred of years is St. Appoline. The removal of all the ivy from the roof and walls will be the means of still further increasing its chance of life. Inside, the ceiling and walls, which are plastered, are very damp; the frescoes which adorn the walls being almost obliterated. It is just possible to count eight heads, all the rest of the figures are quite gone. There should be a thorough circulation of air to remove all chance of damp and keep the plaster dry. At the back of the house, opposite to the chapel on the other side, is an out- house which is supposed to have been a convent ; the arched fire-place and arched window are quite in keeping with the entrance doorway of the chapel. Mr. Collenette kindly assisted me in taking levels from Vazon right away to the Grand Moulin Road, to the King’s Mills, peed) hallfow: ay up the Talbot Valley to a field frei which “gorban” has been dug 12 feet below the surface of the evound. I make the height of this “ gorban” above mean sea level to be 98°23 feet. I have heard since that “ gorban ” mixed with shingle has been dug close to the old pond at St. Andrew’s, the height of which cannot be less than 140 feet above mean sea level. During one of the late gales the spring tide rose a foot higher than any record I have seen. The sea then,'had it not been for the sea walls, would have flooded the low lands at Perelle 1 foot 6 inches to 2 feet higher than my previous levels, and made a lake at the Grande Mare, 9 feet deep in the deepest part. People driving along the coast road, probably never seem to realize the great difference of levels existing when the tide is very high. It is only when levels are taken that these facts become very prominent. J. JAMES Carey, Sec. Arch. Sect. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. BY MR. E. D. MARQUAND, RETIRING PRESIDENT, ——--Q—-—— In a Society like ours, whose chief aim is the investigation and study of local phenomena, it is of great advantage to review from time to time the work which has been accom- plished, and to mark the progress which is being made towards attaining the objects for which such a Society was originally established. By so doing a general outlook is obtained from a higher standpoint, and as a consequence a fresh stimulus is imparted, and a new start made. The time has now arrived when we may conveniently consider our position in this respect ; and a fitting opportunity presents itself this evening, as it is the last occasion on which I shall have the honour of addressing you in my capacity as President. I should have felt somewhat reluctant, however, to undertake the subject if the Society were not to-day in a more healthy and vigorous condition than ever before in its history. As the result of a public meeting held in October, 1882, to consider the question of forming a Local Natural History Society, the want of which had been long felt, the Guernsey Society of Natural Science was founded, “with the warm sup- port of the leading scientists resident in the island. During the first two years a great deal of excellent work was done ; meetings were held regularly every month, sometimes every fortnight, at which papers were read and discussed, and objects of local interest exhibited ; summer excursions were made to places easy of access presenting attractive features, and the roll of members, which had started at thirty, was increased to forty-four. In a short time a museum was established for the permanent exhibition of the various natural products of the island, and several influential gentlemen came forward and gene- rously aided this effort by the donation of their own private col- lections to serve as anucleus. On several occasions small money prizes were offered for collections of plants and insects, so as to stimulate a taste for Natural History among the youthful members of the community. All efforts in this direction, PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 339 however, met with but a feeble response, and the results were on the whole disappointing. And then gradually, little by little, the interest of the outside public flagged and deadened ; the meetings and excur- sions were scantily attended, so that as a consequence they became less frequent and separated by longer intervals. Onl a very small band of energetic workers remained faithful and staunch, and even they became discouraged at last. Why expend labour, time and thought in trying to interest people who refused to be interested? At the annual meeting held in 1887 the Report of the Council held it to be “a matter of some congratulation that the Society is still in existence, and that a small number of the inhabitants are found who continue to take an interest in scientific matters, and to fulfil the object for which the Society was founded.” The following year showed no improvement. The number of members had dwindled down to a couple of dozen, fewer indoor meetings than usual were held, and only two excursions took place during the year. This was certainly a very disheartening and lamentable condition of affairs; but the same thing has happened a hundred times before. In all small communities the number of scientific men and women is necessarily limited, and of these only a small proportion are energetic workers ; for the true worker, like the true poet, is born, not made. Well, the reiterated announcement of fresh researches and discoveries, of old theories overthrown and new lines of study opened up, all these things, however valuable per se, fail to sustain month after month the interest and attention of persons who are quite deficient in scientific training and bias, and who cannot without great mental effort follow the intricacies and techni- calities of the subject. ‘These persons are perfectly willing to admit that scientific observations have their value, but they frankly confess their inability to appreciate it; and so, when once the charm of novelty has passed off they grow weary, and their interest in the matter fades away. There is no doubt that at the close of the year 1888 the Society was in a condition which may be described as anemic, if not moribund; but the timely resolve of the Council to preserve a permanent record of its proceedings in the form of annual Transactions, quickened it into life again, and gave a fresh impulse to its dormant energies. In these days a scien- tific society which publishes nothing is practically non-existent; its labour is wasted, however important and trustworthy it may be. : 340 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. The success that has attended the publication of our proceedings year by year exceeds the most sanguine expecta- tions of those who advocated the project six years ago. Not only as members of this Society, but also as inhabitants of Guernsey, we have every reason to feel proud of the solid, enduring work which has been achieved in various depart- ments of science during that period. Never before has this island been searched and explored and hunted over as it has been since what may be called the resuscitation of the Society. The few old naturalists who in years gone by studied the fauna and flora and the record of the rocks, worked single-handed, and, alas! much of their labour is now irretrievably lost. But we are banded together for mutual help and encouragement and stimulation, and the result of our work is preserved for all future time in the annals of our Society. The Field Iuxcursions which have been held weekly during the summer for the past three years have successfully demonstrated that even dry science has its attractive side ; and if the monthly indoor meetings are as a rule less numer- ously attended than could be wished, the friendly notices and reports which appear in the local journals compensate in some measure for sparse audiences. An enormous advance has been made in the study of local geology ; old theories and the views of the past generation have been proved in many cases totally untenable ; the entire subject has been revised under the brilhant light of modern discovery ; researches have been carried on in directions hitherto supposed to be barren, and have yielded the most gratifying results. Hand in hand with the geologist, the archeologist has been busy exploring and excavating, unearth- ing evidences of human inhabitants at a very early epoch. Full particulars of all these discoveries and the conclusions to which they lead you will find in the 500 or 600 pages compos- ing the two volumes of our proceedings. In entomology the papers and lists which have been published show how unexpectedly rich is a small island when assiduously worked year after year. The absence of wood- land and of large ponds and rivers militates against an extensive Insect-fauna ; and allowance must also be made for the exposure of the island to the full violence of Atlantic storms ; but, in spite of all this, see what a number of species have been collected here in the only orders at present recorded :— PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 341 Lepidoptera ...... ete sown 2a Moleoptertay oie cs Goss eas Foe e ee 530 Hemiptera-Heteroptera. vs... 0. 116 Hemiptera-Homoptera .......... 43 MMe UR OCC Etc fa, 0 G's sjeieuss ye anes (a Aculeate Hymenoptera ...... cee wil PU Ek or ara e i yo was Bhs, orc 121 making a total (counting the spiders as insects) of 1,269 species. A very interesting feature in these lists is the number of species occurring here which are not found in Britain proper. If reliable information could be obtained upon the distribution of these insects on the French mainland some very instructive deductions might be drawn. The botany of Guernsey has been more exhaustively worked out than ever before, and the remarkable wealth of its flora in every section has caused considerable astonishment to experienced botanists both at home and abroad. Here is an analysis of the published lists as they stand to-day :— lowers plants). so)... 6 obese «ses 684 Ferns and fernzallies. .........00: 27 LUT SSeS gs See ae eet oe ae 142 ELGG gee er a ae 38 AGES a ee re es 2438 SEE TTES 0 7 es a ee: Seed ee ge en 236 BECO cee ICE tec. eae le os o2 Daatoms: ©... 659s. Specs PS Shed rE o22 amounting in the aggregate to 1,744 plants catalogued within the last few years in a tiny sea-girt spot of land hardly five miles square. Another important subject which, though as yet only in its infancy, has received attention recently, is the Folklore of the island. Old traditions and superstitions, proverbs and quaint beliefs are rapidly dying out, and a praiseworthy endeavour has been made to rescue them from utter oblivion. It is to be hoped that the members who are interested in this subject will spare no effort to collect and preserve such vestiges as still linger among the country folk, because the times are changing, old usages are becoming obsolete, and ere long it will be too late to gather together these curious relics of the past. In many other departments of science the activity and vigilance of our members is abundantly manifest. The smaller islands comprised within the bailiwick of Guernsey have received a large measure of attention, and their geology, antiquities and natural history have been as carefully and systematically studied as circumstances would permit. The 542 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. meteorological records for the past fifty years have, at the cost of great labour, been so condensed, analysed and tabulated that we may at a glance compare the climatic phenomena of Guernsey with those of any other part of the globe. And then, in addition to all this, our Transactions register a mass of notes and memoranda, trivial it may be, and, taken alone, of little importance, but all going to swell the sum total of knowledge upon which the science of the future depends. It is rarely the observer himself who can best judge of the intrinsic value of the observation he records; a fact which appears to him a trifle may possibly prove years hence an inestimable aid in the solution of some perplexing problem. And now, ladies and gentlemen, the question may be asked, are we not rapidly exhausting our field of labour? Is not the time approaching when there will be nothing left to do, when every branch of science in this island will have been completely worked out and done with? In a few more years shall we not come to a standstill, and mournfully sigh like Alexander for new worlds to conquer ? Oh, no ; emphatically, no. The more you do, the better you will perceive how much still remains to be done. The field of original research is absolutely boundless and inexhaustible. But without busying ourselves to consider what might engage the attention of scientific men in the remote future, - we may profitably enquire whether there are matters that urgently demand our immediate study to-day. In what sections of the harvest field may our labourers be set to work with the great- est advantage ? Well, the geology is in very good hands. The Society happily numbers among its members several enthusiastic and thoroughly competent geologists, well versed in the local aspects of the science, and they may safely be trusted not to relinquish their labours in the investigation of the testimony of the rocks. But in the rich domain of Archeology I would venture to point out one or two fresh lines of work which might be carried out with great benefit both to ourselves and to others outside our own circle. First and foremost, I should lke to have in our Tvrans- actions a complete descriptive catalogue of all our prehistoric remains, classified under the different heads of cromlechs, menhirs, inscribed stones, and so on, giving accurate measure- ments, bearings and other details, so as to be available for ready reference in the study. The precise situation of these ancient monuments should, of course, be clearly described, so as to render it easy for a stranger to find any given one with- PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 348 out a guide. Then again, I should wish to see in one concise paper an account of our venerable parish churches, with the principal points of antiquarian interest peculiar to each duly indicated, and so described as to be of practical use to eccle- siologists who have no opportunity of visiting the island. Other ancient buildings also, such for instance as Ivy Castle and the Chapel of St. Appoline, should be dealt with in the same manner, and likewise “holy wells,” and things of that kind, All these should be classified and minutely described, not from books or other published data, but from personal observation made at the time of writing, so that we should then have accurate and thoroughly reliable records of the condition and appearance of these structures as they exist at the present moment. And then thereis a subject which must come in here, if it is to come in anywhere within the scope of our Society’s work, and that is the Guernsey vernacular, the local patois. No one has ever yet succeeded in writing the patois in such a manner that it shall be read out and pronounced by a total stranger exactly as spoken. And the reason is that it contains peculiar sounds and accents which are unknown in both the English and French languages, and consequently cannot be phonetically reproduced without inventing an entirely new system of vowel sounds. The phonograph would do in a moment what the English and French alphabets are incapable of doing, even when combined. Now let us turn to the Natural History of Guernsey and see what remains to be done, even merely in the matter of recording its indigenous fauna and flora. As regards botany, I have already told you what progress has been made, but the Fungi remain untouched. «0s 155°16 joel Gongone nooedeD setanecol at 191°05 | October........s2n09 sae 91°86 WES “S465 0000 bCoUcooddobO AG 230701 | November .'...: «:ss sis aeeeee 74°83 ANTING son 4 boeone code OnaboO 215°31%| Decentber ...mc0=\0g eee 44°20 The Year, 1724°39. By the comparison which immediately follows it will be seen that though Guernsey is below Jersey, it is far above the other towns compared. It does not follow that because Guern- sey is below Jersey this year, that it will prove so over a longer period. A comparison of the year, month and week now follows:— SUNSHINE FOR 1894. Sunniest Sunniest ; Ss iest Sunniest Day. ise Momh. Quanten The Year. Guernsey ...6. June 13, 14°26*| July 7, 80°9{| 230 636 || 1724 JETSCY ..ce ree ee tt June 30, 78°4 234 624 § 1789 HOW GOW Gee ocr ip 6 TAT 177 544 || 1251 Southampton .. 1B Ne 79°8 210 574 § 1560 Plymouth ...... ii x 70°1 203 600 § 1568 * This was 89 per cent. of the possible sunshine for the day. 4 This was not obtainable at the time of writing. t The percentages of the possible are as follows :—Guernsey, 72; Jenen 69; London, 68; Southampton, 73; Plymouth, 67. | In Guernsey and London the Summer Quarter (3 months) comprised the months April, May and June § In the other places March, April and May gave the greatest sunshine. In Guernsey 4,446 out of the 8,760 hours in a year are capable of giving sunshine. Of these we secured 1,724 or nearly 39°/ of the possible. ~ . cman alagrdite tetera: LIST OF THE ARANEIDEA OR SPIDERS OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. BY REV. FREDK. O. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, B.A. ce) THE following lst of the species of spiders found in the Channel Islands has been compiled from six different sources, whose recorded observations extend over a period of forty years. The first, a paragraph in a Guernsey Guide-Book, contributed by Mrs. Collings, of Sark, was published in 1863 ; the last, a list kindly furnished by M2. Cecil Warburton, of Christ’s College, Cambridge, of species taken by himself in September, 1894. The first list was published by Mrs. Collings in Le Liévre’s “ Guide to Guernsey ” in 1863, as follows :——“ ° Spiders.’ This short list of spiders has been contributed by Mrs. W. Collings, of Sark, and is a mere fractional part of this numerous class of insects.” It contains the names of thirty-one species. The second was published by Mr. Francis Walker in the * Zoologist”’ for 1864, pp. 9,273, under the title “ Arachnids of the Channel Islands.” This list, including the names of thirty-seven species, identified by Mr. Blackwall, seems to have remained incomplete, for, although Mr. Walker concludes with the promise that it is “ to be continued,’ I am unable to find any further mention of the “ Arachnids of the Channel Islands” in any subsequent volume of the “ Zoologist.” A third list, kindly furnished by the Rev. O. Pickard- Cambridge, was forwarded by Mr. Blackwall to Mrs. Collings and contains the names of fifty-three species, two of which, Drassus Collingit, and D. cupreus, are of doubtful value, while one of them alone, * Theridion grossum, is at all rare in Eng- land. The names of six species sent by Mrs. Collings to the Rey. O. Pickard-Cambridge on November 3rd, 1869, must be added to the above. All of the species contained in this list were captured in the island of Sark. * Since this was written I have been able to distinguish two distinct forms of D. lapidosus, W1k., both male and female ; and I have come to the conclusion that one of them is the D. cupreus of Blackwall. The types whence the figures of cupreus, in “‘ Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland,” were taken are stillin existence, and though some arachnologists might not recognise the two forms as species, I find reasons for doing so which cannot be entered into at present, but are to my mind quite sufficient, 362 ARANEIDEA OF GUERNSEY, The fourth list, compiled from the names on the bottles in which Mrs. Collings had preserved her specimens, was kindly sent to me by Mr. W. A. Luff, of Guernsey, and con- tains the names of nine species not mentioned in the Guide Book of 1863. Unfortunately the spirit has long since evaporated from the phials, so that the specimens themselves have either perished completely or become unrecognisable. The fifth list contains the names of twenty-five species collected by Messrs. B. B. and M. F. Woodward in the Channel Islands in 1890, which, through the kindness of Mr. R. I. Pocock, of the South Kensington Museum, were handed over to me for identification. The sixth list, containing the names of twenty-four spiders, the result of a few days’ collecting in Guernsey in ; September, 1894, was given to me by Mr. Warburton, and records no less than nine species not hitherto observed in the Channel Islands, besides an adult female A/icaria whose iden- tity has not yet been satisfactorily determined. A. final list drawn up from a parcel of specimens kindly ' sent me by Mr. Luff on the eve of closing the list, enables us : to add four species not hitherto recorded, out of a total of ; twenty-five submitted for examination. We are thus able to bring the sum total of the spiders of ' the Channel Islands to the creditable number of one hundred and twenty-one, but of these, five species, marked in the list with an asterisk are of very doubtful value. The comparative number for each of the islands is as follows :— Guernsey;,. ... SOo0 5c »..+e+s: Thirty-nine species. JETSCY, |, owe) ote r)h sods wagsceusae cae ae Eighteen species. ANGOENC Yc teteicuie ere ele urcksLs Two species. Satie gece Seno son Sago We Fighty-three species. ASVGEMY © is cap tsusesde ie) eeelen tage Five species. Thou. oe. we, sng sds ek eaten One species. The most interesting of the species recorded in the above list are E’resus cinnabarinus, Atypus piceus, Scytodes thoracica, Teutana grossa, Asagena phalerata, Lycosa cinerea, and Salticus formicarius. The first has been taken, but only very rarely, in the sandy heath districts of southern Hampshire and Dorset. The second is a spider, though not by any means rare, not often observed on account of its habit of constructing a tubular retreat in the earth, where it resides. Here, too, it lies in wait for insects, which are seized as they pass over the exposed end of the tube and drawn in through a vent made with the falces, in the act of seizing, in the silken tissues of — ARANEIDEA OF GUERNSEY. 363 the tunnel. It is abundant on the southern coast of this country. Scytodes thoracica is a species distinctly characteristic of a sub-tropical fauna. It has indeed been taken in England, but under circumstances which would suggest an introduction from foreign parts. Teutana grossa and Asagena phalerata are both rare in England, while Lycosa cinerea is interesting from the fact that it has occurred, as far as Great Britain is concerned, only in the mountainous districts of Wales, North Britain and Scotland. Of the very interesting species Salticus formicarius four specimens only have occurred in Great Britain, so that it will always be regarded as one of the greatest prizes with which the arachnologist may hope to reward himself. It occurs, however, much more frequently on the continent where it appears to haunt low-lying, swampy localities, run- ning freely on the grass and rush heads. Remarkable as it is in its appearance, it is not singular amongst the Aranecde in its resemblance to members of the family of Aculeate-Hymenoptera. Other species of various genera, notably, Micaria and Myrmecium, also exhibit this peculiarity in form. The division of a spider’s body into two main trunks united by a narrow “pedicle,” renders it liable in the first instance, through its resemblance to the body-plan of the Hymenoptera, to further ant-like attenuation of parts and con- strictions of both thorax and abdomen. The likeness to some or other species of ant. would thus be- come more and more complete and striking through the influence of habit, habitat and natural protective selection, if, indeed, I may any longer, in the face of recent revelations, dare to place my faith in such a Deus ex machina of evolutionary theory. Of the whole number of species recorded, with the exception of the doubtful ones marked with the asterisk, there is only one species, Heliophanus cambridgei, Sim., taken in the Channel Islands, which has not also occurred on this side of the Channel. The large total placed to the credit of Sark is undoubt- edly due to the zeal displayed by the late Mrs. Collings in collecting material, for she alone, save for a few collected by Mr. Walker, has worked amongst the spiders of this island. For those recorded from Guernsey we are indebted to Messrs. F. Walker, Woodward, C. Warburton and W. A. Luff; while those from Jersey and Alderney were taken by Mr, Walker, 364 ARANEIDEA OF GUERNSEY. The species taken by Mr. Walker near St. Malo have not been included in the above total and are added only as a matter of interest, being taken on the coast of the mainland which lies nearest to this eroup of islands. For the single species taken on Lihou we are indebted to Mr. Luff, who observed numbers of the tubes of Atypus piceus, Sultz., during the summer of the present year. Judging from the physical character of the islands, their favourable eeographical situation, and the great variety in the character of their surface and soils, one would not hesitate to say that they probably possess a very rich spider-fauna indeed, and, although the species hitherto recorded are, with a few exceptions, precisely what one might expect to meet with on the coast of England, there are even now indications which would point to the existence of species belonging rather to a fauna more nearly allied to that of France and the Continent than to that of the British Islands. . There can be little doubt but that the present list might with very little trouble be certaily doubled, and perhaps trebled, for the species that have come to hand are, with a few exceptions, those which would be likely to fall under the observation of the ordinary collector who secures the most obvious specimens which are either running over the surface of the ground or lurking under the loose stones. There is a noticeable absence of the more minute forms which so greatly help to swell a list, but are less easily observed ; while there is at the same time an unaccountable absence of many species so common in [ingland, and such as would force themselves on the notice. We shall await with great interest and some curiosity the result of the further investigation of these interesting islands, and may be allowed to express a hope that, during the approaching season, several consignments may find their way over to us from some energetic members of the Guernsey Society of Natural Science and Local Research. I must in conclusion express my thanks to those who have so kindly contributed material towards the compilation of this list, and especially to Mr. W. A. Luff and the Com- mittee of the Society for permitting its publication in their Transactions. Swanage, Oct., 1894. Fam. THERAPHOSIDZA. (eee 2S AER he Atypus piceus, Sultz. (4. sudtzert, BI.) Sark. Herm. Jersey. Guernsey. Lihou. Houmet Homptolle.—Collings. Luff, ARANEIDEA OF GUERNSEY. 369 ERESIDZA. Eresus cinnabarinus, Oliv. Sark.—Collings. DICTYNIDZA. Amaurobius similis, Bl. (Sub Cinifo, Bl.) Sark. Jersey.—Collings. Walker. Amaurobius fenestralis, Strem. (C. atror, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey. —Collings. Walker. Woodward. Amaurobius ferox, W1k. (Ciniflo ferox, Bl.) Sark. —Collings. Dictyna arundinacea, Linn. (Lrgatis benigna, Bl.) Sark, J ersey. —Collings. Walker. Dictyna latens, Fabr. (Ergatis latens, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Dictyna flavescens, Wlk. (Hrgatis pallens, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Lathys humilis, Bl. (Cinzflo humilis, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Fam. DYSDERIDA. Dysdera cambridgii, Thor. (D. erythrina, Bl.) Guernsey. Sark. Herm. Jersey.—Collings. Woodward. Walker. Dysdera crocota, C.K. (D. rubicunda, Bl.) Guernsey.—Warburton. Harpactes hombergii, Scop. (Dysdera hombergu, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey.—Collings. Woodward. Luff. Segestria senoculata, Linn. Sark. Guernsey.—Collings. Wood- ward. Oonops pulcher, Templ. Guernsey.— Luff. SCYTODIDEZA. Scytodes thoracica, Latr. Guernsey.—Luff. DRASSIDAZA. Prosthesima pedestris, C.K. Sark. Guernsey.—Collings. Walker. Prosthesima electa, C.K. (Drassus pumilus, Bl.) Guernsey.— Woodward. Prosthesima petiverii, Scop.? (Drassus ater, Bl.) Herm.— Walker. Prosthesima nigrita, Fabr.? (Drassus pusillus, Bl.) Sark.—Col- lings. Gnaphosa anglica, Ch. (Drassus lucifugus, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Drassodes lapidosus, WIk. (D. lapidicolens, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey. Jersey. Herm.—Collings. Woodward. Walker. Warburton. Drassodes troglodytes, C.K. (D. clavator, Bl) Sark. Jersey. Collings, Walker. 366 ARANEIDEA OF GUERNSEY. Drassodes cupreus, Bl. Sark.—Collings. Drassodes collingii, Bl.* Sark.—Collings. Drassodes ferrugineus, Bl.* Sark.—Collings. . PHOLCIDAZ. Pholcus phalangioides, Fuessl Herm. Guernsey.—Walker. § Luff. | THERIDIIDA. Episinus truncatus, Wlk. (Theridion angulatum, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey.—@ollings. Woodward. Pholcomma gibbum, Wstr. Sark.—Collings. Steatoda bipunctata, Linn. (Theridion quadripunctatum, Bl.) Guernsey.— Woodward. Warburton. Crustulina sticta, Cb. Sark. Guernsey.—Collings. Warburton. Crustulina guttata, Wid. ( Theridion guttatum, Bl.) Guernsey.— Warburton. Asagena phalerata, Panz. (Theridion signatum, Bl.) Guernsey. — Warburton. Teutana grossa, C.K. (Zheridion versutum, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey. —Collings. Luff. Theridion lineatum, Clk. (Phyllonethis lineata, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey.—Collings. Woodward, Theridion bimaculatum, Linn. (7h. carolinum, Bl.) Sark.— Collings. Theridion pallens, Bl. Sark.—Collings. Theridion pulchellum, Wlk. Jersey —Walker. Theridion pictum, Hahn. Jersey.—Walker. Theridion varians, Hahn. Sark.—Collings. Pedanostethus lividus, Bl. (Nertene livida, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Enoplognatha thoracica, Hahn. (Neriene albipunctata, Cb.) Guernsey.— Warburton. Floronia bucculenta, Clk. (Linyphia frenata, Bl.) Guernsey.— Warburton. Linyphia clathrata, Sund. (Neriene marginata, Bl.) Sark.— Collings. Linyphia triangularis, Clk. (ZL. montana, Bl.) Guernsey.—Luff. Woodward. Labulla thoracica, Wid: (Linyphia cauta, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Stemonyphantes lineatus, Linn. (Nertene tr ilineata, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey —Collings. Luff. # f ARANEIDEA OF GUERNSEY. 367 Lepthyphantes tenuis, Bl. (Lenyphia tenuis, Bl.) Guernsey.— Woodward. Warburton. Lepthyphantes obscurus, Bl. (Linyphia obscura, Bl.) Sark.— Collings. | Peociloneta variegata, BI. (Neriene variegata, Bl.) Sark.— Collings. Bathyphantes concolor, Wid. (Theridion jilipes, Bl.) Sark.— Collings. Centromerus bicolor, Bl. (Nerzene bicolor, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Micryphantes flavipes, Bl. (Neriene flavipes, Bl. Sark.—Collings. Erigone atra, Bl. (Nertene longipalpis, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Erigone dentipalpis, Wid. (Neriene dentipalpis, Cb. Sark.— Collings. Erigone graminicola, Bl. (Neriene graminicola, Bl.) Sark. —Collings. Tiso vagans, Bl. (Nerzene vagans, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Gonatium isabellinum, C.K. (Neriene rubella, Bl.) Sark.— Collings. Kulczynskiellum fuscum, Bl. (Neriene fusca, Bl.) Sark.—Col- lings. Kulczynskiellum agrestis, Bl. (Neriene agrestis, Bl.) Sark.—Col- lings. Diplocephalus cristatus, Bl. (Walkenaera cristata, Bl.) Sark.— Collings. Maso sundevallii, Westr. (Nertene sundevallu, Cb.) Sark.— Collings. EPEIRIDA. Pachygnatha degeerii, Sund. Sark. Guernsey. — Collings. Walker. Warburton. Tetragnatha extensa, Linn. Sark. Guernsey. — Collings. Walker. Luff. | Tetragnatha solandri, Scop. Guernsey.—Luff. Meta sezmentata, Clk. (Hpewra inctinata, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey. -—Collings. Woodward. Meta merianz, Scop. (Epeira antriada, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey.— Walker. Warburton. Meta meriane, (var. Celata, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Zilla x-notata, Clk. (Zpeira similis, Bl.) Guernsey. —Woodward. Luff. 368 ARANEIDEA OF GUERNSEY. Zilla atrica, C.K. (Zpeira calophylia, Bl.) Sark. Jersey.— Collings. Walker. ) Cercidia prominens, Wstr. (Zpeira bella, Bl.) Sark.—Collings. Epeira adianta, Wlk. Sark. Guernsey.—Collings. Warburton. Luff. , Epeira acalypha, Wlk. Guernsey.—Warburton. Luff. Epeira diademata, Clk. (Zpeira diadema, Bl.) Sark. Guernsey. —Collings. Luff. Epeira redii, Scl. (Zpeira sclers, Bl.) Sark. Jersey.—Collings. Walker. Epeira cornuta, Clk. (Hpetra apoclisa, Bl.) Jersey — Walker. Epeira diversa, Bl.* Sark.—Collings. THOMISIDA. Xysticus erraticus, Bl. (Zhomisus erraticus, Bl.) Sark. Guern- sey. Jersey.—Collings. Woodward. Warburton. Walker. Xysticus cristatus, Clk. (Zhomisus cristatus, Bl.) Sark. Jersey. Guernsey.—Collings. Walker. Luff. Xysticus bifasciatus, C.K. (Zhomuisus brfasciatus, Bl.) Alderney. — Walker. Oxyptila praticola, C.K. (Zhomisus incertus, Bl.) Sark.